TNSW Operating Condition

Superseded by TS TOC 1 v19.
0, 02/09/2020
TS TOC.1 : 2020 issue 1
Manual
Train Operating Conditions (TOC)

Manual – General Instructions
Version 18.0
Issue date: 08 May 2020
© State of NSW through Transport for NSW 2020

Superseded by TS TOC 1 v19.0, 02/09/2020 Train Operating Conditions (TOC) Manual – General Instructions Version 18.0
Important message
This document is one of a set of standards developed solely and specifically for use on
Transport Assets (as defined in the Asset Standards Authority Charter). It is not suitable for any
other purpose.
The copyright and any other intellectual property in this document will at all times remain the
property of the State of New South Wales (Transport for NSW).
You must not use or adapt this document or rely upon it in any way unless you are providing
products or services to a NSW Government agency and that agency has expressly authorised
you in writing to do so. If this document forms part of a contract with, or is a condition of
approval by a NSW Government agency, use of the document is subject to the terms of the
contract or approval. To be clear, the content of this document is not licensed under any
Creative Commons Licence.
This document may contain third party material. The inclusion of third party material is for
illustrative purposes only and does not represent an endorsement by NSW Government of any
third party product or service.
If you use this document or rely upon it without authorisation under these terms, the State of
New South Wales (including Transport for NSW) and its personnel does not accept any liability
to you or any other person for any loss, damage, costs and expenses that you or anyone else
may suffer or incur from your use and reliance on the content contained in this document. Users
should exercise their own skill and care in the use of the document.
This document may not be current and is uncontrolled when printed or downloaded. Standards
may be accessed from the Transport for NSW website at www.transport.nsw.gov.au
For queries regarding this document, please email the ASA at

[email protected] or visit www.transport.nsw.gov.au
© State of NSW through Transport for NSW 2020

Standard governance
Owner: Lead Rolling Stock Engineer, Asset Standards Authority
Authoriser: Chief Engineer, Asset Standards Authority
Approver: Executive Director, Asset Standards Authority on behalf of the ASA Configuration Control
Board
Document history
Version Summary of changes
1.0 First issue (December 2013)
2.0 Second issue (December 2014)
3.0 Third issue (April 2015)
4.0 Fourth issue (August 2015)
5.0 Fifth issue (December 2015)
6.0 Sixth issue (April 2016)
7.0 Seventh issue (August 2016)
8.0 Eighth issue (December 2016)
9.0 Ninth issue (April 2017)
10.0 Tenth issue (August 2017)
11.0 Eleventh issue (December 2017)
12.0 Twelfth issue (April 2018)
13.0 Thirteenth issue (August 2018)
14.0 Fourteenth issue (December 2018)
15.0 Fifteenth issue (April 2019)
16.0 Sixteenth issue (August 2019)
17.0 Seventeenth issue (December 2019)
18.0 Current issue (April 2020)
© State of NSW through Transport for NSW 2020 Page 3 of 376

Preface
The Asset Standards Authority (ASA) is a key strategic branch of Transport for NSW (TfNSW).
As the network design and standards authority for NSW Transport Assets, as specified in the
ASA Charter, the ASA identifies, selects, develops, publishes, maintains and controls a suite of
requirements documents on behalf of TfNSW, the asset owner.
The ASA deploys TfNSW requirements for asset and safety assurance by creating and
managing TfNSW's governance models, documents and processes. To achieve this, the ASA
focuses on four primary tasks:
• publishing and managing TfNSW's process and requirements documents including TfNSW
plans, standards, manuals and guides
• deploying TfNSW's Authorised Engineering Organisation (AEO) framework
• continuously improving TfNSW’s Asset Management Framework
• collaborating with the Transport cluster and industry through open engagement
The AEO framework authorises engineering organisations to supply and provide asset related
products and services to TfNSW. It works to assure the safety, quality and fitness for purpose of
those products and services over the asset's whole-of-life. AEOs are expected to demonstrate
how they have applied the requirements of ASA documents, including TfNSW plans, standards
and guides, when delivering assets and related services for TfNSW.
Compliance with ASA requirements by itself is not sufficient to ensure satisfactory outcomes for
NSW Transport Assets. The ASA expects that professional judgement be used by competent
personnel when using ASA requirements to produce those outcomes.
About this document

This Train Operating Conditions (TOC) Manual has been published by the ASA to provide an
update from the December 2019 issue of the TOC Manual.
This TOC Manual aims to provide a single reference and technical guidance for train operations
on the TfNSW Metropolitan Heavy Rail network.
The content, information and data within this TOC Manual are derived from updates since the
last edition on 15 January 2020. The information is compiled from a number of sources. The
ASA performs limited validation of this information as it is deemed to be sourced from
competent organisations.
This April 2020 issue of the TOC Manual comprises three parts as follows:
• TS TOC.1: 2020 issue 1; this document
• TS TOC.2: 2020 issue 1

• TS TOC.3: 2020 issue 1
As the ASA continues to evolve, future iterations of the TOC Manual and the information
contained within it may be made available in different formats and delivery mechanisms to
facilitate ease of access and usability.

Table of contents
Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 15
Purpose........................................................................................................................................................... 15
Scope ............................................................................................................................................................... 15
Application ....................................................................................................................................................... 16
Reference documents ................................................................................................................................... 16
Terms and definitions ................................................................................................................................... 17
Summary of changes .................................................................................................................................... 22
Page layout ..................................................................................................................................................... 25
Format of division pages.................................................................................................................................. 25
Format of division pages – explanation ........................................................................................................... 26
Where can locomotives run? ........................................................................................................................... 28
Draw capacity tonnage and maximum train length / brake type ..................................................................... 29
Format of speed sign table .............................................................................................................................. 30
Format of station data table and rolling stock data pages ............................................................................... 31
1. Route standards .................................................................................................................................... 33
1.1. Sydney Metropolitan – Classification of lines and locations of tunnels and field devices ................... 33
1.2. Sydney Metropolitan – Safeworking systems ...................................................................................... 34
1.3. Northern Division – Classification of lines and locations of tunnels and field devices ........................ 35
1.4. Northern Division – Grades and Safeworking systems Hornsby to Newcastle ................................... 36
1.5. Western Division – Classification of lines and locations of tunnels and field devices ......................... 37
1.6. Western Division – Grades and Safeworking systems Penrith to Bowenfels ..................................... 38
1.7. Illawarra Division – Classification of lines and locations of tunnels and field devices ......................... 39
1.8. Illawarra Division – Grades and Safeworking systems Waterfall to Bomaderry / Port Kembla .......... 40
1.9. Rail Management Centre Sydney – Areas controlled by Train Control Boards .................................. 41
1.10. Diagram indicating track width classifications ................................................................................. 42
1.11. Train operating length diagram ........................................................................................................ 43
2. Locomotive operations ......................................................................................................................... 45
2.1. Marshalling of locomotives .................................................................................................................. 45
2.2. Maximum speed of light locomotives ................................................................................................... 45
2.3. Assisting (banking) locomotives .......................................................................................................... 45
2.4. Distributed power ................................................................................................................................. 48
2.5. Excessive sanding ............................................................................................................................... 48
2.6. De-sanding equipment......................................................................................................................... 48
2.7. Locomotive wheel spin ........................................................................................................................ 49
2.8. Locomotive(s) dead attached or off line .............................................................................................. 49
2.9. Marshalling of locomotives due to brake valve type ............................................................................ 49
2.10. Multiple unit working of locomotive .................................................................................................. 50
2.11. Mixing locomotive types ................................................................................................................... 50
2.12. Mixing AC with DC type locomotives ............................................................................................... 51
2.13. Mixing locomotive types (ECP brakes) ............................................................................................ 52

2.14. Locomotive load categories ............................................................................................................. 52

2.15. Block working of all classes of light locomotives ............................................................................. 57
2.16. Block working of Diesel Multiple Unit trains (DMU) ......................................................................... 58
2.17. Block working of single unit diesel cars ........................................................................................... 59
3. Train operations..................................................................................................................................... 63
3.1. Amalgamation of trains ........................................................................................................................ 63
3.2. Operation of trains on steep descending grades ................................................................................. 63
3.3. Holding a train stationary on a grade ................................................................................................... 64
3.4. Train speed .......................................................................................................................................... 65
3.5. Operation of freight trains and light locomotives in Sydney Metropolitan area ................................... 66
3.6. Operation of locomotives and passenger vehicles not fitted with toilet holding tanks ........................ 67
3.7. Track speed signs ................................................................................................................................ 67
3.8. Advisory speed signs ........................................................................................................................... 69
3.9. WOLO speed restrictions ..................................................................................................................... 69
3.10. Stabling a train on a running line or in a shunting neck when authorised ....................................... 72
3.11. Emergency equipment ..................................................................................................................... 72
3.12. Driver safety systems ...................................................................................................................... 74
4. Train marshalling ................................................................................................................................... 77
4.1. Train marshalling ................................................................................................................................. 77
4.2. Draw capacity ...................................................................................................................................... 77
4.3. Length restrictions due to brake type .................................................................................................. 77
4.4. Main reservoir ...................................................................................................................................... 78
4.5. Trailing tonnage table .......................................................................................................................... 79
4.6. Wooden bodied vehicles ...................................................................................................................... 81
4.7. Locomotive hauled passenger cars on freight trains ........................................................................... 81
4.8. Test accommodation and crew cars .................................................................................................... 81
4.9. Vehicles under test .............................................................................................................................. 81
4.10. Dangerous Goods ............................................................................................................................ 81
4.11. Dangerous Goods Exemption No. EXEM2000/65 explanatory notes ............................................. 82
4.12. Exemption EXEM2000/65................................................................................................................ 84
5. Loading restrictions .............................................................................................................................. 89
5.1. General requirements for the safe transit of freight on rail .................................................................. 89
5.2. Container load distribution and securement ........................................................................................ 90
5.3. Multiple stacking of containers ............................................................................................................ 90
5.4. Nested container bases (Transi Flats) ................................................................................................. 91
5.5. Out of gauge loads .............................................................................................................................. 91
5.6. Diagrams 1, 1A, 1B and 2.................................................................................................................... 92
5.7. Area of operation for Diagrams 1, 1A, 1B and 2.................................................................................. 93
5.8. Diagram 3 and Note R10 ..................................................................................................................... 94
5.9. Area of operation for Diagram 3 and Note R10 ................................................................................... 95
6. Train inspection ..................................................................................................................................... 97
6.1. Train inspection ................................................................................................................................... 97

6.2. Full mechanical inspection................................................................................................................... 97

6.3. General mechanical inspection............................................................................................................ 99
6.4. Air brake inspection and tests............................................................................................................ 100
6.5. When is a train inspection required ................................................................................................... 100
6.6. Brake pipe leakage test ..................................................................................................................... 101
6.7. Brake pipe continuity test................................................................................................................... 101
6.8. Brake holding test .............................................................................................................................. 102
6.9. Changing or attaching locomotives ................................................................................................... 103
6.10. Attaching pre inspected vehicles ................................................................................................... 105
6.11. Attaching uninspected vehicles ..................................................................................................... 105
6.12. Attaching or detaching assisting locomotives ................................................................................ 106
6.13. Locomotive run around movements .............................................................................................. 106
6.14. Detaching vehicles ......................................................................................................................... 107
6.15. Programmed preventative maintenance ........................................................................................ 107
7. Train numbering .................................................................................................................................. 111
7.1. Train numbering ................................................................................................................................. 111
7.2. Passenger trains ................................................................................................................................ 112
7.3. Sydney Trains and NSW TrainLink trains .......................................................................................... 113
7.4. Passenger trains – heritage operator tours (HOT) ............................................................................ 118
7.5. Light locomotives – heritage operators .............................................................................................. 119
7.6. Intrastate trains .................................................................................................................................. 119
7.7. Spare paths........................................................................................................................................ 125
7.8. Interstate trains – freight and passenger ........................................................................................... 126
7.9. Coal trains – (South and West) (in conjunction with ARTC).............................................................. 127
7.10. Coal trains – (North) (in conjunction with ARTC)........................................................................... 128
7.11. Light locomotives ........................................................................................................................... 129
7.12. Light locomotives between Woodville Junction – Cardiff Workshops – Woodville Junction ......... 131
7.13. Trip trains Sydney area bounded by Botany / Minto / Clyde Yard and Yennora ........................... 131
7.14. Trip trains Newcastle area bounded by Woodville Junction / Broadmeadow / Sulphide Junction 132
7.15. Maintenance trains – TfNSW Metropolitan Heavy Rail network area ........................................... 133
7.16. Maintenance trains – ARTC and CRN area .................................................................................. 134
7.17. AK track inspection cars ................................................................................................................ 135
7.18. Mechanised track inspection ......................................................................................................... 135
7.19. Train numbering district map ......................................................................................................... 136
8. Disabled trains and defective vehicles ............................................................................................. 139
8.1. Disabled trains and defective vehicles .............................................................................................. 139
8.2. Removing a disabled train ................................................................................................................. 139
8.3. Assisting with a passenger train ........................................................................................................ 140
8.4. Assisting a disabled train from the rear ............................................................................................. 140
8.5. Assisting a disabled train from the front ............................................................................................ 141
8.6. Using an emergency coupler ............................................................................................................. 142
8.7. Assisting disabled track maintenance vehicles ................................................................................. 143
8.8. Defective air brake ............................................................................................................................. 143

8.9. Defective brake pipe .......................................................................................................................... 148

8.10. Defective main reservoir pipe on passenger trains ....................................................................... 149
8.11. Defective air springs ...................................................................................................................... 149
8.12. Defective handbrake or parking brake........................................................................................... 149
8.13. Defective wheels ............................................................................................................................ 150
8.14. Defective failed or open plug doors ............................................................................................... 153
8.15. Bearing and Brake Temperature (BBT) system response to wayside alarms – Hot Bearing Detector
(HBD) alarms ................................................................................................................................................. 155
8.16. Bearing and Brake Temperature (BBT) system response to wayside alarms – Dragging Equipment
Detector (DED) alarms .................................................................................................................................. 158
8.17. Bearing and Brake Temperature (BBT) system response to wayside alarms – Hot Wheel Detector
(HWD) alarms ................................................................................................................................................ 159
8.18. Dynamic Weighbridge (WB) system response to wayside alarms and alerts – Overloaded platform
and bogie alarms and alerts .......................................................................................................................... 161
8.19. Pantograph Condition Monitoring System (PCMS) response to alarms ....................................... 165
8.20. Defective drawgear ........................................................................................................................ 166
8.21. Transferring defective vehicles ...................................................................................................... 167
9. Operation of infrastructure maintenance vehicles .......................................................................... 170
9.1. Introduction ........................................................................................................................................ 170
9.2. Types of infrastructure maintenance vehicles ................................................................................... 170
9.3. Emergency equipment ....................................................................................................................... 171
9.4. Speed of infrastructure maintenance vehicles................................................................................... 171
9.5. Lights ................................................................................................................................................. 171
9.6. Transfer of on-track infrastructure maintenance vehicles ................................................................. 172
9.7. Infrastructure maintenance vehicles operating track circuits ............................................................. 172
9.8. Infrastructure maintenance vehicles restricted to operation within worksites ................................... 173
9.9. Infrastructure maintenance vehicles operating safety ....................................................................... 173
10. Locomotive and rolling stock data .................................................................................................... 176
10.1. Explanation of notes for locomotive and rolling stock data ........................................................... 176
10.2. 3801 Limited .................................................................................................................................. 178
10.3. Aurizon ........................................................................................................................................... 179
10.4. Australian Railway Historical Society A.C.T. Division ................................................................... 183
10.5. Australian Rail Track Corporation .................................................................................................. 184
10.6. Australia Western Railroad (A.R.G.) .............................................................................................. 186
10.7. Australian Wheat Board (AWB Grainflow) ..................................................................................... 187
10.8. Bradken Resources Pty Ltd ........................................................................................................... 187
10.9. BlueScope Steel (Pacific National operated)................................................................................. 187
10.10. Boxcar ............................................................................................................................................ 188
10.11. Boyd Munro.................................................................................................................................... 188
10.12. Canberra Heritage Railway Restoration Pty Ltd. ........................................................................... 189
10.13. Capital Region Heritage Rail ......................................................................................................... 189
10.14. Centennial Coal ............................................................................................................................. 191
10.15. Chicago Freight Car Leasing Australia .......................................................................................... 192

10.16. CIMC Rolling Stock Australia......................................................................................................... 196

10.17. Ettamogah Rail Hub ....................................................................................................................... 196
10.18. FCL ................................................................................................................................................ 197
10.19. Fletcher International Exports Pty Ltd. .......................................................................................... 197
10.20. FreightLink ..................................................................................................................................... 197
10.21. Geelong Road Bus Service Pty Ltd ............................................................................................... 198
10.22. Gemco Rail .................................................................................................................................... 198
10.23. Genesee & Wyoming Australia ...................................................................................................... 198
10.24. GrainCorp Operations Ltd.............................................................................................................. 202
10.25. Great Southern Railway................................................................................................................. 203
10.26. Greentrains .................................................................................................................................... 204
10.27. Heritage Locomotive Company ..................................................................................................... 205
10.28. Interail Australia ............................................................................................................................. 205
10.29. Junee Railway Workshop .............................................................................................................. 206
10.30. Lachlan Valley Railway .................................................................................................................. 207
10.31. Locomotive Demand Power (LDP) ................................................................................................ 208
10.32. Macfield Leasing Corp ................................................................................................................... 209
10.33. Manildra Flour ................................................................................................................................ 209
10.34. Mineral Resources Limited (MRL) ................................................................................................. 210
10.35. Museum of Applied Arts and Sciences .......................................................................................... 210
10.36. National Rail Equipment Co (NREC) ............................................................................................. 211
10.37. North West Coach Builders ........................................................................................................... 211
10.38. NSW TrainLink ............................................................................................................................... 211
10.39. Nova Coal Australia ....................................................................................................................... 214
10.40. Pacific National .............................................................................................................................. 214
10.41. Patrick PortLink .............................................................................................................................. 234
10.42. PHC Rail Pty Ltd ............................................................................................................................ 235
10.43. QUBE Logistics Rail ...................................................................................................................... 235
10.44. Rail Experience .............................................................................................................................. 238
10.45. Rothbury Riot Railway & Steam Museum Group Ltd. ................................................................... 239
10.46. Seymour Rail Heritage Centre Inc. ................................................................................................ 239
10.47. Southern Shorthaul Railroad ......................................................................................................... 239
10.48. Specialised Container Transport (SCT) ......................................................................................... 242
10.49. Sydney Electric Train Society ........................................................................................................ 244
10.50. Sydney Trains ................................................................................................................................ 245
10.51. Tank Wagons – Miscellaneous ...................................................................................................... 253
10.52. The Rail Motor Society .................................................................................................................. 255
10.53. Toll ................................................................................................................................................. 256
10.54. Transport Equipment Company ..................................................................................................... 256
10.55. Transport Heritage NSW ............................................................................................................... 257
10.56. Whitehaven Coal Ltd. .................................................................................................................... 260
10.57. Winarch .......................................................................................................................................... 261
10.58. Xstrata............................................................................................................................................ 261

10.59. Xstrata Rail (NSW) Ltd. ................................................................................................................. 262

11. On-track infrastructure maintenance vehicle data........................................................................... 265
11.1. Explanation of notes for on track infrastructure maintenance vehicle data ................................... 265
11.2. Abigroup......................................................................................................................................... 267
11.3. Aurizon ........................................................................................................................................... 267
11.4. Australian Rail Track Corporation .................................................................................................. 267
11.5. Azbuild ........................................................................................................................................... 268
11.6. Blue Scope Steel ........................................................................................................................... 269
11.7. Brimble Rail Pty Ltd ....................................................................................................................... 269
11.8. Daracon Rail .................................................................................................................................. 269
11.9. Downer EDI Rail ............................................................................................................................ 269
11.10. Harbinger Plant .............................................................................................................................. 270
11.11. Harsco Track Technologies ........................................................................................................... 270
11.12. John Holland .................................................................................................................................. 270
11.13. Kennards........................................................................................................................................ 273
11.14. Laing O’Rourke .............................................................................................................................. 274
11.15. Martinus Rail .................................................................................................................................. 275
11.16. McConnell Dowell .......................................................................................................................... 276
11.17. Queensland Rail ............................................................................................................................ 276
11.18. Rhomberg Rail ............................................................................................................................... 276
11.19. Speno Rail Maintenance................................................................................................................ 278
11.20. Swietelsky ...................................................................................................................................... 279
11.21. Sydney Trains ................................................................................................................................ 279
11.22. RKR Engineering ........................................................................................................................... 283
11.23. Taylor Rail Australia Pty Ltd. ......................................................................................................... 283
12. Road rail vehicle data .......................................................................................................................... 285
12.1. Explanation of notes for on-track infrastructure track maintenance and road-rail vehicle data .... 285
12.2. Abergledie Contractors .................................................................................................................. 287
12.3. Abigroup (Lendlease) .................................................................................................................... 287
12.4. Advent Excavations Pty Ltd. .......................................................................................................... 288
12.5. Affective Rail .................................................................................................................................. 288
12.6. Agile Arbor Pty Ltd. ........................................................................................................................ 289
12.7. Alfabs Engineering Group Pty Ltd. ................................................................................................ 289
12.8. All Rail Hire Pty Ltd ........................................................................................................................ 289
12.9. Allambie Earthworks ...................................................................................................................... 290
12.10. Alpha Civil ...................................................................................................................................... 290
12.11. Anric Developments Pty Ltd. ......................................................................................................... 291
12.12. Ardosa Earthworks Pty Ltd. ........................................................................................................... 296
12.13. Arrow Rail and Plant Equipment .................................................................................................... 296
12.14. Aurecon.......................................................................................................................................... 297
12.15. Aurizon ........................................................................................................................................... 297
12.16. Australian Rail Track Corporation (ARTC) .................................................................................... 297
12.17. Autech ............................................................................................................................................ 298

12.18. Azbuild Pty Ltd. .............................................................................................................................. 298

12.19. Ben’s Rail & Civil Pty Ltd. .............................................................................................................. 299
12.20. BJ Rail Welding Solutions.............................................................................................................. 299
12.21. Brefni Excavations & Earthmoving ................................................................................................ 300
12.22. Brison Contracting ......................................................................................................................... 300
12.23. Broadspectrum .............................................................................................................................. 300
12.24. CA Rail ........................................................................................................................................... 301
12.25. Can Do Earthmoving ..................................................................................................................... 301
12.26. Cavanagh Crane and Transport .................................................................................................... 301
12.27. Celtic Civil Pty Ltd. ......................................................................................................................... 302
12.28. Centrogen ...................................................................................................................................... 302
12.29. Cleanaway ..................................................................................................................................... 302
12.30. CNL Transport Pty Ltd. .................................................................................................................. 303
12.31. Coleman Rail ................................................................................................................................. 303
12.32. Commworx Pty Ltd ........................................................................................................................ 303
12.33. Corfad Civil and Construction ........................................................................................................ 304
12.34. CPB Contractors ............................................................................................................................ 305
12.35. CR Kennedy .................................................................................................................................. 305
12.36. Daracon Engineering ..................................................................................................................... 306
12.37. Di Mattia Transport Pty Ltd. ........................................................................................................... 306
12.38. Dirt Monster Pty Ltd ....................................................................................................................... 307
12.39. Down Under Pipeline Surveyors .................................................................................................... 307
12.40. DPW Plant Hire Pty Ltd. ................................................................................................................ 308
12.41. Earthtrack Solutions ....................................................................................................................... 309
12.42. EMS Group .................................................................................................................................... 310
12.43. Evolution Plant Hire Pty Ltd. .......................................................................................................... 310
12.44. Fixquip Pty Ltd ............................................................................................................................... 311
12.45. Fogarty Plant Hire .......................................................................................................................... 311
12.46. For Rail Services ........................................................................................................................... 311
12.47. Fortade Earthmoving Pty Ltd. ........................................................................................................ 311
12.48. Fortmoy Excavations ..................................................................................................................... 312
12.49. Galco Group................................................................................................................................... 313
12.50. Ganis Civil Contracting .................................................................................................................. 313
12.51. Geomatic Technologies ................................................................................................................. 314
12.52. Georges Loader Hire ..................................................................................................................... 314
12.53. Goldsprings Equipment Hire .......................................................................................................... 314
12.54. Hand Rail Services ........................................................................................................................ 315
12.55. HCH Group .................................................................................................................................... 315
12.56. High Range Crane Forks ............................................................................................................... 316
12.57. Hili Excavations ............................................................................................................................. 316
12.58. Howell Rail ..................................................................................................................................... 317
12.59. ILMS............................................................................................................................................... 318
12.60. Infraworks ...................................................................................................................................... 318

12.61. Innes Bobcat Pty Ltd. ..................................................................................................................... 319

12.62. J & W Mills Contracting Pty Ltd. .................................................................................................... 319
12.63. JDM Plant Hire ............................................................................................................................... 319
12.64. John Holland .................................................................................................................................. 319
12.65. Jordan Rail ..................................................................................................................................... 325
12.66. K B Site Services Pty Ltd. .............................................................................................................. 326
12.67. Kennards Hire ................................................................................................................................ 326
12.68. Laing O’Rourke .............................................................................................................................. 332
12.69. Land & Marine Pty Ltd. .................................................................................................................. 336
12.70. Linmag Australia ............................................................................................................................ 336
12.71. Londonderry Auto Electrics............................................................................................................ 337
12.72. LRD Haulage ................................................................................................................................. 337
12.73. Lycopodium Infrastructure Pty Ltd ................................................................................................. 337
12.74. Lynchy Constructions .................................................................................................................... 337
12.75. Lynton Surveys .............................................................................................................................. 338
12.76. M & J Trading Pty Ltd. ................................................................................................................... 338
12.77. M & R & S Stringer ........................................................................................................................ 338
12.78. Manco Rail ..................................................................................................................................... 338
12.79. Martinus Rail .................................................................................................................................. 339
12.80. McConnell Dowell .......................................................................................................................... 339
12.81. McLeod Rail Pty Ltd. ...................................................................................................................... 340
12.82. Melvelle Equipment Corp............................................................................................................... 340
12.83. Metwest Engineering Pty Ltd. ........................................................................................................ 340
12.84. Mikcon Pty Ltd. .............................................................................................................................. 341
12.85. Mini Excavator Sales ..................................................................................................................... 341
12.86. MJK Earthmoving Pty Ltd .............................................................................................................. 341
12.87. Morgans Excavation and Rail ........................................................................................................ 342
12.88. MP Rail .......................................................................................................................................... 343
12.89. Multi Civil & Rail Pty Ltd................................................................................................................. 343
12.90. Naughtons Earthmoving Excavators and Trailers ......................................................................... 344
12.91. Next Generation Contractors ......................................................................................................... 344
12.92. Novocastrian Scaffolding & Access Equipment Pty Ltd ................................................................ 345
12.93. NRT Infrastructure JV .................................................................................................................... 345
12.94. NSRU Alliance ............................................................................................................................... 348
12.95. O’Halloran Management Services Pty Ltd..................................................................................... 348
12.96. On Call Excavations ...................................................................................................................... 349
12.97. Onrail Plant Hire Pty Ltd. ............................................................................................................... 350
12.98. P & M Galea................................................................................................................................... 351
12.99. Paliwane Pty. Ltd. .......................................................................................................................... 351
12.100. Pan Civil ..................................................................................................................................... 352
12.101. Precise Excavations .................................................................................................................. 352
12.102. Prestons Hire ............................................................................................................................. 353
12.103. Quickway Constructions Pty Ltd. ............................................................................................... 353

12.104. Rail and Civil Services ............................................................................................................... 353

12.105. RailCon ...................................................................................................................................... 354
12.106. Rail Maintenance Services ........................................................................................................ 354
12.107. RailQuip Pty Ltd ......................................................................................................................... 355
12.108. Railworks Aust Pty Ltd. .............................................................................................................. 355
12.109. Rawfilm Pty Ltd. ......................................................................................................................... 355
12.110. Rhomberg Rail ........................................................................................................................... 355
12.111. RKR Engineering ....................................................................................................................... 357
12.112. Scibos Plant Hire ....................................................................................................................... 357
12.113. Sentinel Constructions ............................................................................................................... 358
12.114. Sheridan & Sons Pty Ltd. ........................................................................................................... 358
12.115. SKY’s the Limit Plant Hire .......................................................................................................... 361
12.116. SLS Transport ............................................................................................................................ 361
12.117. Specialised Force ...................................................................................................................... 361
12.118. Speno Rail Maintenance ............................................................................................................ 362
12.119. Stanton Sales & Hire ................................................................................................................. 362
12.120. Swietelsky .................................................................................................................................. 363
12.121. Sydney Trains ............................................................................................................................ 363
12.122. Tag Hire ..................................................................................................................................... 370
12.123. Taylor Rail .................................................................................................................................. 371
12.124. Tenex Rail and Excavations ...................................................................................................... 372
12.125. Terranean Tech ......................................................................................................................... 372
12.126. Terranova Plant Hire Pty. Ltd. ................................................................................................... 372
12.127. TJM Earthworks ......................................................................................................................... 373
12.128. TfNSW (Country Regional Network) .......................................................................................... 373
12.129. Traxion ....................................................................................................................................... 373
12.130. Tree Serve ................................................................................................................................. 374
12.131. Tutt Bryant ................................................................................................................................. 374
12.132. United Group Infrastructure ....................................................................................................... 374
12.133. Weedmasters ............................................................................................................................. 376

Superseded by TS TOC 1 v19.0, 02/09/2020
Introduction
This document contains the General Instruction Pages, which shall be read in conjunction with
the relevant standard working timetables for the purpose of safe train operations and is
applicable to all freight, passenger and infrastructure maintenance operations on the TfNSW
Metropolitan Heavy Rail network.
The April 2020 issue of the TOC Manual comprises three parts:
• TS TOC.1: 2020 issue 1 Train Operating Conditions (TOC) Manual – General Instructions;
this document
• TS TOC.2: 2020 issue 1 Train Operating Conditions (TOC) Manual – Division Pages
• TS TOC.3: 2020 issue 1 Train Operating Conditions (TOC) Manual – Track Diagrams
This document encompasses the following information:
• General Instruction Pages
TS TOC.2: 2020 issue 1, Train Operating Conditions (TOC) Manual – Division Pages, contains
the following:
• Northern Division Pages
• Western Division Pages
• Illawarra Division Pages
• Sydney Metropolitan Area Division Pages
• Passenger Train Operating Condition Pages
• Coal Train Working Pages
TS TOC.3: 2020 issue 1, Train Operating Conditions (TOC) Manual – Track Diagrams contains
the following:
• Track Diagrams
Purpose
The TOC Manual specifies conditions for the operation of trains and rolling stock on the TfNSW
Metropolitan Heavy Rail network.
Scope
The TOC Manual describes the network, defines operating conditions for trains and rolling
stock, and lists all rolling stock authorised to operate on the TfNSW Metropolitan Heavy Rail
network.
The TfNSW Metropolitan Heavy Rail network is bounded by Newcastle Interchange

(165.746km), Woodville Junction (163.981 km and 164.045 km), Bomaderry (153.630 km),
Section 1 Route standards
Unanderra (91.080 km), Macarthur (57.965 km), and Bowenfels (158.800 km) but does not
include the South Sydney Freight Line and Metropolitan Freight Network (bound by Marrickville
6.370 km, Flemington South Junction 18.909 km, and Sefton Park East Junction 21.285 km). In
addition Light Rail Networks and Metro Networks are not included in the TfNSW Metropolitan
Heavy Rail network.
Application
The TOC Manual is to be used by train planners, train timetablers, train control personnel, and
train crews, and shall be read in conjunction with the relevant Safeworking rules and
procedures.
Reference documents
The following documents are cited in the text. For dated references, only the cited edition
applies. For undated references, the latest edition of the referenced document applies.
Transport Standards
These are available from the ASA web site: www.transport.nsw.gov.au
ESR 0330 Wheel defect manual
T HR RS 00000 ST Minimum operating standards for rolling stock (RSUs)
T HR RS 30020 ST Road/rail vehicle certification and recertification
T HR RS 30030 ST Trolley, trailer & quadricycle certification and recertification
TS 13000 Road/rail vehicle and small plant recertification database
TS TOC.2: 2020 issue 1
TS TOC.3: 2020 issue 1
Sydney Trains Network Rules
These are available from the RailSafe web site: https://railsafe.org.au/
NGE 210 Speed restrictions during very hot weather (WOLO)
NGE 216 Level crossings
NGE 232 Responsibilities of Train Crews and Track Vehicle Crews
NSG 604 Indicators and signs
NSG 608 Passing signals at STOP
NSY 512 Manual block working
NTR 404 Using brakes
NTR 406 Using lights
NTR 412 Defective running gear

NTR 414 Defective vehicles
NTR 416 Disabled rail traffic
NTR 418 Yard limits
NWT 316 Track vehicles
Sydney Trains Network Local Appendix
These are available from the RailSafe web site: https://railsafe.org.au/network-local-

appendices
NLA 108 Central - Sydenham (via Green Square)
NLA 218 Lithgow
NLA 312 Gosford
The above Network Local Appendices are specifically referenced in this manual,
however all Network Local Appendices are applicable.
Sydney Trains Forms
These are available from the RailSafe web site: https://railsafe.org.au/forms
NRF 002 Track Occupancy Authority (TOA)
NRF 004 Condition Affecting the Network (CAN)
NRF 005 Special Proceed Authority (SPA)
Other Networks
ARTC Train operating conditions manual
CRN Train Operating conditions manual
Terms and definitions

Version August 2018
The following terms and definitions apply in this document:
Terminology is consistent with the Network Rules
airbrake a braking system activated by change of air pressure
articulated platform the individual end or intermediate units of an articulated vehicle
articulated vehicle a vehicle comprising of two or more units, adjacent ends of individual units
being supported on a common bogie and permanently connected by a device that permits a
degree of free rotation in all planes
automatic airbrake a braking system where the loss air pressure (e.g. brake pipe)
automatically results in an emergency brake application

bank locomotive a locomotive provided at the rear of a train to assist it up a steep grade
(bank)
basic block working a form of manual block working which does not require the issue of a
Condition Affecting the Network (CAN) form
block train a train required to travel under manual block working in track-circuited territory
block working see ‘manual block working’
brake pipe continuity the brake pipe coupling hoses are connected and coupling cocks are
open between vehicles to ensure changes in air pressure in the brake pipe is transmitted from
one end of the train to the other end
consist listed order of the vehicles arranged to make up a complete train
convoy a group of track vehicles not coupled but travelling closely together under a single
Proceed Authority or a Track Occupancy Authority
coupling cock a cock (valve, tap) fitted at each end of the brake pipe(s), main reservoir pipe,
etc. enabling the air connection to the coupling hose to be opened or closed when required
coupling hose a flexible connection generally fitted to the coupling cock of the brake pipe(s),
main reservoir pipes, etc. to provide an air connection between adjacent vehicles
diesel multiple unit (DMU) a distributed power passenger train made up of similar diesel
powered and non-powered vehicles capable of carrying passengers and operating as a train
distributed power a train operating with power units located at the front and one or more other
locations in the train consist. Remote power units may be controlled from the lead locomotive by
radio signal or hard wired through the train
draw capacity the strength of a vehicle (couplers, draftgear, underframe, etc.) used to
determine the load that can be hauled behind the vehicle
driver safety system a system fitted to rail vehicles to provide a means of stopping the
vehicle/train in case the driver becomes incapacitated or the vehicle/train passes a signal at
stop. These include vigilance control system, deadman, and trip stops
ECP electrically controlled pneumatic
electric multiple unit a distributed power passenger train made up of similar electric powered
and non-powered vehicles capable of carrying passengers and operating as a train
electrically controlled pneumatic a braking system activated by electrical signals along the
length of the train with air supplied by the train pipe
emergency cock a readily accessible manually operated valve or tap, in a vehicle with an
automatic air brake that exhausts the brake pipe to atmosphere causing an emergency brake
application. Sometimes referred as an emergency brake pipe tap
emergency coupler an adaptor used to couple vehicles with incompatible coupling systems
EMU electric multiple unit

end-of-train marker (EOTM) a device other than tail-lights fitted to the trailing end of the last
vehicle of a train
fit for purpose able to be used for the required function
handbrake a mechanical device used to secure a rail vehicle against movement. Handbrake
includes a spring parking brake
handlamp a lamp or torch that can display red, white, and green lights
haul to move rail traffic using motive power source at the leading end of the train
head end power a train operating with all motive power units located at the front of the train
consist
horn see whistle
light locomotive one or more locomotives not attached to another vehicle
loading cycle cycle of operation of a freight train including travelling to a loading location,
loading, travelling to destination and unloading
loading outline the maximum height and width to which rail vehicles can be loaded for a
particular line without fouling, as prescribed in the Train Operating Conditions manual, Section
5, Loading Restrictions
locomotive a self-propelled rail-bound vehicle that may be used to move other vehicles
manual block working a method of special working which ensures sole occupancy by
manually maintaining a block behind a rail traffic movement
marker lights lights that indicate the front or rear of the train
marshal to arrange the order of vehicles in a train’s consist
multiple unit locomotive two or more locomotives marshalled together to provide the power to
move itself or other vehicles
multiple unit train diesel multiple unit or electric multiple unit
Network Rules rules issued by Sydney Trains to mandate the requirements for safe operation
on the TfNSW Metropolitan Heavy Rail network
normal speed a speed that does not exceed the current speed limit for the track and class of
rail traffic
on-track vehicles infrastructure maintenance vehicles (self-propelled or trailer) that can

operate on rail, and are typically used for track construction, maintenance and restoration,
servicing and inspection of overhead electrical infrastructure
operator an organisation that manages, operates or maintains rail traffic on the TfNSW
Metropolitan Heavy Rail network
operator specific procedures a set of instructions prepared by an Operator on the TfNSW

Metropolitan Heavy Rail network, such as Sydney Trains, specifically for that organisation’s use

operator’s representative a person authorised by an Operator to act on the Operator’s behalf
OSP operator specific procedures
partial train inspection a train inspection carried out when the train consist is altered and
includes only parts of a full train inspection
power car a self-propelled vehicle, which may or may not convey passengers and/or freight,
and operates in conjunction with similar vehicles in a multiple unit consist
prescribed train a train laden in excess of a specified percentage of its maximum load that can
be hauled by the motive power unit, for that portion of line
propel to manage airbrake operation of moving rail traffic from a cab that is not in the lead
vehicle of a train
qualified worker a worker certified as competent to carry out the relevant task
rake of vehicles a number of vehicles that are kept together in a fixed train consist
road-rail vehicle pneumatically tyred or crawler tracked road vehicles fitted with attachments
that permit operation on rail, which can be readily transferred from one mode to another without
additional facilities. Sometimes referred as Hi-rail vehicles
Rova Mech see TOC Waiver
ruling grade the maximum grade on a section of track. Used to determine the motive power
required for a train and the load that can be hauled
run around locomotive movement where the locomotive is moved from one end of a train to the
other end
scaled wheel a build-up of metallic material on a wheel tread’s surface, generally as a result of
overheating from sticking brakes or dragging brakes causing wheels to slide on the rail
shall the word ‘shall’ indicates that a statement is mandatory
single self-propelled vehicle a rail vehicle that can operate under its own power without being
coupled to another vehicle
skidded wheels flat areas on the wheel tread, caused when wheels “lock up” under braking or
seized axles and the wheels slide or skid on the rail
tail-lights red lights used as end-of-train markers
TfNSW Metropolitan Heavy Rail network is the network name, formerly the RailCorp network,
refer to the document 'scope' which defines the area associated with the network
thermal cracks cracks in the running surface and adjacent areas of a wheel, caused by thermal
effect of heating and cooling resulting from on-tread friction braking
TOC Waiver (Train Operating Conditions Waiver) a notice of changes or exceptions to the
requirements specified in the published Train Operating Conditions Manual

tonnage signal a signal at the foot of a steeply rising grade, fitted with a sign that directs
Drivers of prescribed trains
track the combination of rails, rail connectors, sleepers, ballast, points, and crossings
track circuit an electric circuit where current is carried through the rails and used to detect the
presence of trains. Track-circuits are used in the operation and control of points, signalling
equipment and indicators
track circuit shorting clip a cable that can be clamped to a line’s rails to activate track-circuits
track maintenance vehicle see track vehicle
track speed the allowable maximum train speed for a portion of track
track vehicle a vehicle, usually self-propelled, used mainly for inspecting and maintaining track
and infrastructure
track vehicle operator a qualified worker controlling the movement of a track vehicle
trackside monitoring equipment devices that monitor and respond to track, trackside, and rail
vehicle condition
train a locomotive or self-propelled vehicle, alone or coupled to one or more vehicles
train consist a group of vehicles coupled together to form a train
train (identification) number a train or run number used to provide unique identification of a
train
trolleys small rail vehicles that can be operated on rail and are moved manually
vehicle any item of rolling stock that can operate on rail
wheel scale a build-up of metallic material on a wheel tread’s surface
whistle a device such as a horn, whistle, bell, siren, or hooter fitted to a train or track
maintenance vehicle to give audible warning
WOLO speed restrictions applied during hot weather
work out of service to work to a suitable yard, service depot, siding, or location where rolling
stock can leave the running line for repair or replacement of vehicle equipment

Summary of changes
Table 1 provides a summary of changes to the content of this section of the manual since its
previous publication. Changes to front matter, formatting, branding, and governance are not
included.
Table 1 - Summary of changes from the December 2019 ASA reprint
Area of manual Page Section Change

Train operations 7345 3.11.2 Emergency equipment – Updated emergency equipment as per
Multiple Unit trains emergency 203-933
equipment
Train 113 7.3 Sydney Trains and NSW Update as per 204-379 and 204-386
numbering TrainLink trains
Locomotive and 181 10.3.3 Aurizon – Freight rolling Updated R9 and minimum condemning
rolling stock stock wheel diameter on QHAH and QHBH
data wagons ref SW 0110:2016 and SW
0111:2016
Locomotive and 214 10.40.1 Pacific National – Added 93 class locomotives as per 203-
rolling stock Locomotives 937
data
Locomotive and 218 10.40.4 Pacific National – Track Added RDUF wagons as per 201-074
rolling stock maintenance vehicles
data
On-track 276 11.18 Rhomberg Rail Updated M521/M525 as per 203-917
infrastructure
maintenance
vehicle data
On-track 278 11.19 Speno Rail Maintenance Added US7 as per 203-897
infrastructure
maintenance
vehicle data
On-track 279 11.21 Sydney Trains Updated BJ003, BJ005 as per 204-355
infrastructure
maintenance
vehicle data
Road rail 288 12.5.1 Affective Rail – Road-rail Updated vehicle 87 as per 205-382,
vehicle data vehicles added 1024766 from Kennards (change of
ownership)
Road rail 291 12.11.1 Anric Developments Pty Added 4 x vehicles as per 205-383 and
vehicle data Ltd. – Road-rail vehicles 205-391, updated plant 29 and 37 as per
203-921
Road rail 296 12.12.2 Ardosa Earthworks Pty Updated T1 as per 205-387
vehicle data Ltd. – Trailers
Road rail 300 12.22.2 Brison Contracting – Added 2 x trailers per 205-368
vehicle data Trailers
Road rail 302 12.29.1 Cleanaway – Road-rail Updated DC00017 as per 205-375
vehicle data vehicles
Road rail 303 12.31 Coleman Rail Updated 2 x vehicles as per 203-922
vehicle data
Road rail 304 12.33.2 Corfad Civil and Added 3 x trolley as per 205-373, updated
vehicle data Construction – Trolleys plant unit 24 as per 203-918, change of
owner for unit 440 from Rhomberg, and
COR31 / COR32 from JHG (was 323077 /
323079)

Road rail 306 12.36 Daracon Engineering Added new owner and vehicles as per
vehicle data 205-397
Road rail 306 12.37.1 Di Mattia Transport Pty Added HV16 as per 205-396 and updated
vehicle data Ltd. – Road-rail vehicles HV011 as per 203-923
Road rail 307 12.38 Dirt Monster Pty Ltd New operator and vehicle added as per
Road rail 308 12.40.1 DPW Plant Hire Pty Ltd. Updated unit 1 as per 205-402 and added
vehicle data – Road-rail vehicles 2 x vehicles as per 203-915
Road rail 309 12.41 Earthtrack Solutions Added C113 as per 205-404, updated
vehicle data C109-C112 as per 203-024
Road rail 312 12.48 Fortmoy Excavations Added 2 x vehicles as per 205-372 and
Road rail 313 12.49.1 Galco Group – Road-rail Added 3x vehicles as per 205-381 and
vehicle data vehicles 205-393, updated 3 x vehicles as per 203-
925
Road rail 314 12.52 Georges Loader Hire New owner and vehicle 145 added as per
Road rail 314 12.53 Goldsprings Equipment Added M52 as per 205-406
vehicle data Hire
Road rail 315 12.54.1 Hand Rail Services – Added COR29 vehicles as per 205-394,
vehicle data Road-rail vehicles change of owner from Can Do
Earthmoving for COR30/97854-D
Road rail 316 12.56.1 High Range Crane Added Unit 48 as per 205-384
vehicle data Forks – Road-rail vehicles
Road rail 317 12.58 Howell Rail Updated E18 as per 203-926
vehicle data
Road rail 322 12.64.3 John Holland – Trolleys Change of owner of M135272/M135273
vehicle data from RCR O'Donnell Griffin (was RCR087
/ RCR 088), RCR O'Donnell Griffin
removed
Road rail 325 12.65 Jordan Rail Updated 3 x vehicles as per 203-927
vehicle data
Road rail 330 12.67.3 Kennards Hire – Added 7 x support frames as per 205-369
vehicle data Support frames
Road rail 334 12.68.2 Laing O’Rourke – Added 7 x trolley as per 205-370 and
vehicle data Trolleys 205-371
Road rail 336 12.70 Linmag Australia Updated conditions as per 205-266
vehicle data
Road rail 337 12.71.1 Londonderry Auto Added AL09 as per 205-380
vehicle data Electrics – Road-rail vehicles
Road rail 338 12.75 Lynton Surveys Added owner and vehicle as per 205-408
vehicle data
Road rail 338 12.76.1 M & J Trading Pty Ltd. – Updated CD-78-FP/HIR003 as per
vehicle data Road-rail vehicles 205-385
Road rail 349 12.95 O’Halloran Management Added TR01,109, and 504 as per 205-
vehicle data Services Pty Ltd. 274, 205-398, and 203-916
Road rail 349 12.96.1 On Call Excavations – Added unit 4 as per 205-389
vehicle data Road-rail Vehicles
Road rail 350 12.97.1 Onrail Plant Hire Pty Added U-07 and D16 as per 205-400 and
vehicle data Ltd. – Road-rail vehicles 205-405
Road rail 351 12.99.1 Paliwane Pty. Ltd. – Added 2 x vehicles as per 205-390
vehicle data Road-rail vehicles

Road rail 352 12.101 Precise Excavations Added new owner and 2 x vehicles as per
Road rail 353 12.102.1 Prestons Hire – Updated conditions of 2 x vehicles as per
vehicle data Road/rail vehicles 205-376 and added 2 x vehicles as per
205-399
Road rail 354 12.106 Rail Maintenance Added 8 x vehicles as per 205-378, 203-
vehicle data Services 388, 205-403, and 205-407, updated unit
253 as per 203-928
Road rail 357 12.112 Scibos Plant Hire Added owner and vehicles as per 205-
vehicle data 267, and 203-900
Road rail 358 12.114 Sheridan & Sons Pty Ltd. Updated WHYW8/SRR50 as per 205-409
vehicle data
Road rail 363 12.121.1 Sydney Trains – Road- Added 9x vehicles as per 203-931 and
vehicle data rail vehicles 203-932
Road rail 370 12.121.4 Sydney Trains – Added 1006 as per 203-903
vehicle data Quadricycles
Road rail 371 12.123.2 Taylor Rail – Trolleys Added 2 x trolleys as per 205-377
vehicle data
Road rail 372 12.124 Tenex Rail and Updated 3 x vehicles as per 203-929
vehicle data Excavations
Road rail 372 12.125 Terranean Tech Added vehicle 1 as per 203-899
vehicle data
Road rail 373 12.127.1 TJM Earthworks – Added unit 30 as per 205-395
vehicle data Road-rail vehicles
Road rail 285 12 Road rail vehicle data Updated plant / rego numbers generally
vehicle data as per TS 13000

Page layout
Format of division pages
Version April 2015

Format of division pages – explanation
Version April 2015
Table 2 explains the format of the division pages.
Table 2 – Format of division pages – explanation
Item Label Description

Item 1 Divisions The Train Operating Conditional Manual comprises the
Western, Northern, Illawarra, and Metropolitan divisions.
Each division provides the condition for operation of
locomotives and rolling stock.
Item 2 Classification of The class of track will affect the speed and types of
track locomotives and rolling stock authorised to run over the
various sections.
Item 3 Maximum speed Identifies locomotives and maximum speeds approved for
of locomotives that section of track.
Item 3 Operation of The letters N/A indicate these locomotives are not approved
unlisted to run over this section of track.
locomotives
Item 4 Multiple The columns associated with locomotives headed
locomotive “MULTIPLE LOCOS’ shows the maximum number of
working locomotives powering that may run coupled together in a
locomotive group on each relevant section of track.
Up to a maximum of 5 locomotives total can be marshalled
together in any locomotive group attached to a train.
However, the number of locomotives that can be powering
within each locomotive group at any given time is indicated
in the multiple working section on the respective Maximum
Speed of Locomotives and Rolling Stock page.
Item 5 Classification of Identifies freight vehicle class and maximum speeds
freight vehicles approved for that section of track.
The letters N/A indicate these vehicles are not approved to
run over this section of track.
Item 5 Operation of Refer to the Asset Standards Authority for authorisation.
unlisted freight
vehicles
Item 6 Classification of Identifies passenger vehicles and maximum speeds
passenger approved for that section of track.
vehicles The letters N/A indicate these vehicles are not approved to
run over this section of track.
The grouping Diesel Railcars includes #self propelled diesel
trains and Rail Motors.
#Refer to Sydney Trains & NSW TrainLink pages for
Endeavour/Hunter railcar approval.
Item 6 Operation of Refer to the Asset Standards Authority for authorisation.
unlisted
passenger rolling
stock

Item Label Description
Item 7 Safeworking This section indicates the safeworking system and the area
systems controlled by that system.
When words ‘Yard Working’ appear, the nominated section
of track will be worked in accordance with the instructions
contained in Sydney Trains Network Rule NTR 418 Yard
limits.
Item 8 Line map See list page 25 for details.
Item 9 Private line/siding A Private (Non TfNSW owned) Line/Siding represented in
the Division Pages(Line Map) by “P” is one that is not owned
by TfNSW and therefore will not necessarily have operating
conditions published in this Manual.
Where this Manual contains information relating to the
operating conditions for a private line/siding, that information
is published with the agreement or at the request of the
owner/operator of that line/siding.
For the purpose of train control, to and from a private
line/siding, the operator in securing a train path on the
TfNSW Metropolitan Heavy Rail network has certified that
there is an interface understanding/agreement between the
operator and the owner/operator of the private line/siding,
which authorises the train/vehicles to operate within the
confines of the private line/siding.
In providing an agreed train path in accordance with the
operations protocol, Sydney Trains has certified that the
operator’s train will be accepted from or delivered to the
boundary of the private line/siding nominated in the
operator’s train path application.

Where can locomotives run?
April 2016

Draw capacity tonnage and maximum train length /
brake type
April 2015

Format of speed sign table
December 2018

Format of station data table and rolling stock data
pages
August 2016

Section 1
Route standards

1. Route standards
1.1. Sydney Metropolitan – Classification of lines and
locations of tunnels and field devices
December 2018

1.2. Sydney Metropolitan – Safeworking systems
December 2018

1.3. Northern Division – Classification of lines and locations
of tunnels and field devices
December 2018

1.4. Northern Division – Grades and Safeworking systems
Hornsby to Newcastle
December 2018

1.5. Western Division – Classification of lines and locations
April 2013

1.6. Western Division – Grades and Safeworking systems
Penrith to Bowenfels
August 2017

1.7. Illawarra Division – Classification of lines and locations
April 2015

1.8. Illawarra Division – Grades and Safeworking systems
Waterfall to Bomaderry / Port Kembla
April 2015

1.9. Rail Management Centre Sydney – Areas controlled by
Train Control Boards
December 2018

1.10. Diagram indicating track width classifications
December 2018

1.11. Train operating length diagram
December 2018

Section 2
Locomotive operations
Section 2 Locomotive operations

2. Locomotive operations
2.1. Marshalling of locomotives
Version April 2015
Powering locomotives may be marshalled anywhere within a train subject to the requirements of
Section 2.3 and Section 2.4 below. Powering locomotives within the train consist or at the rear
of a train are called distributed power locomotives.
Up to five (5) locomotives may be marshalled together at the front of a train. The number of
distributed power locomotives marshalled together within a train consist and/or at the rear of a
train shall not exceed the maximum horsepower limits specified for assisting (Banking)
Locomotives.
Unless otherwise approved by the Asset Standards Authority, the maximum number of
locomotives, which can be marshalled together and powering at any given time is specified
under Multiple Locos in the Maximum Speed of Locomotives and Rolling Stock table
located in the respective Division Pages.
The lead locomotive in a light locomotive consist or on a train (and any crewed distributed
power locomotive) shall be fitted with an operable approved Driver Safety System.
Locomotives operating in shunting yards do not require a Driver Safety System.
2.2. Maximum speed of light locomotives

Version April 2018
The maximum speed of light locomotives will be 80km/h within the area as outlined in
Section 3.5 in Train Operations, Operation of freight trains and light locomotives in Sydney
Metropolitan area, page 66, or lower (50 km/h or less) as indicated in the MAXIMUM SPEED
OF LOCOMOTIVES AND ROLLING STOCK table located in the respective Division Pages and
the Train operating length diagram in Section 1.11.
2.3. Assisting (banking) locomotives

August 2019
Additional locomotives may be used to assist a train where there is insufficient train locomotive
tractive effort to haul a train over the grade. Assisting locomotives may be attached to the front
or rear of a train.
If the locomotives are attached at the front, the maximum number of powering locomotives
specified under Multiple Locos in the Maximum Speed of Locomotives and Rolling Stock
table located in the respective Division Pages, shall not be exceeded.
If the assisting locomotives are attached to the rear of the train, the minimum allowable vehicle
mass for vehicles in the trailing 1/3 of the train mass is given below in Figure 1.

Figure 1 – Minimum allowable vehicle mass (assisting locomotives at rear of the train)
Notes:
1. In the case of multi-pack vehicles the minimum allowable vehicle mass shall be
the gross mass divided by the number of platforms (decks).
2. Trains conveying Rail compatible Road Trailers (that is, Trailerail) shall not be
assisted in the rear without the specific authority of the Asset Standards Authority.
3. Low mass vehicles should be marshalled, where possible, towards the centre
of the train consist.
After a bank locomotive has been detached from the rear of a train, an end of train marker,
(EOTM) shall be fitted to the end of the rear vehicle on the train.
2.3.1. Assisting locmotives used to clear a section of a failed train

This section provides limits for emergency / incident situations where assist locomotives are
being used to clear a section of a failed train.
For emergency or incident type situations where there is a need to clear a section of line,
assisting locomotives which are normally subject to AC / DC locomotive mixing restrictions may
be mixed in any combination, provided the following is met:
• Tractive effort requirements
• Draw gear requirements
• Both AC and DC locomotive consists are crewed
• AC and DC locomotive crews are in communications with each other to control the
application of tractive effort
• Distributed power requirements (if applicable)
• ECP brake requirements or ECP brake recovery requirements (if applicable)
The train crews shall be vigilant of wheel spin or wheel slip events, especially in the DC
locomotive, and control the traction appropriately to avoid this possible occurrence.
The application of traction for DC locomotives is generally faster compared to AC

locomotives. A combined AC / DC locomotive consist may result in the DC locomotive
taking a larger portion of the load when initially applying traction, which may lead to
wheel slip. This is further compounded by the AC locomotives being equipped with
more accurate wheel slip control systems that limit wheel slip events compared to DC
locomotives.

2.4. Distributed power
Version April 2015
It is permissible to distribute locomotive power throughout a train consist. In addition to the

locomotives at the front of a train, additional powering locomotives may be marshalled as a
group within a train consist or at the rear of a train. These additional locomotives shall be
crewed at all times. Operation of uncrewed remote locomotives is not permitted (except in the
case of the XPT passenger train or approved wired distributed power operations).
In the case of wired or wireless distributed power, the operation shall be sanctioned and
approved by the Asset Standards Authority prior to any movements.
The train driver in the front locomotive shall have full control of the automatic air brake
throughout the train including the rear locomotive(s) and shall direct the driver of the distributed
power locomotives when to apply and reduce power.
All distributed power trains employing a locomotive(s) at each end for providing a shuttle
operation, shall be driven from the leading locomotive in the direction of travel, except when
shunting or yard working.
If the distributed power locomotives(s) are marshalled at the rear of the train, refer to Assisting
(banking) locomotives section (page 45) for the minimum allowable vehicle mass for vehicles in
the trailing 1/3 of the train mass.
Four-wheel vehicles and vehicles with non-automatic couplers shall not be included in a
distributed power train consist forward of the distributed power locomotives.
Where distributed power locomotives are attached to the rear of a train, the two red marker
lights on the rear locomotive shall be exhibited as tail lights to indicate the rear of the train. A
flashing tail light (end-of-train marker) is not required.
2.5. Excessive sanding

Version 10.0 April 2013
Locomotives that are applying excessive sand or sanding continuously shall be stopped and the
fault rectified or the sanding magnet valve isolating cock closed. The signaller/train controller
shall be advised.
In this case, if adhesion conditions require the use of sand, the sand equipment may be cut in
and the train worked under block working conditions until the sand is again isolated. The
signaller/train controller shall be advised and be in agreement with this working.
2.6. De-sanding equipment

It is a requirement that all locomotives with sanding equipment and operating under power be
fitted with de-sanding equipment.
Locomotives not fitted with de-sanding equipment (identified in Section 10 (page 176) General
Instruction pages by note R8) or locomotives with inoperative de-sanding equipment, operating
in track circuited areas, when operating as single units or as trailing units in a multiple unit
consist shall have their sanding equipment isolated.
2.7. Locomotive wheel spin

Rails can be severely damaged by uncontrolled wheel spin. All cases of uncontrolled wheel spin
and/or rail burns shall be reported to the signaller/train controller so that arrangements can be
made to have the rails inspected to determine the extent of the damage.
When a train comes to a stand on the ruling grade due to possible loss of locomotive power,
insufficient adhesion (inoperative sanding system), train overloaded or there is evidence of
wheel spin within the locomotive consist, NO ATTEMPTS shall be made to move the train until
the defect is corrected. If the defect cannot be corrected the train shall be declared a failure and
be assisted from the section.
2.8. Locomotive(s) dead attached or off line

Dead / off line attached locomotives may be marshalled anywhere within a train consist.
Locomotives that are dead attached or off line shall be included in the train load and for the
purpose of train load calculations the live weight of the locomotive(s) is multiplied by 1.1 (covers
an increase in rolling resistance).
If the dead attached locomotives are coupled to the train locomotives, numbers 3 and 4 control
air hoses shall be coupled.
If the dead attached locomotives are marshalled in the train consist or at the rear of the consist,
these locomotive(s) shall be certified as having passed the brake system sensitivity part of the
single car air test before being considered fit to be marshalled in that position.
Locomotive(s) which do not pass the sensitivity test cannot operate dead attached within the
train consist or on the rear of the consist unless a crew person is available, to ensure the brakes
release.
2.9. Marshalling of locomotives due to brake valve type

Unless otherwise approved, the marshalling restrictions in Table 3 apply to locomotives due to
the brake valve type on the lead locomotive.

Table 3 – Marshalling restrictions due to brake valve type
Brake valve type Marshalling requirement

A7-EL Not to lead in more than a two locomotive consist.
This restriction is due to the independent release on A7-EL brake
valves not being relied upon to release the independent brake on
the third or more locomotives.
B7 – EL, 26L, 30CDW or Epic Shall lead on multiple locomotive consists of greater than two
locomotives.
ECP Can be operated on either ECP equipped trains or normal
automatic air brake trains.
2.10. Multiple unit working of locomotive

In TS TOC 2, Division Pages, the respective pages headed "Maximum Speed of Locomotives
and Rolling Stock" have a column associated with locomotives headed "Multiple Loco Working".
This shows the maximum number of locomotives powering that may run coupled together in a
locomotive group on each relevant section of track.
Up to a maximum of 5 locomotives total can be marshalled together in any locomotive group

attached to a train. However, the number of locomotives that can be powering within each
locomotive group at any given time is indicated in the "Multiple Loco Working" section on the
respective "Maximum Speed of Locomotives and Rolling Stock" page in TS TOC 2, Division
Pages.
2.10.1. Multiple unit working of locomotive – Dynamic / regenerative

braking restrictions
In the following instances, dynamic / regenerative braking is not to be used alone, but shall be
used in conjunction with the automatic train brake:
• when more than three locomotives are marshalled on the front of the train and are
available for powering
• irrespective of the number of locomotives marshalled on the front of the train, if any empty
vehicle or empty platform (in the case of multi pack vehicles) is marshalled with more than
2000 tonnes trailing that empty vehicle
2.11. Mixing locomotive types

Version April 2019
As each type of locomotive, when operating on the ruling grade and conveying its Full Sectional
Load, can have different traction performance capabilities at the balancing speed, the mixing of
locomotive types may result in one locomotive working excessively harder than the other(s).
To allow for this, where the loads for multiple unit mixed locomotives are not published in the
LOADS & CONDITIONS table. The following method, unless approved otherwise below, shall

be used for determining the Full Sectional Load of the locomotive consist. Add together each of
the individual FULL SECTIONAL LOADS applicable for each powering locomotive in the
consist for the required section and reduce the total by 10%.
For example, West Ryde to Epping:
81 + 44 class = 1131 t + 615 t = 1746 t – 175 t (10%) = 1571 tonnes
This rule will not apply when mixing the following classes of locomotives given in Table 4.
Table 4 – Classes of locomotives where the full sectional load rule does not apply
Group Locomotive class Group Locomotive class

(a) *C,90, 81, 82, 48 and 830 (j) C, 80, 48 and 830
(b) 81, AN, BL, DL and NR (k) *C, 48, 80, 81, 82, 830, BL, G, GL, T, X
(c) 42, 421, and GM (l) AN, DL, NR and VL
(d) 43, 44, 44s, 45, 45s, 600, 442, 442s (m) G, DL, GL, RL and VL
(e) 44, 442, 442s, 18, 31, and L (n) 2 x 14 (MZ) + 1 x 44 class
#CM,
(f) G, GL, and VL (o) DL and 80
(g) 421 and 422 (p) S and +GM(12)
(h) CLP, CLF, 31, L, 22, +GM(12), 48 & 830 (q) #CM, G, *C, and BRM
(i) G, X and T (r) 48, 48s, 48200, 830, PL, and 49$
* Locomotives C502 – C510 only

+ Nos. 12 – 47
# Limited to a maximum of 1 x CM class in the locomotive consist
$ Limited to a maximum of 2 x 49 class in the locomotive consist
Alternate methods of determining locomotive loads may be considered but shall be sanctioned
and approved by the Asset Standards Authority before use.
2.12. Mixing AC with DC type locomotives

Version August 2019
The following AC traction locomotive types may be marshalled together in any combination with
other AC locomotives:
• United Group Ltd – C44Aci and Downer EDI Rail – GT46C-Ace
AC locomotives may be marshalled together any combination, up to 4 locomotives with the

following DC locomotives:
• United Group Ltd – C44Aci: NR, AN and G
• Downer EDI Rail GT46C-Ace: NR, AN, CLP, CLF, G and X
A full list of approved AC6 locomotives (United Group Ltd – C44aci and Downer EDI Rail –
GT46C-Ace) is summarised in Table 8 – Approved locomotives grouped into load categories –
locomotive type AC in Section 2.14.

For mixing involving locomotives with CLP, CLF, G and X class locomotives, the load shall be
reduced by 20% if an AC locomotive is leading and the trailing load is more than 80% of the
sum of the individual locomotive's full sectional load. If a DC locomotive is leading, no load
reductions apply. All on-board locomotive alarms shall be train-lined and the train shall cease
operation and seek recovery if any sustained and excessive wheelslip is detected in any
locomotive enroute.
For mixing involving AC locomotives with NR and AN class locomotives, the maximum
allowable trailing loads are published in the relevant Division Pages (for example, North Division
Pages). These published maximum allowable trailing loads are lower than the summation of
individual locomotives' full sectional loads. A DC locomotive shall be leading the consist and all
on-board locomotive alarms shall be train-lined.
When three locomotives are marshalled at the front of a train and are powering there is a risk of
track buckling due to compressive reactive forces in the rail immediately behind the last
powering locomotive. To minimise this risk, an unloaded vehicle or empty platform in the case of
intermodal vehicles shall not be marshalled in this position when the trailing load exceeds 70%
of the maximum full sectional load.
Dynamic Braking for an individual operating locomotive shall only be used within the operating
range of current DC locomotives: 230 kN max from 16 km/h to 45 km/h and reducing linearly to
zero at speeds below 16 km/h.
These details are represented in Note R14 in Section 10 Locomotive and rolling stock data.
2.13. Mixing locomotive types (ECP brakes)

Mixing of ECP equipped locomotives with standard automatic air brake locomotives on ECP
trains is not allowed (unless in the case of emergency).
2.14. Locomotive load categories

Version April 2019
The performance of locomotives and their load categories are only relevant for fully operational
locomotives. Locomotives which are defective or have traction elements or systems cut out (for
example traction motors cut out) shall not be used to haul loads to the published conditions
(load category).
Table 5, Table 6, Table 7 and Table 8 list approved locomotives grouped into load categories or
classes.
Table 5 – Approved locomotive load category and power by numerical class
Loco class Load category Horse-power

1200 L9 2400
14 L7 3900

18 L10 2400
22 L10 2000
31 L5 3000
32 L9 3190
42 L12 1750
421 L12 1800
422 L10 2000
423 L12 1500
43 L12 1600
44 L12 1800
44s L12 1800
442 L11 2000
442s L11 2000
45 L12 1800
45s L12 1800
47 L13 1000
48 L13 900
48200 L13 900
48s L13 900
49 L13 875
73 L14 650
80 L9 2000
80s L9 2000
81 L4 3000
82 L3 3000
90 L1 4000
92 AC6 4500
93 AC6 4500
600 L12 1800
830 L13 900
900 L13 900
6000 AC6 4500
6020 AC6 4500
Table 6 – Approved locomotive load category and power by alphabetical class

ACC AC6 4500
ALF L6 3000
AN L2 4000
B L12 1500
BL L4 3000

BRM L4 3300
#L8
C L4, 3000
CEY AC6 4500
CF AC6 4500
CLF L6 3000
CLP L6 3000
$L3,
CM L4 3300
D L11 1950
DC L10 2000
DL L5 3000
EL L7 2450
FIE AC6 4500
FL L10 2000
G L4 3000
GL L4 3000
%GM(1) L13 1500
+GM(12) L12 1750
GPU L13 900
GWA AC6 4500
GWU AC6 4500
HL L10 2000
K L11 1950
L L6 3000
LDP AC6 4500
LDP10 AC6 4500
LQ, LZ L5 3000
MM L13 875
MRL AC6 4500
NR L2 4000
PHC AC6 4500
PL L13 900
RL L4 4000
S L12 1800
SCT AC6 4500
SSR AC6 4500
T L13 875
TT AC6 4500
TT100 AC6 4500
VL L4 3000
WH AC6 4500
X L9 2000
*X L7 3000

XRB L5 3000
XRN AC6 4500
XR-2 L5 3000
Table 7 – Approved locomotives grouped into load categories – locomotive type DC
Load category Locomotive class – DC Horse-power

L1 90 4000
L2 AN, NR 4000
$CM
L3 3300
L3 82 3000
L4 RL 4000
L4 BRM, CM 3300
L4 81, BL,C, G, GL, VL 3000
L5 31, DL, LQ, LZ, XRB, XR-2 3000
L6 ALF, CLF, CLP, L, 3000
L7 14 3900
L7 EL 2450
L7 *X 2000
#C
L8 3000
L9 32 3190
L9 80, 80s, X, 1200 2000
L10 18, 22, 422, DC, HL, FL 2000
L11 442, 442s 2000
L11 D, K 1950
+GM(12),
L12 42, 421, 423, 43, 44, 44s, 45, 45s, 600, B, S 1800
%GM(1)
L13 47, 48, 48200, 48s, 49, 830, 900, ,GPU, MM, PL, T 900
L14 73 650
Notes to Table 5, Table 6 and Table 7:
# Applies only to C501
* Applies only to X46, X47 and X51
% Nos. 1 – 11
+ Nos. 12 – 47
$ Multiple CM only (single CM not permitted with L3, single CM restricted to L4 only)
Table 8 – Approved locomotives grouped into load categories – locomotive type AC
Load category Locomotive type – AC Horse-power

AC6 (Downer EDI Rail – GWA, LDP, LDP10, SCT, TT, 4500
GT46C-Ace) TT100, WH, SSR
AC6 (United Group Ltd – 92, 93, 6000, 6020, ACC, CEY, 4500
C44aci) CF, FIE, GWU, MRL, XRN, PHC

When a locomotive shown in the LOADS AND CONDITIONS section with an associated load,
is unavailable, a superior or equivalent locomotive may be used for that load.
Locomotives that appear on the same line are deemed to be equivalent locomotives and can
operate to the same loads. However, these locomotives do not necessarily operate at the same
speed when hauling their full load on the ruling grade. Accordingly, reference shall be made to
the Mixing locomotive types table (page 50) to ascertain if a 10% load reduction is required
before operating any mixed locomotive loads on the TfNSW Metropolitan Heavy Rail network.
When a superior locomotive has been selected, reference shall be made to the relevant
Maximum Speed of Locomotives and Rolling Stock table for the track section covering the
intended area of operation, to check that the locomotive is approved to operate.

2.15. Block working of all classes of light locomotives
December 2018
All classes of light locomotives when travelling as a single unit or double consist and operating
over the track circuited lines as indicated in Figure 2, shall be worked under block working
conditions as shown in Sydney Trains Network Rule NSY 512 Manual block working.
Powering electric locomotives are exempt from this requirement, as are XPT power cars
when shunting within the confines of the XPT maintenance centre.
Figure 2 – Block working of all classes of light locomotives

2.16. Block working of Diesel Multiple Unit trains (DMU)
August 2019
2.16.1. Diesel Multiple Unit trains (DMU) fitted with Track Circuit
Assistors (TCA's)
The following DMU trains are approved to operate under track signalling (block working not
required), provided that at least one TCA per train is operational:
• Endeavour
• Xplorer
• Hunter RailCar
When both TCA's on any train are offline, failed, or inoperative, block working requirements as
shown in Sydney Trains Network Rules, NSY 512 Manual block working, shall apply when
operating over the track circuited lines indicated in Figure 3 in section 2.16.2. In this case,
Xplorer and Endeavour are exempt from mandatory block working between Kiama and
Bomaderry.
2.16.2. Diesel Multiple Unit trains (DMU) without Track Circuit

Assistors (TCA's)
Diesel multiple unit (DMU) passenger trains (includes CPH Railmotors, 620/720 class diesel rail
cars), when operating over the track circuited lines as indicated in Figure 3 shall be worked
under block working conditions as shown in Sydney Trains Network Rule NSY 512 Manual
block working.
This requirement does not apply to XPT power cars / trains.

Figure 3 – Block working of Diesel Multiple Unit trains (DMU)
2.17. Block working of single unit diesel cars

August 2019
All single unit diesel cars, including but not limited to those listed in Table 9, when operating
over any part of the network as single cars only, shall be worked under block working
conditions as shown in Sydney Trains Network Rule NSY 512 Manual block working.
Endeavour, Xplorer and Hunter RailCars when operating as single cars, even when fitted with
Track Circuit Assistors (TCA's) shall be block worked under block working conditions as shown
in Sydney Trains Network Rule NSY 512 Manual block working.
This requirement does not apply to XPT power cars.

Table 9 – Some single unit diesel cars subject to block working conditions
Single Unit Diesel cars: Codes

Xplorer cars EA, EC
Endeavour cars LE, TE
Hunter Rail cars HM, HMT
620 class NPF
Rail Motor CPH
Rail Motor HPC 402
Track Maintenance Vehicle ML039 (RVX4)
Track Maintenance Vehicles MTPV1 / MTPV2 (with offline, failed or inoperable TCA's)

Section 3 Train operations

Section 3
Train operations

3. Train operations
3.1. Amalgamation of trains
Version 1.2 August 2010
Two trains may be amalgamated to form one longer train for operational reasons.
If two trains are amalgamated with all the locomotives marshalled at the front of the train, this is
considered a normal train and no special conditions shall apply. All standard marshalling
conditions and train path conditions however, will apply.
If the trains are amalgamated with the locomotives on the second train coupled to the rear
vehicle of the leading train, the following conditions shall apply:
• The train driver of the leading train shall have full control of the automatic air brake
throughout both of the trains including the locomotive(s) on the second train and shall
direct the driver of the second train when to apply and reduce power.
• All vehicles published in Section 10 (page 176) may be included in an amalgamated train
with the exception that four wheel vehicles and vehicles with non-automatic couplers shall
not be marshalled in the leading train.
• Communication between the crew on each train shall comply with current Safeworking
requirements.
• The brake pipe and main reservoir pipe (where applicable) shall be continuous throughout
the train.
• There shall be no marker lights exhibited on the locomotive(s) marshalled on the second
train.
Refer to Distributed power (page 48) Section 2 Locomotive operations for conditions of
operation.
3.2. Operation of trains on steep descending grades

Version April 2015
Specific braking requirements apply to freight trains descending grades of 1 in 40 or grades of 1

in 33 or steeper. These braking requirements are specified in the relevant Division Pages of the
Train Operating Conditions Manual.
3.2.1. Operation of trains on steep descending grades – Freight trains

descending grades of 1 in 33 or steeper
Freight trains descending such grades shall be fitted with operable grade control valves or fixed
exhaust chokes to at least 80% of the train mass (excluding locomotives) and the grade control
valves (if fitted) shall be placed in the ‘IP’ position.

Where there is less than 80% of the train mass (excluding locomotives) fitted with fixed exhaust
chokes the train shall have a HP grade inspection prior to descending the grade.
A HP grade inspection does not apply to ECP braked trains.
Dynamic or regenerative brake shall be used when available.
The maximum speed when descending a 1 in 33 grade is 50 km/h, and 30 km/h when
descending a 1 in 30 grade.
3.2.2. Operation of trains on steep descending grades – Light

locomotives/trains descending grades of 1 in 33 or steeper
The following rule applies to light locomotive(s) and locomotive hauled trains where the total
hauled mass is less than the mass of the locomotive(s) hauling it.
Dynamic or regenerative brake shall be fitted and operational, on single locomotives or at least
on 50% of the locomotives (including the lead locomotive) in the case of multiple unit
locomotives. Dynamic or regenerative brake shall be operational and able to be controlled from
the lead locomotive.
The handbrake on the light locomotive(s) shall be operational.
The speed of light locomotive(s) when descending a 1 in 33 grade is 40 km/h, and 30 km/h
when descending a 1 in 30 grade.
3.2.3. Operation of trains on steep descending grades – Descending

grades of 1 in 40
Freight trains descending such grades shall be fitted with operable grade control valves or fixed
exhaust chokes to at least 50% of the train mass (excluding locomotives), and the grade control
valves (if fitted) shall be placed in the ‘IP’ position.
Vehicles without load compensation are to operate in the ‘EX’ position unless the mass of the
vehicle is 20 tonne or more, in which case the grade control valve is to be placed in the ‘IP’
position.
ECP braked trains are exempt from requiring grade control valves or fixed exhaust chokes.
3.3. Holding a train stationary on a grade

The automatic air brake shall not be relied upon to hold a train stationary on a grade for periods
exceeding ten (10) minutes unless the lead locomotive is fitted with a pressure maintaining
brake valve.
If the handbrakes are required to hold a freight train with locomotive(s) attached on a grade or
freight vehicles with locomotive(s) detached, the minimum number of handbrakes to be applied
is as given in Table 10:

Table 10 – Minimum number of handbrakes required to hold a freight train on a grade
Majority of the train on a gradient of Minimum number of handbrakes

Level to 1 in 100 3 in 10 (30%)
1 in 99 to 1 in 50 5 in 10 (50%)
1 in 49 to 1 in 33 8 in 10 (80%)
1 in 32 to 1 in 25 All (100%)
When the train is on an ascending grade, the handbrakes shall always be applied to the
vehicles on the rear portion of the train. When the train is on a descending grade, the
handbrakes shall always be applied to the vehicles at the front of the train.
On locomotive hauled passenger trains, the handbrakes shall be applied on all vehicles before
the locomotives are detached.
3.4. Train speed

Version April 2018
3.4.1. Plain track

The speed of any train shall not exceed the maximum allowable speed for the slowest rated
locomotive or vehicle in the train consist as specified in Section 10 or 11 and the MAXIMUM
SPEED OF LOCOMOTIVES AND ROLLING STOCK table in the appropriate Division pages,
together with any permanent or temporary speed signs displayed for the section of track.
Note: The maximum speeds of Sydney Trains and NSW TrainLink rolling stock operating on
different area/sections of the network are shown in Table 5 and Table 6 of TS TOC.2, under
Passenger train operating conditions (Section 17).
For sections not covered by either the Maximum Speed pages or speed signs, the default
maximum speed shall be 25km/h on mainlines, 13km/h when shunting in open yards and
maintenance centres, and 8km/h when shunting in covered sections of yards and maintenance
centres.
Note: Speed signs posted apply only to the line specified and not to any lines that diverge
from the specified line such as loops or sidings; the speed on those will be separately
advised.
3.4.2. Turnouts
Trains entering a loop or refuge shall not exceed the applicable speed signs or default turnout
speed until the entire train has cleared the turnout. Train shall then adopt train speeds as
described in section 3.4.1. For turnouts not covered by speed signs, the default turnout speed
shall be 25km/h.
Note: Crossing/turnout speed signs apply only to the turnout(s) and not to any plain track
following the turnout(s), the speed of which will be separately advised.

3.5. Operation of freight trains and light locomotives in
Sydney Metropolitan area
August 2017
Due to signal braking distance requirements the maximum speed for all freight trains and light
locomotives operating within the Metropolitan area bounded by Rhodes, Kingswood, Glenfield
and Waterfall, is 80 km/h or 50 km/h (or lower than 50 km/h on some passenger only lines) as
indicated in the MAXIMUM SPEED OF LOCOMOTIVES AND ROLLING STOCK table and the
TRAIN OPERATING LENGTH DIAGRAM.
Freight train “begin” and “end” speed signs are located at the locations detailed in Table 11.
Table 11 – Location of "begin" and "end" speed signs for freight trains
North Begin 80 speed limit Up Main at 17.252 km Rhodes

North End 80 speed limit Down Main at 17.252 km Rhodes
West Begin 80 speed limit Up Main at 51.636 km Kingswood
West End 80 speed limit Down Main at 51.636 km Kingswood
South Begin 80 speed limit Up Main at 42.75 km at Glenfield
South End 80 speed limit Down Main at 42.75 km at Glenfield
Illawarra Begin 80 speed limit Down and Up Main at 39.018 km at Waterfall
Illawarra End 80 speed limit Down and Up Main at 39.018 km at Waterfall
The boards shown below have yellow reflective numerals on a reflective blue background, as
shown in Figure 4.
FREIGHT FREIGHT
TRAINS TRAINS
BEGIN END
SPEED LIMIT SPEED LIMIT
Figure 4 – 'Begin' and 'end' speed signs for freight trains
Note: These boards indicate the maximum speed in the section and are not
considered a speed board (the freight speeds may be less than 80 km/h at the
location of the above boards or within the section bound by these boards).

3.6. Operation of locomotives and passenger vehicles not
fitted with toilet holding tanks
Locomotives and passenger rolling stock not fitted with toilet holding tanks shall have their
toilets locked at all times to prevent use and effluent discharge to track when the vehicle is
operating on the TfNSW Metropolitan Heavy Rail network. (Reference: T HR RS 00100 ST
Minimum Operating Standards for Rolling Stock, and Protection of the Environment Operations
Act 1997).
3.7. Track speed signs

Version April 2018
Track speed signs are shown and explained in Table 12.

Table 12 – Track speed signs
Sign type – image Sign type – description Applies to

NORMAL Locomotive hauled passenger and freight trains
Sydney Trains and NSW TrainLink trains (Groups
1, 2, 3, 3a, 4, 5 and 6 – Note 1)
All Track Maintenance Vehicles (Note 2)
Rail Motors and 620 class diesel trains
XPT XPT, Xplorer, Endeavour (Group 6 – Note 1),
Hunter (Group 6 – Note 1), OSC (Group 3 – Note
1)
MULTIPLE UNIT XPT, Xplorer, Endeavour (Group 6 – Note 1),
Hunter (Group 6 – Note 1)
Sydney Trains and NSW TrainLink (Groups 1, 2,
3, 3a, 4, and 6 – Note 1),
NORMAL TURNOUT Locomotive hauled passenger and freight trains
1, 2, 3, 3a, 4, 5 and 6 – Note 1)
Note 3
XPT TURNOUT XPT, Xplorer, Endeavour (Group 6 – Note 1),
Hunter (Group 6 – Note 1), OSC (Group 3 – Note
1)
Note 3
MULTIPLE UNIT XPT, Xplorer, Endeavour (Group 6 – Note 1),
TURNOUT Hunter (Group 6 – Note 1)
1, 2, 3, 3a, 4, and 6 – Note 1)
Note 3
GENERAL Locomotive hauled passenger and freight trains
80 (up to 1500 metres long)
MEDIUM Sydney Trains and NSW TrainLink trains (Groups
90 1, 2, 3, 3a, 4, and 6 – Note 1)
HIGH XPT, Xplorer, Endeavour (Group 6), Hunter

100 (Group 6) – (Note 1), OSC (Group 3 – Note 1)
A single yellow background speed sign applies to all rail traffic (Refer Sydney Trains Network
Rule NSG 604 Indicators and signs), however longer freight trains may require speed
restrictions. Refer to Section 1.11 Train operating length diagram for restrictions.
Note 1: As shown in the Train Operating Conditions Manual Section 10 under Sydney
Trains and NSW TrainLink Trains passenger rolling stock.
Note 2: As shown in the Train Operating Conditions Manual, Section 11 (page 265)
and Section 12 (page 285).
Note 3: If there is no speed sign at a turnout, rail traffic shall not travel faster than
25 km/h through the turnout (Sydney Trains Network Rule NSG 604 Indicators and
signs).
Drivers and track vehicle operators shall maintain the correct speed until the last
vehicle clears the turnout.
3.7.1. General, medium, and high speed sign hierarchy

In multispeed sign areas where general speed signs, medium speed signs and high speed
signs are co-located at the same location, the following speed sign hierarchy has been utilised
based on infrastructure design principles.
The speed on the general speed signs and medium speed signs are lower than the high speed
signs.
Note: This is due to high speed signs being designed to a higher cant deficiency than
general and medium speed signs.
The speed on the general speed signs are lower than medium speed signs.
Note: This is due to rolling stock operating on medium speed signs requiring better braking
performance than rolling stock operating on general speed signs such that relevant braking
curves for signals design are met.
3.8. Advisory speed signs

December 2012
At particular signals, there may be insufficient sighting distance for trains travelling at track
speed to stop within the signalling distance. In these cases, advisory speed signs have been
positioned approaching these signals. The location of advisory speed signs is listed in the
Division Pages. Table 13 gives details of speed signs.
Table 13 – Advisory speed signs
Sign type – image Sign type – description Applies to

ADVISORY SPEED SIGN Freight and Passenger services (excepting XPT,
Xplorer, Endeavour, Hunter and EMU trains)
Drivers are required to regulate the speed of their train at these locations to ensure that before
sighting the signal indication, the speed is not in excess of that figure shown on the advisory
speed sign applicable to their train. If at any point approaching the signal it is seen to be
exhibiting a full clear indication, normal track speed for the train concerned may be resumed.
3.9. WOLO speed restrictions

December 2013
To be read in conjunction with Sydney Trains Network Rule NGE 210 Speed restrictions
during very hot weather (WOLO).
During extreme hot weather conditions, there is a risk of track misalignment due to track buckle.
To reduce the risks involved, the speed of trains for all lines within the affected area shall be

reduced when high temperatures are indicated for that area. This is accomplished by
introducing WOLO conditions.
When WOLO conditions are in force the speed of any train shall not exceed the appropriate
WOLO speed specified in Table 14, Table 16 and Table 15.
Table 14 – Maximum WOLO speeds during hot weather – Passenger trains (all types) and
light locomotives
Ruling Train Speed* WOLO Speed

100 km/h or more 90 km/h
95 km/h 85 km/h
90 km/h 80 km/h
85 km/h 75 km/h
80 km/h 70 km/h
75 km/h 65 km/h
70 km/h or less Allowable track speed but not exceeding 60 km/h
* The ruling train speed shall be the allowable track speed or the allowable vehicle
speed, as specified in the DIVISION PAGES, whichever is the lesser.
Table 15 – Maximum WOLO speeds during hot weather – Freight trains containing all
loaded or one or more empty# vehicles above 80 km/h%

90 km/h or more 80 km/h
85 km/h 75 km/h
80 km/h 70 km/h
75 km/h 65 km/h
# For the purpose of this rule, a loaded vehicle is one with a gross mass of 30 tonnes
or more.
% For the purpose of this rule, the empty vehicles shall have an allowable empty
vehicle speed exceeding 80 km/h.
Table 16 – Maximum WOLO speeds during hot weather – Freight trains containing one or
more empty# vehicles at 80 km/h or less%

# For the purpose of this rule, a loaded vehicle is one with a gross mass of 30 tonnes
or more.

Superseded by TS TOC 1 v19.0, 02/09/2020 % For the purpose of this rule, the empty vehicles shall have an allowable empty
vehicle speed of 80 km/h or less.
3.9.1. WOLO speed restrictions – WOLO warning sign areas

Version April 2015
When WOLO conditions are in force, WOLO warning signs are displayed in the areas specified
in Table 17 and Table 18.
Table 17 – Display areas of WOLO warning signs during WOLO conditions – Down
Direction Movements
Location Lines
Sydney Terminal Departure Road All Down Tracks
Central Electric Platforms 16, 17, 18, 19, 22. 23 & All Down Tracks
25
Erskineville Down Main
Sutherland Down Main
Waterfall All Down Tracks
Thirroul Down Main
Wollongong Down Main
Dapto Down Main
Kiama All Down Tracks
Lidcombe All Down Tracks
Glenfield Down Main
Revesby Down Main
Blacktown Down Branch
Penrith All Down Tracks
Mt Victoria Down Main
Bankstown Down Bankstown
Hornsby All Down Tracks
Gosford Down Main
Maintenance Centre departure Roads at Hornsby, All Down Tracks
Mortdale and Flemington
Note – Enfield North (Down Main and Down Goods) and Enfield South (Up Goods),
are no longer listed, refer to ARTC for details regarding WOLO warning sign areas for
the Goods Line and Enfield.
Table 18 – Display areas of WOLO warning signs during WOLO conditions – Up Direction
Movements
Location Lines
Bomaderry Up Main
Dapto Up Main
Unanderra Up Main
Port Kembla Up Main

Location Lines
Wollongong Up Main
Waterfall All Up Track
Hurstville All Up Tracks
Cronulla All Up Tracks
Leppington All Up Tracks
Campbelltown Up Main
East Hills Up Main
Revesby Up Main
Liverpool Up Main
Lidcombe Up Suburban (for Bankstown Line)
Bankstown Up Bankstown
Marrickville Up Bankstown
Lithgow Up Main
Mt Victoria Up Main
Katoomba Up Main
Springwood Up Main
Penrith Up Main
Richmond Up Main
Blacktown All Up Tracks
Hamilton Up Main
Gosford Up Main
Hornsby Up North Shore Tracks
Maintenance Centre departure Roads at Hornsby, All Up Tracks
Mortdale and Flemington
Note – Enfield North (Down Main and Down Goods) and Enfield South (Up Goods),
are no longer listed, refer to ARTC for details regarding WOLO warning sign areas for
the Goods Line and Enfield.
3.10. Stabling a train on a running line or in a shunting neck

when authorised
December 2012
Trains or vehicles shall not be stabled on any running line or in a shunting neck unless authority
is given by the Rail Management Centre or, in the case of an emergency, by the train controller
for the area concerned.
Authorised locations for stabling of trains are listed in the appropriate division pages.
3.11. Emergency equipment

Version April 2020
Specific emergency equipment shall be carried on locomotives and multiple train units.

3.11.1. Emergency equipment – Locomotive emergency equipment
Locomotives shall carry the following emergency equipment:
• Railway Track Signals (minimum of 24)
• a sealed first aid box
• two red flags and one green flag
• a two-way radio
• a towing chain
• a continuity tester
• a white disc
• a spare EOTM
• spare 25 mm and 32 mm train air brake coupling hoses
• a ½” x 5/8” and ¾” x 7/8” open ended spanner
• a monkey wrench
• a hammer, chisel and pin punch
• chocks (minimum of four)
• three approved track circuit shorting clips
• fire extinguisher
3.11.2. Emergency equipment – Multiple Unit trains emergency

equipment
Multiple unit trains shall carry the following emergency equipment:
• Railway Track Signal box containing:
o three approved track circuit shorting clips
o two red flags and one green flag
o one canister of Railway Track Signals except when operating within the TfNSW
Metropolitan Heavy Rail Network, refer to document scope for network bounds.
For Multiple Unit trains operating in other networks outside of the TfNSW Metropolitan
Heavy Rail Network, such as Diesel Multiple Unit Trains including XPT, Railway Track
Signals are required.
• a two-way radio
• rope for tying down pantographs
• spare 25 mm and 32 mm train air brake coupling hoses (where required)
• a spare trip hose (where required)

• a ½” x 5/8” and ¾” x 7/8” open ended spanner
• fire extinguisher
3.12. Driver safety systems

December 2012
All locomotives, multiple unit trains, and nominated infrastructure vehicles shall be fitted with
driver safety systems as detailed in the ASA standard T HR RS 00000 ST Minimum Operating
Standards for Rolling Stock (in particular T HR RS 00840 ST RSU Appendix D Train (Driver)
Safety Systems).


Section 4
Train marshalling
Section 4 Train marshalling

4. Train marshalling
4.1. Train marshalling
Marshalling involves making up the vehicle consist of a train.
There are a number of marshalling restrictions that apply to freight trains to ensure safe and
reliable operation.
Loaded vehicles should be marshalled immediately behind the locomotive(s), where possible.
The position of a vehicle within a train is also determined by the following:
• the draw capacity
• brake equipment type
• main reservoir hoses (where fitted)
• type of vehicle (for example, wooden body)
• vehicle destination
• dangerous goods
• length difference between adjacent vehicles
• independent brake (‘B’ wagons)
The overall length of a train includes all locomotives whether powering, off line, dead attached
or banking.
4.2. Draw capacity

The draw capacity of a vehicle is determined by the following:
• coupler strength
• draftgear capacity
• underframe strength
whichever is the weakest link, and is listed for each vehicle type in Section 10.
4.3. Length restrictions due to brake type

The brakes on a train apply and release due to changes in pressure in the brake pipe. These
pressure changes are less definite the further the vehicle is from the locomotive(s). To ensure
that the brakes on vehicles operate correctly towards the rear end of a train, operating limits

have been determined based on the brake equipment sensitivity. Less sensitive equipment shall
be marshalled towards the front of a train where the pressure change is more prominent.
When a train is being marshalled at its point of origin, remarshalled or has vehicles attached
enroute the brake type listed in Section 10 shall be checked against Table 19 to ensure these
limits are not exceeded. The train length includes all locomotives on the train.
For trains equipped with ECP brakes, all locomotives and all wagons used within the train
consist shall have compatible ECP braking systems fitted.
ECP and standard automatic air brake systems shall not be mixed (unless in an emergency and
train operated in emergency [emulation] mode – see Section 8.8.3, Defective air brake – Freight
trains – with ECP brakes (page 145).
Table 19 – Brake type and allowable position in train
Brake type Allowable vehicle position in train

B1 Any position in the first 900 metres of train
B2 & B3 Any position in the first 1500 metres of train
B4 Any position in train
E1 Any position in train (all locomotives and wagons ECP braked)
4.4. Main reservoir

December 2008
Some vehicles are fitted with a main reservoir pipe and hoses. The main reservoir may be used
to recharge the air brake system on the vehicle and/or operate pneumatic equipment such as
air-operated doors or a pneumatic discharge system.
On trains containing vehicles with a main reservoir pipe, these vehicles should be marshalled
together and coupled to the locomotive(s) or to any other vehicles with main reservoir hoses,
which are already attached to the locomotive(s).
Where main reservoir hoses are duplicated at each end of a vehicle, all hoses should be
coupled and all coupling cocks opened:
• between locomotives
• between the rear locomotive and the first vehicle
• between the vehicles
On some sections of descending steeply graded track, operating restrictions may apply to the
total train length/mass of loaded trains in the case where “two pipe” main reservoir equipped
vehicles are not marshalled at the front of the train.
Vehicles that are fitted with a main reservoir pipe are identified in Section 10.

4.5. Trailing tonnage table
Version December 2015
The trailing tonnage table indicates the trailing load permitted to be hauled behind a vehicle
according to its draw capacity.
The trailing load is determined from the draw capacity of the vehicle and the ruling grade on the
route the train is travelling.
Vehicles with light draw capacity shall be marshalled towards the rear of the train for head end
power trains providing it complies with other marshalling restrictions listed below.
Vehicles with light draw capacity in distributed power trains shall be marshalled at an
appropriate position subject to its draw capacity providing it complies with other marshalling
restrictions listed below.
The tonnages given in Table 20 are inclusive of the mass of the vehicle being assessed.
Draw capacities may sometimes be designated as L for 0.75 MN, M1 for 0.90 MN, M2 for
1.30 MN, H for 1.80 MN, and X for 2.45 MN.

Table 20 – Maximum trailing tonnage based on draw capacity and grade
Draw Capacity (MN) 1:30 1:33 1:35 1:40 1:45 1:48 1:50 1:55 1:60 1:66 1:70 1:72 1:75 1:77 1:80 1:85 1:90 1:95 1:100 1:110 1:120
0.05 94 103 109 123 136 144 150 163 175 190 200 205 212 216 223 235 246 257 267 288 308
0.10 189 206 217 245 273 289 299 325 351 380 400 409 423 433 447 469 492 513 534 576 615
0.15 283 309 326 368 409 433 449 488 526 571 600 614 635 649 670 704 737 770 802 863 923
0.20 377 412 435 491 545 577 598 651 701 761 800 819 847 866 893 939 983 1026 1069 1151 1230
0.25 471 515 543 613 681 722 748 813 877 951 999 1023 1059 1082 1117 1173 1229 1283 1336 1439 1538
0.30 566 618 652 736 818 866 898 976 1052 1141 1199 1228 1270 1299 1340 1408 1475 1540 1603 1727 1845
0.35 660 721 760 858 954 1010 1047 1138 1227 1331 1399 1433 1482 1515 1563 1643 1720 1796 1871 2015 2153
0.40 754 823 869 981 1090 1155 1197 1301 1403 1522 1599 1637 1694 1731 1787 1877 1966 2053 2138 2302 2460
0.45 849 926 978 1104 1227 1299 1347 1464 1578 1712 1799 1842 1906 1948 2010 2112 2212 2310 2405 2590 2768
0.50 943 1029 1086 1226 1363 1443 1496 1626 1753 1902 1999 2047 2117 2164 2233 2347 2458 2566 2672 2878 3075
0.55 1037 1132 1195 1349 1499 1588 1646 1789 1929 2092 2199 2251 2329 2381 2457 2581 2703 2823 2940 3166 3383
0.60 1131 1235 1304 1472 1635 1732 1795 1952 2104 2282 2399 2456 2541 2597 2680 2816 2949 3079 3207 3454 3690
0.65 1226 1338 1412 1594 1772 1876 1945 2114 2279 2473 2599 2661 2753 2813 2903 3051 3195 3336 3474 3742 3998
0.70 1320 1441 1521 1717 1908 2021 2095 2277 2455 2663 2798 2865 2964 3030 3127 3286 3441 3593 3741 4029 4305
0.75 1414 1544 1629 1860 2044 2165 2244 2439 2630 2853 2998 3070 3176 3246 3350 3520 3687 3849 4009 4317 4613
0.80 1509 1647 1738 1962 2181 2309 2394 2602 2805 3043 3198 3275 3388 3463 3573 3755 3932 4106 4276 4605 4921
0.85 1603 1750 1847 2085 2317 2453 2543 2765 2981 3234 3398 3479 3600 3679 3797 3990 4178 4363 4543 4893 5228
0.90 1697 1853 1955 2207 2453 2598 2693 2927 3156 3424 3598 3684 3811 3896 4020 4224 4424 4619 4810 5181 5536
0.95 1791 1956 2064 2330 2589 2742 2843 3090 3331 3614 3798 3889 4023 4112 4244 4459 4670 4876 5078 5468 5843
1.00 1886 2059 2173 2453 2726 2886 2992 3253 3507 3804 3998 4093 4235 4328 4467 4694 4915 5132 5345 5756 6151
1.05 1980 2162 2281 2575 2862 3031 3142 3415 3682 3994 4198 4298 4447 4545 4690 4928 5161 5389 5612 6044 6458
1.10 2074 2265 2390 2698 2998 3175 3292 3578 3858 4185 4398 4503 4658 4761 4914 5163 5407 5646 5879 6332 6766
1.15 2169 2368 2499 2820 3135 3319 3441 3741 4033 4375 4597 4707 4870 4978 5137 5398 5653 5902 6146 6620 7073
1.20 2263 2470 2607 2943 3271 3464 3591 3903 4208 4565 4797 4912 5082 5294 5360 5632 5898 6159 6414 6907 7381
1.25 2357 2573 2716 3066 3407 3608 3740 4066 4384 4755 4997 5117 5294 5410 5584 5867 6144 6416 6681 7195 7688
1.30 2451 2676 2824 3188 3543 3752 3890 4228 4559 4945 5197 5321 5505 5627 5807 6102 6390 6672 6948 7483 7996
1:35 2546 2779 2933 3311 3680 3897 4040 4391 4734 5136 5397 5526 5717 5843 6030 6336 6636 6929 7215 7771 8303
1.40 2640 2882 3042 3434 3816 4041 4189 4554 4910 5326 5597 5731 5929 6060 6254 6571 6882 7185 7483 8059 8611
1.45 2734 2985 3150 3556 3952 4185 4339 4716 5085 5516 5797 5935 6141 6276 6477 6806 7127 7442 7750 8346 8918
1.50 2829 3088 3259 3679 4089 4330 4488 4879 5260 5706 5997 6140 6352 6493 6700 7040 7373 7699 8017 8634 9226
1.55 2923 3191 3368 3802 4225 4474 4638 5042 5436 5896 6197 6345 6564 6709 6924 7275 7619 7955 8284 8922 9534
1.60 3017 3294 3476 3924 4361 4618 4788 5204 5611 6087 6396 6549 6776 6925 7147 7510 7865 8212 8552 9210 9841
1.65 3111 3397 3585 4047 4497 4763 4937 5367 5786 6277 6596 6754 6988 7142 7370 7744 8110 8468 8819 9498 10149
1.70 3206 3500 3694 4169 4634 4907 5087 5529 5962 6467 6796 6959 7199 7358 7594 7979 8356 8725 9086 9785 10456
1.75 3300 3603 3802 4292 4770 5051 5237 5692 6137 6657 6996 7163 7411 7575 7817 8214 8602 8982 9353 10073 10764
1.80 3394 3706 3911 4415 4906 5196 5386 5855 6312 6847 7196 7368 7623 7791 8040 8449 8848 9238 9621 10361 11071
1.85 3489 3809 4019 4537 5043 5340 5536 6017 6488 7038 7396 7573 7835 8007 8264 8683 9094 9495 9888 10649 11379
1.90 3583 3912 4128 4660 5179 5484 5685 6180 6663 7228 7596 7777 8046 8224 8487 8918 9339 9752 10155 10937 11686
1.95 3677 4015 4237 4783 5315 5629 5835 6343 6838 7418 7796 7982 8258 8440 8710 9153 9585 10008 10422 11225 11994
2.00 3771 4117 4345 4905 5451 5773 5985 6505 7014 7608 7996 8187 8470 8657 8934 9387 9831 10265 10690 11512 12031
2.05 3866 4220 4454 5028 5588 5917 6134 6668 7189 7798 8196 8391 8682 8873 9157 9622 10077 10521 10957 11800 12609
2.10 3960 4323 4563 5150 5724 6062 6284 6830 7364 7989 8395 8596 8893 9090 9380 9857 10322 10778 11224 12088 12916
2.15 4054 4426 4671 5273 5860 6206 6433 6993 7540 8179 8595 8801 9105 9306 9604 10091 10568 11035 11491 12376 13224
2.20 4149 4529 4780 5396 5997 6350 6583 7156 7715 8369 8795 9005 9317 9522 9827 10326 10814 11291 11759 12640 13532
2.25 4243 4632 4888 5518 6133 6495 6733 7318 7890 8559 8995 9210 9529 9739 10050 10561 11060 11548 12026 12951 13839
2.30 4337 4735 4997 5641 6269 6639 6882 7481 8066 8750 9195 9415 9740 9955 10274 10795 11395 11805 12293 13239 14147
2.35 4431 4838 5106 5764 6405 6783 7032 7644 8241 8940 9395 9619 9952 10172 10497 11030 11551 12061 12560 13527 14454
2.40 4526 4941 5214 5886 6542 6927 7182 7806 8416 9130 9595 9824 10164 10388 10720 11265 11797 12318 12827 13815 14762
2.45 4620 5044 5323 6009 6678 7072 7331 7969 8592 9320 9795 10029 10376 10604 10944 11499 12043 12574 13095 14103 15069
2.50 4714 5147 5432 6131 6814 7216 7481 8132 8767 9510 9995 10233 10587 10821 11167 11734 12289 12831 13362 14390 15377

4.6. Wooden bodied vehicles
A locomotive hauled train conveying wooden-bodied vehicles at either end of the consist shall
be worked as a block train unless both terminal vehicles are steel strengthened or they are
unoccupied for the duration of the journey
A self-propelled train containing wooden-bodied vehicles (such as CPH railcars) shall be

worked as a block train unless such vehicles are fitted with approved hazard warning lights at
each terminal end and approved impact resistant barriers on the front and rear windows.
4.7. Locomotive hauled passenger cars on freight trains

Locomotive hauled passenger cars may be marshalled empty anywhere on a freight train, within
normal marshalling restrictions, and operated under the same conditions as a freight vehicle.
If a passenger vehicle is the last vehicle on a train, an approved end of train marker shall be
fitted to the rear of that vehicle.
4.8. Test accommodation and crew cars

Test accommodation vehicles or crew cars may be marshalled anywhere within a train consist
as determined by the operator or staff travelling on those vehicle(s) and with agreement of the
Asset Standards Authority.
4.9. Vehicles under test

Vehicles or trains under test shall require the approval of the Asset Standards Authority.
4.10. Dangerous Goods

December 2005
All vehicles containing dangerous goods shall be labelled in accordance with the provisions of
the Australian Dangerous Goods Code (ADG Code).
Shunting of vehicles containing or carrying dangerous goods shall be in accordance with

Safeworking Rules.
Separation between dangerous goods on rail wagons and marshalling of rolling stock containing
dangerous goods shall comply with the provisions of Division 9.2 and Table 9.3 of the ADG
Code and any regulations, provisions or exemptions to that code as approved by the Competent
Authority.

A copy of Exemption No EXEM2000/65 issued on 29 January 2001, by the NSW Environment
Protection Authority on behalf of the Competent Authorities Panel begins on page 84.
Also shown, are supporting notes that explain the above exemption and its application to train
operations on the NSW network
Notes:
1. This exemption covers acceptable alternate methods of working. Any operator

not wishing to use this exemption shall comply with the existing provisions of the
Australian Dangerous Goods Code.
2. Notwithstanding that permitted under Exemption Parts 6 and 7, it is a

requirement that a copy of Dangerous Goods Documentation as specified in Division
11.1 of the ADG Code, including Emergency Information, be provided to Metra staff at
Sydney Train Control, phone No (02) 9379 4242, or (02) 9379 3141, facsimile No
(02) 9379 4482 or (02) 9379 4436.
4.11. Dangerous Goods Exemption No. EXEM2000/65

explanatory notes
Version 1.0 May 2005
All vehicles containing dangerous goods shall be labelled in accordance with the provisions of
the Australian Dangerous Goods Code (ADG Code).
Exemption Part 1 – Not applicable to train operations.
Exemption Part 2 – When a rail wagon is transporting any quantity of dangerous goods in a
freight or bulk container as part of a journey involving the import or export of the dangerous
goods by sea, it is permitted for the freight or bulk container to be placarded in accordance with
the International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code, provided full details of the dangerous goods
involved is included on the train manifest.
Exemption Part 3 – When a rail wagon is transporting any quantity of dangerous goods in a
freight container it is permissible to placard only the freight container, provided it be placarded in
accordance with the ADG Code and the dangerous goods on the wagon is listed on the train
manifest.
NOTE:
In this case, containers carrying dangerous goods are not permitted to be transported
in open wagons or in the well of well wagons unless the dangerous goods placard is
visible from both sides of the wagon.
Exemption Part 4 – The marshalling of dangerous goods bulk tank wagons, (which do not
contain dangerous goods Classes 1, 2.1, 2.3 and 5.2 or dangerous goods of Packing Group I),
is permitted against locomotives, however, on the TfNSW Metropolitan Heavy Rail network, the
marshalling of any dangerous goods bulk tank wagons against passenger carrying vehicles, is
not permitted.
Exemption Part 5 – It is permissible to treat a load as a packaged load for vehicle separation
purposes when a rail wagon used for the transport of dangerous goods in bulk, whether as a
bulk wagon or when transporting a bulk freight container, is nominally empty but not free from
dangerous goods residue. That is, Note (iii) associated with table 9.3 of the ADG Code may be
applied, provided the bulk wagon or container is placarded in accordance with the ADG Code
and the details of the dangerous goods involved are included on the train manifest.
Exemption Part 6 – When a train is transporting dangerous goods it is permissible for the train
not to carry dangerous goods shipping documentation in the driver’s cab, provided the train
manifest contains, for each type of dangerous goods to be transported, the following
information. Information shall include the proper shipping name, the Class and any Subsidiary
Risk, the UN Number, the Packing Group designator (if any), the aggregate quantity and the
wagon number on the train where the dangerous goods is loaded. In addition, provision shall be
made for the Train Manifest to be updated when the attachment or detachment of vehicles
loaded with dangerous goods occurs and all the dangerous goods information required by
Division 11.1 of the ADG Code shall be readily available from a central location provided by the
train operator.
Exemption Part 7 – When a train is transporting dangerous goods it is permissible not to carry
the dangerous goods emergency information in the driver’s cab provided, the initial actions to
be taken in the event of a suspected dangerous goods emergency, are incorporated in the train
operator’s Emergency Safeworking Instructions, carried in the locomotive. Compliance with
Exemption Part 6 is also a requirement in this case.
4.11.1. Dangerous Goods Exemption No. EXEM2000/65 explanatory

notes – Exemption General Conditions
The above exemptions shall remain in effect until the sixth edition of the ADG Code ceases to
have effect in the jurisdiction.
The above exemption is subject to the condition that a copy of Exemption No EXEM2000/65 is
available at a central location provided by the train operator, for reference whenever that
operator is using a train for the transport of dangerous goods to which this exemption applies.
A copy of Exemption No EXEM2000/65 is to be made available for inspection by an authorised

officer at a central location provided by the train operator, whenever that operator is using a
train for the transport of dangerous goods to which this exemption applies.
EXEMPTION EXEM2000/65 IS SHOWN OVER THE FOLLOWING FIVE PAGES

4.12. Exemption EXEM2000/65
(1)
EPA reference DG883 EXEMPTION EXEM2000/65
NSW ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION AUTHORITY
NSW ROAD & RAIL TRANSPORT (DANGEROUS GOODS) ACT 1997
In accordance with Section 32 of the Road & Rail Transport (Dangerous Goods) Act 1997,
members of the Australasian Railway Association Inc are granted an exemption from certain
provisions of the Rail Transport (Dangerous Goods) (NSW) Regulations (the Regulations) with
respect to the sixth Edition of the Australian Code for the Transport of Dangerous Goods by
Road and Rail (the ADG Code).
EXEMPTION Part 1
For this part of the exemption, the relevant provisions are Regulations 4.7, 4.9, 4.10, 4.11 and
4.12 of the Regulations where those Regulations require compliance with subclauses 4.4.3 and
4.8.3 of the ADG Code that refers to the ARA Rolling Stock Manual published by the
Australasian Railway Association.
This part of the exemption is subject to the condition that a tank that forms part of a rail tank
vehicle may be hydraulically tested and visually inspected at intervals prescribed in the:
1. Railways of Australia Manual of Engineering Standards and Practices (dated September

1992) until it is superseded by the National Code of Practice on Railway Rolling Stock as
published from time to time by the Commonwealth Department of Transport and Regional
Services; and
2. National Code of Practice on Railway Rolling Stock as published from time to time (when it is
published).
EXEMPTION Part 2
For this part, the relevant provisions are Regulations 7.7, 7.8 and 7.9 of the Regulations:
Where those Regulations require compliance with Divisions 7.4 and 7.5 of the ADG Code; and
When a rail wagon is transporting any quantity of dangerous goods in a freight or bulk container
as part of a journey involving the import or export of the dangerous goods by sea.
This part of the exemption is subject to the conditions that:
1. The freight or bulk container is marked in accordance with the International Maritime
Dangerous Goods Code; and
2. Full details of the dangerous goods in the container are included on the train manifest or
shipping documentation.
EXEMPTION Part 3
For this part, the relevant provisions are Regulations 7.7, 7.8 and 7.9 of the Regulations:
Where those Regulations require compliance with subclauses 7.7.1, 7.7.7, 7.7.8 and 7.7.9 of
the ADG Code with respect to the placarding of rail wagons; and
When a rail wagon is transporting any quantity of dangerous goods in a freight container.
1. The freight container is marked in accordance with the ADG Code; and
2. Details of the dangerous goods on those wagons are included on the train manifest or
(2)
EXEMPTION Part 4
This part of the exemption applies when:
Regulations 9.13 and 9.14 of the Regulations require compliance with Division 9.2 and Table
9.3 of the ADG Code with respect to the separation of rail wagons; and
A rail tank wagon is transporting dangerous goods in bulk.
This part of the exemption:
1. Applies only to the separation of the rail tank wagon from
(a) a locomotive in power,
(b) a guard’s van; and
©) a vehicle carrying passengers; and
2. Is subject to the conditions that:
(a) The rail tank wagon is constructed in accordance with Clause 4.8.3 of the ADG
Code (as modified by Part 1 of this Exemption); and
(b) The rail tank wagon is not transporting:
(1) dangerous goods of Classes 1, 2.1, 2.3 and 5.2, or
(2) dangerous goods of Packing Group I.
EXEMPTION Part 5
For this part of the exemption, the relevant provisions are Regulations 9.13 and 9.14 of the
Regulations:
Where those Regulations require compliance with Division 9.2 and particularly Table 9.3 of the
ADG Code with respect to the separation of rail wagons; and

When a rail wagon is used for the transport of dangerous goods in bulk, whether as a bulk
wagon or when transporting a bulk freight container; and
When the wagon or freight container is nominally empty and is not free from dangerous goods.
(1) The bulk wagon or freight container is marked in accordance with the ADG Code; and
(2) The bulk wagon or wagon with the freight container is separated as required for a wagon
carrying these dangerous goods in packages
(3) Details of the dangerous goods on those wagons are included on the train manifest or
EXEMPTION Part 6
For this part of the exemption:
1. The relevant provisions are Regulations 11.3 and 11.4 of the Regulations where those
provisions refer to the requirement that the train driver is to have dangerous goods shipping
documentation while the train is transporting dangerous goods; and
2. The exemption is subject to the conditions that:
(a) The train manifest contains, for each type of dangerous goods to be transported, the
proper shipping name, the Class and any Subsidiary Risk, the UN Number, the
Packing Group designator (if any), the aggregate quantity and the wagon number on
the train where the dangerous goods are loaded; and
(b) Provision is made for the Train Manifest to be updated when the attachment or
detachment of vehicles loaded with dangerous goods occurs; and
©) All of the information required by Division 11.1, and particularly subclause 11.1.1, of
the ADG Code is available from a central location provided by the rail operator,
whenever the train is transporting dangerous goods.
(3)
EXEMPTION Part 7
For this part of the exemption:
1 The relevant provisions are Regulations 11.7 and 11.8 of the Regulations where those
provisions refer to the requirement to have the emergency information in the driver’s cab of a
train transporting dangerous goods; and
2 The exemption is subject to the conditions that:

(a) Initial actions to be taken in event of a suspected dangerous goods emergency are
incorporated in the rail operator’s Emergency Safe Working Instructions carried in
the cabin of the locomotive; and
(b) The rail operator has immediate access to all relevant information; and
©) Details of the dangerous goods on each wagon in the train are included on the train
manifest or shipping documentation.
Exemption general conditions
General conditions relating of this exemption are as follows:
1. The exemption will remain in effect until the sixth edition of the ADG Code ceases to have
effect in the jurisdiction; and
2. The exemption is subject to the condition that a copy of this exemption is available at a
central location provided by the rail operator, whenever the rail operator is using a train
transporting dangerous goods to which this exemption applies; and
3. A copy of this exemption is to be made available for inspection by an authorised officer at a

central location provided by the rail operator, whenever a train is transporting dangerous
goods in any transport operation to which this exemption applies; and
4. The exemption applies to operations throughout Australia in accordance with a decision of

the Competent Authorities Panel on 30 October 2000 pursuant to the provisions of
Regulation 15.10(1)I) of the Regulations.
For the purposes of this exemption:
The Rail Transport (Dangerous Goods) (NSW) Regulations are identical (other than
with respect to NSW administrative requirements) to the Commonwealth Rail
(Dangerous Goods) Rules published in the ADG Code.
“Train manifest” means:
A list of the rolling stock that makes up a train; and
A system that provides information meeting the shipping documentation and

emergency information requirements of Chapter 11 of the ADG Code.
LISA CORBYN
Director–General
per ALAN RITCHIE
Manager Dangerous Goods
by delegation
Date: 29 January 2001

Section 5
Loading restrictions
Section 5 Loading restrictions

5. Loading restrictions
5.1. General requirements for the safe transit of freight on
rail
This section specifies the basic principles and minimum requirements for the safe rail
conveyance of freight.
Diagrams 1, 1A, 1B and 2 on page 92 indicates the maximum permissible limits for moveable
loads (loose loads) which are not fully enclosed in a solid container, loads that can become
displaced, not rigidly attached to the wagon and are subject to inaccurate placing on wagon,
secured by means of lashing devices, such as chains/webbing, ropes and so on. In other words,
all loads which are not in a fully enclosed container, such as loading on container bases,
bolsters and platforms, transiflats, flatracks, railtainers, open wagon and flat wagons.
Any load exceeding the permissible limits of the loading outlines shown in the following
diagrams and/or intended for operation outside the allowable corridors is referred to as ‘Out-of-
Gauge’.
Out of Gauge loads shall not operate on the network without the authorisation of the Asset
Standards Authority.
All freight shall be sufficiently secured to prevent movement during transit due to train and
vehicle dynamic forces.
Vehicles shall be loaded such that they do not exceed loading outlines, axle load limits, or
weight distribution restrictions.
Securing devices, loose chains, chain/webbing ends, shall be firmly secured, to guard against
the possibility of their working loose, and either falling off or trailing from the wagon enroute.
The selection of the means for securing a load on or in a wagon will depend to a large extent on
the type and construction of the load to be carried, and the wagon on or in which the load is to
be carried. Clamps, bolts, chains, loadscrews, loadbinders, webbing straps, winches, ratchets,
steel straps, USLM Signode type strapping, steel wire rope, twitchstik and rope and cordage
made from natural and synthetic fibres are all suitable devices.
Black steel packaging straps or green gerrard superstrap are NOT acceptable as a primary
securing system.
The door locking mechanisms on containers and open wagons shall be maintained in good
condition and working order and loading personnel shall ensure that all doors are properly and
safely secured and locked.
The attention of all Operations and examining staff is specially directed to the necessity for a
careful examination of all freight loading consignments in regards to the securing and weight
distribution, overloading of wagons, all doors are closed and adherence to the maximum loading
gauge dimensions are met in order to prevent serious freight accidents.
If there is any doubt regarding a consignment and the safety there of, it SHALL NOT be
despatched.
Loads shall not protrude more than 150 mm over the headstock of any wagon without prior
approval being granted by the Asset Standards Authority.
The maximum permissible container loading height for various wagons deck heights and rail
corridors is shown in the following diagrams.
Enquiries regarding loading and the securing of loads, which exceed the dimensions as shown
in the following diagrams shall be directed to the Asset Standards Authority.
5.2. Container load distribution and securement

Version 2.1 December 2011
The operator shall ensure that the freight forwarder is aware of the requirement for containers to
be loaded such that the load is relatively evenly distributed within the container.
The operator shall place containers on wagons ensuring that the load is relatively evenly
distributed between bogies and that the load difference between adjacent bogies on a wagon or
multipack deck does not exceed 20 tonnes.
Container securement to wagons shall be by approved twistlock, shotbolt or corner curb fittings.
Note: Every container carrying dangerous goods and loaded on a flat wagon shall
have all four (4) securing devices fully engaged and secured before departure from
the originating terminal. Other containers carrying general (non-dangerous) goods and
loaded on a flat wagon shall have at least three (3) securing devices fully engaged
and secured before departure.
The use of open wagons for the conveyance of containers is acceptable but conditional on such
wagons being fitted with an approved reliable method of laterally centralising the container.
Where an open wagon is not carrying its full complement of containers, the containers shall be
located, secured, and evenly distributed over the bogies.
Open wagons with side doors shall have an operable secure latching system or doors welded
shut.
Open wagons with side doors removed shall not operate with a vacant container position.
5.3. Multiple stacking of containers

Double stacking of half height containers is permitted provided the total container height does
not exceed the overall height limits specified under MAXIMUM CONTAINER LOADING
DIAGRAMS 2 or 3 herein, whichever diagram is relevant for the proposed route.

5.4. Nested container bases (Transi Flats)
The transport of nested container bases (Transi Flats) on container wagons is subject to the
following special conditions:
1. The height above rail level of the container wagon plus nested container bases shall conform
to either Diagram 2 or Diagram 3, (depending on the route of operation), as specified in
Section 5, Loading Restrictions, Pages 92 to 95 of the Train Operating Conditions Manual.
Note: Where gates and/or tarps are included in the loading, note 3 below shall apply.
2. All nested container bases SHALL be secured, at all four corners, to each other, and to the
container wagon with twist locks only.
3. Container bases secured with fastenings other than twist locks, and / or loaded with gates
and/or tarps SHALL conform to the loose load outline, Diagram 1, Section 5, Loading
Restrictions, page 92, of the Train Operating Conditions Manual. In this case, the load shall
be secured with an approved means of positive location between container bases and
attachment to the container wagon.
5.5. Out of gauge loads

Any proposal for an Out-of-Gauge load shall be referred to the Asset Standards Authority to
determine if it is acceptable for transport by rail.
‘Out-of-Gauge’ loads will only be considered for transport if they are non-divisible or cannot,
within reason, be reduced to within the limits of the loading outline dimensions. Wagons,
container bases, bolsters and platforms, transiflats, flatracks, and railtainers loaded ‘Out-of-
Gauge’ with such items as timber, packages of light bulky articles, or loaded ‘Out-of-Gauge’
only to achieve greater wagon capacity will NOT be acceptable. Such loads shall be reduced to
within the loading outline dimensions as shown in Diagram 1.
All Out-of-Gauge loading shall be investigated, pre-planned and programmed on a Special Train
Notice (STN), including all the special conditions and requirements issued by the Asset
Standards Authority.
Final approval and acceptance to transport special and/or Out-of-Gauge loads shall be issued
by the Asset Standards Authority representative.
This written approval applies to each Special/Out-of-Gauge load on an individual basis

regardless whether an identical or similar load has been previously approved.
It is mandatory that the originating system confirm the acceptability of the Special/Out-of-Gauge
train with the receiving system, prior to making any final arrangements regarding its despatch.
This is to ensure that both systems are fully informed and that the special load is accepted by
each system, and there being sufficient time to prepare and issue the necessary Special Train

Notices, wires, Circulars and so on, and to make any other operational arrangements
necessary.
5.6. Diagrams 1, 1A, 1B and 2

Figure 5 – Diagrams 1, 1A, 1B and 2

5.7. Area of operation for Diagrams 1, 1A, 1B and 2
December 2018
Figure 6 – Area of operation for Diagrams 1, 1A, 1B and 2

5.8. Diagram 3 and Note R10
Figure 7 – Diagram 3
Note: R10 is only applicable to container wagons up to a maximum of 3 slots (60 ft

wagons), 4 slot containers are not permitted to operate with note R10.

5.9. Area of operation for Diagram 3 and Note R10
December 2018
Figure 8 – Area of operation for Diagram 3 and Note R10

Section 6
Train inspection
Section 6 Train inspection

6. Train inspection
6.1. Train inspection
December 2013
Trains and vehicles shall be inspected before operating on the TfNSW Metropolitan Heavy Rail
network to ensure that they are safe to travel and are fit for purpose.
Vehicles covered by a programmed preventative maintenance (PPM) are permitted to operate

for an approved extended period between full train inspections.
6.1.1. Train inspection – Locomotive hauled trains

There are two levels of train inspection for locomotive hauled trains.
One inspection, the full train inspection, shall be performed by a qualified worker. This
inspection includes a full mechanical inspection, brake pipe leakage test, air brake inspection
and test, brake holding test, and brake pipe continuity test.
The other train inspection, the general train inspection, shall be performed by the train crew.
This train inspection includes a general mechanical inspection, brake pipe leakage test, air
brake inspection and test, brake holding test, and brake pipe continuity test.
Freight trains that are to descend grades of 1 in 33 or greater, and are not fitted with fixed
exhaust chokes on 80 per cent of the train mass, are required to undergo a HP grade
inspection.
A partial train inspection shall be carried out after the train consist has been altered in any
way, such as changing or attaching locomotives, attaching or detaching vehicles, amalgamating
trains, attaching assisting locomotives or running locomotives around to the other end of a train.
There shall be a stable air supply, locomotive or ground plant, available for testing to meet the
pressure requirements of the air brake test.
The last three vehicles on a train shall have operative air brake, handbrakes and have passed
the brake holding test.
6.1.2. Train inspection – Multiple unit trains

There are various levels of inspections for multiple unit trains: general, pantograph, reservoir,
and brake inspections. Multiple unit trains also undergo daily preparation by train crews.
6.2. Full mechanical inspection

As a minimum, a full mechanical inspection includes a visual inspection of each vehicle in

respect to the adjustment, condition and/or security of the items (where fitted) detailed in the
following sections.

6.2.1. Full mechanical inspection – Brake equipment
The following applies to full mechanical inspection of brake equipment:
• relevant coupling hoses are correctly coupled and appropriate coupling cocks open
• brake block/disc pad thickness
• brake blocks are correctly aligned, that is, not permanently overhanging the edge of the
wheel
• brake rigging (levers, rods, pins, cotters, bogie safety loops, and so on) is secure
• all load compensating and grade control equipment is correctly set
• air pipes, pipe fittings, and securing clips
• reservoirs, variable volume device and safety valves
• slack adjusters and fittings
• brake cylinders
• grade control valve, securing brackets and bolts
• release valve and operating chain or wire
6.2.2. Full mechanical inspection – Vehicle equipment

The following applies to full mechanical inspection of vehicle equipment:
• automatic couplers are secured and the difference in height of connected coupler knuckles
does not exceed half the depth of the knuckle
• knuckle pins, knuckles, drawgear carrier plates, murray keys, yolks, draftgear, uncoupling
rods, and associated brackets
• doors, container securement, trailer hitches and wheel chocks
• securing of loads and loading within gauge
• centre sills, side sills, end sills, and stanchions
• steps, handrails, and ladders
• doors and twistlocks
• gangway beams and diaphragms
• correct centre casting engagement
6.2.3. Full mechanical inspection – Bogie and wheel equipment

The following applies to full mechanical inspection of bogie and wheel equipment:
• wheel profiles and tread condition

• handbrake assemblies and linkages
• bogie springs and damping devices
• side bearers and side bearer clearances
• centre castings
• bogie springs, ride control equipment (that is, friction wedges and other damping devices),
and specialised bogie equipment
• roller bearing end caps, seals, backing rings, axle box plugs, adapters and horn stays (con
straps)
• loose axle box liners or loose horn cheek wear liners
• trip assembly
• air ride suspension
6.3. General mechanical inspection

As a minimum, a general mechanical inspection includes a visual inspection of each vehicle in

respect to the adjustment, condition and/or security of the items (where fitted) detailed in the
following sections.
6.3.1. General mechanical inspection – Brake equipment

The following applies for general mechanical inspection of brake equipment:
• relevant coupling hoses are correctly coupled and appropriate coupling cocks open
• brake block/disc pad thickness
• brake blocks are correctly aligned, that is, not permanently overhanging the edge of the
wheel
• brake rigging (levers, rods, pins, cotters, bogie safety loops, and so on) is secure
• all load compensating and grade control equipment is correctly set
6.3.2. General mechanical inspection – Vehicle equipment

The following applies for general mechanical inspection of vehicle equipment:
• automatic couplers are secured and the difference in height of connected coupler knuckles
does not exceed half the depth of the knuckle
• doors, container securement, trailer hitches, and wheel chocks
• securing of loads and loading within gauge
• centre casting engagement

6.3.3. General mechanical inspection – Bogie and wheel equipment
The following applies for general mechanical inspection of bogie and wheel equipment:
• wheel profiles and tread condition
• side bearer clearance
• handbrake assemblies and linkages
• axle box plugs, bearing end caps, adaptors
• bogie springs and damping devices
6.4. Air brake inspection and tests

Regarding the following items, freight trains shall have the brake pipe fully exhausted. XPT and
multiple unit trains are tested with a full service brake application.
The following items shall be checked with the brakes fully applied:
• That the brakes on vehicles (within the limits for allowable cut-outs) are applied, that is,
brake cylinder pistons are extended, and brake blocks are against the wheels.
• The brake block thickness is not less than 10 mm at any point and is sufficient till the next
scheduled general train inspection.
• All load compensating and grade control equipment (where fitted) are correctly set.
The following items shall be checked with the brake pipe fully charged:
• the brakes are released on each vehicle
• handbrakes are released
• repair, if possible, any air leaks
6.5. When is a train inspection required

December 2013
All trains shall be inspected for each trip. However, some trains/vehicles are under a
preventative maintenance programme (PPM) and may be allowed to operate for a number of
trips without being inspected each trip.
Notes:
Unless a train is under programmed preventative maintenance cycle two consecutive

general train inspections are not permitted.
Some trains are permitted to operate for a round trip between general train
inspections.

Some trains are permitted to operate for specified periods between general train
inspections.
6.5.1. When is a train inspection required – Freight trains

A HP grade inspection is specified in the appropriate area Division pages of the TOC manual,
covering trains with grade control valves travelling on specific grades. A HP grade inspection
shall be carried out by a qualified worker and may be performed during a full train inspection.
In this test, the grade control valves are tested to ensure that brake cylinder release is retarded
when in the ‘IP’ position.
6.6. Brake pipe leakage test

The brake pipe leakage test determines whether there are excessive air leaks in the train, which
may interfere with the operation of the air brake system and confirms that only one brake valve
controls the train brake. With a full service or 100 kPa brake pipe reduction and the brake pipe
isolated, the maximum allowable leakage in the brake pipe is 35 kPa per minute.
6.7. Brake pipe continuity test

The brake pipe continuity test shall be carried out on a train to prove that the brake pipe air
pressure is continuous throughout the train, the driver has control of the brakes on the train, and
that only one brake valve isolating cock is open.
6.7.1. Brake pipe continuity test – Locomotive hauled trains

The full continuity test is the standard test. This is usually conducted at the rear of the train
and is required after a brake holding test has been carried out.
Once the brake pipe has been recharged, the brake pipe pressure at the end of the train shall
be greater than 425 kPa.
Where a train is fitted with an end of train marker (EOTM) which has the capacity to indicate, in
the locomotive cab, the brake pipe pressure at the rear of the train, this device may be used to
conduct the continuity test.
Where the brake pipe on a locomotive hauled train has been interfered with, a modified
continuity test shall be carried to ensure that the brakes apply and release on the three
vehicles behind the position where the brake pipe has been interfered with. If one or more of the
three vehicles behind the position where the brake pipe was interfered with has inoperative air
brakes, then the first three vehicles with operative air brake beyond the point of interference
shall be tested.

A light locomotive continuity test is required for light multiple locomotive consists to ensure
that brake pipe is continuous through the consist and that all brake cylinders are functioning
correctly.
6.7.2. Brake pipe continuity test – Multiple Unit trains

A continuity test is carried out after a train has been prepared, after amalgamation or division of
trains, and if the brake pipe continuity has been affected.
6.8. Brake holding test

The brake holding test only applies to locomotive hauled trains.
The brake holding (retention) test proves that the brakes on the rear three vehicles, and any
other vehicles tested, will remain applied for a long enough time period, in the event of a break-
away, to allow the train crew to reach these vehicles and to apply the handbrakes, in order to
secure the train. The brake holding test shall be conducted with the brake pipe fully exhausted.
The brake holding time is determined by the length of the train. If it is known that additional
vehicles will be added to the train, an extended brake holding time takes account of the
increased train length with these additional vehicles.
The brake holding test shall be conducted, as a minimum, on the last three vehicles on the train.
The brake holding test may also be conducted on the front three vehicles. It is permissible to
conduct a brake holding test on more than three vehicles where it is known that some of the
vehicles will be detached enroute.
At all times, a valid brake holding test shall apply to the last three vehicles of the train for the
entire journey.
For locomotive hauled trains with less than three vehicles, all vehicles shall be tested.
If a rake of three or more vehicles is attached to a freight train enroute, and an extended brake
holding test was not carried out, a further brake holding test is required for the longer train
length.
The minimum standard brake holding time is ten minutes plus three minutes for every
100 metres (or part thereof) of train length.
Minimum brake holding time tests depending on the length of the train are given in Table 21.
Table 21 – Minimum brake holding time tests depending on length of train
Length of train including locomotives Minimum brake holding time (minutes)

(metres)
Up to 100 13
101to 200 16
201 to 300 19
301 to 400 22
Length of train including locomotives Minimum brake holding time (minutes)
(metres)
401 to 500 25
501 to 600 28
601 to 700 31
701 to 800 34
801 to 900 37
901 to 1000 40
1001 to 1100 43
1101 to 1200 46
1201 to 1300 49
1301 to 1400 52
1401 to 1500 55
1501 to 1600 58
1601 to 1700 61
1701 to 1800 64
1801 to 1900 67
1901 to 2000 70
Over 2000 70 plus 3 minutes for every additional 100 metres
If articulated vehicles or permanently coupled vehicles are marshalled at the rear of a freight
train, the brake holding test is carried out by observing that all brake cylinders controlled by the
rear three control valves are extended.
A brake holding test is not required for vehicles fitted with spring applied parking brakes, such
as Trailerail vehicles and some track maintenance vehicles. These brakes are applied once air
pressure is lost and will remain applied indefinitely due to the spring force on the brake cylinder
piston.
Where a locomotive is unmanned and is marshalled in the last three vehicles on a train, then it
shall be tested for brake holding.
Where driver only trains are employed, ten minutes shall be added to the minimum standard
brake holding times.
If one of the last three vehicles on the train fails the brake holding test, the defective vehicle
shall be remarshalled and the new last three vehicles brake holding tested.
Up to three additional locomotives may be added to a train without the need for an additional
brake holding test.
6.9. Changing or attaching locomotives

December 2013
When locomotives are detached, the time of detachment shall be noted on the train
documentation delivered to the outgoing driver, lodged with an operations employee, or placed
in the appropriate receptacle provided at certain locations.

After attaching the locomotives, the crew shall check the train inspection certificate to ensure
that the last three vehicles (and if appropriate, the front three vehicles) are the same as those
listed on the train documentation. The train crew shall ascertain from operations staff the time of
detachment and confirmation that the train has not been altered since detachment. Table 22
details the inspections required depending on detachment time.
Table 22 – Inspections required depending on detachment time
Time period Action

If less than 2 hours has elapsed since the a brake pipe leakage test,
locomotives were detached and a modified continuity test shall be carried out.
OR
If more than 2 hours but less than 24 hours has a visual inspection of each vehicle,
elapsed since the locomotives were detached a brake pipe leakage test,
OR
and a full continuity test shall be carried out.
If more than 24 hours has elapsed since the a full or *general train inspection shall be carried
locomotives were detached out.
* Refer to Section 6.5, When is a train inspection required, regarding consecutive

general train inspection.
When attaching locomotives to a pre-inspected train and the train consist has not changed from
that indicated in the train documentation, the inspections required are given in Table 23.

Table 23 – Inspections required depending on previous inspection time
Time period Action

If the time elapsed since the inspection is less a visual inspection,
than 24 hours a brake pipe leakage test,
OR
If the time elapsed since the train was inspected is a full or *general train inspection shall be carried
24 hours or more out.
* Refer to Section 6.5, When is a train inspection required, regarding consecutive

general train inspection.
6.10. Attaching pre inspected vehicles

December 2013
A rake of pre-inspected vehicles may be attached anywhere within a train consist enroute at an
intermediate location (except as provided by regulations for the transport of dangerous goods).
In this case, if the consist of the pre-inspected vehicles has not changed from that indicated in
the train documentation and less than 24 hours has elapsed since the vehicles were inspected
then the rules given in Table 24 apply.
Table 24 – Inspections and tests required when attaching pre-inspected vehicles
Consist Action
Three or less vehicles are attached in front of the a visual inspection of each vehicle being attached,
last three vehicles or more than three vehicles are a brake pipe leakage test,
attached in front of the last three vehicles and an
extended brake holding test has been carried out and a modified continuity test shall be carried out.
then:
OR
More than three vehicles are attached in front of a visual inspection of each vehicle being attached,
the last three vehicles and an extended brake a brake pipe leakage test,
holding test has NOT been carried out or if any
number of vehicles are attached to the train rear a brake holding test,,
of the last three vehicles, then: and a full continuity test shall be carried out.
If the consist of the attached vehicles has changed from that indicated in the documentation for
the attached vehicles, or the time elapsed since the inspection of the pre-inspected vehicles is
24 hours or more, then a full or general train inspection shall be carried out on the attached
vehicles.
6.11. Attaching uninspected vehicles

December 2013
One or more rakes of uninspected vehicles may be attached anywhere within a train consist
enroute at intermediate locations (except as provided by the regulations for the transport of
dangerous goods).
In this case, when the vehicles are attached, the uninspected vehicles shall be given a general
mechanical inspection.

Table 25 gives the tests required when attaching uninspected vehicles.
Table 25 – Tests required when attaching uninspected vehicles
Consist Action
Three or less vehicles are attached in front of the a brake pipe leakage test,
last three vehicles then: and a modified continuity test shall be carried out.
OR
More than three vehicles are attached in front of a brake pipe leakage test,
the last three vehicles and an extended brake and a modified continuity test shall be carried out.
holding test has been carried out then:
OR
If more than three vehicles are attached in front of a brake pipe leakage test,
the last three vehicles and an extended brake a brake holding test,
holding test has NOT been carried out then:
OR and a full continuity test shall be carried out.
If any number of vehicles are attached to the train a brake pipe leakage test,
in rear of the last three vehicles or within the last a brake holding test,
three vehicles then:
6.12. Attaching or detaching assisting locomotives

December 2013
Table 26 gives rules for which tests are required when attaching or detaching assisting
locomotives.
Table 26 – Tests required when attaching or detaching assisting locomotives
Attaching or detaching locomotives Action

When attaching assisting locomotives to the front a brake pipe leakage test,
of the train then and a modified continuity test shall be carried out.
OR
When detaching assisting locomotives from the restore the brake pipe pressure,
train and apply and release the brakes at least twice to
OR overcome any overcharge.
No further inspection is required.
When attaching assisting (bank) locomotives to a brake pipe leakage test,
the rear of the train and the brake pipe is and a full continuity test shall be carried out.
connected then:
OR
When employing assisting (bank) locomotives at No further inspection is required.
the rear of the train and there is no connection to
the brake pipe
6.13. Locomotive run around movements

When locomotives are involved in a run around movement and reattached and a brake holding
test has been previously carried out on the three vehicles that become the last three vehicles on
the train, a modified continuity test shall be carried out.

If the brake holding test has not previously been carried out on the three vehicles that become
the last three vehicles on the train, a brake holding test and a modified continuity test shall be
carried out.
6.14. Detaching vehicles

Vehicles may be detached from anywhere within a freight train consist enroute at intermediate
locations provided that the altered train does not contravene the requirements for the transport
of dangerous goods.
The vehicles that become the last three vehicles of the train consist shall have been tested for
brake holding.
However, if any of the last three vehicles are detached, and additional vehicles have not had a
brake holding test, then a holding test shall be carried out on the vehicles that are now the last
vehicles on the train. A full continuity test is then conducted in place of the modified continuity
test.
Table 27 gives the tests required when detaching vehicles.
Table 27 – Tests required when detaching vehicles
Detaching vehicles Action

After detaching vehicles from a locomotive hauled a brake pipe leakage test,
freight train then: and a modified continuity test shall be carried out.
OR
After detaching vehicles from a locomotive hauled a brake pipe leakage test,
passenger train then: and a full continuity test shall be carried out.
6.15. Programmed preventative maintenance

December 2013
Programmed preventative maintenance (PPM) is regular vehicle or train maintenance based on

a fixed time or distance travelled cycle to ensure that the vehicle will remain fit for purpose for at
least the duration of the PPM cycle.
To claim a PPM status for any vehicle type, or group of vehicles, an operator shall demonstrate
that there are written maintenance procedures and a maintenance history recording and
tracking system in place. This is to ensure that the nominated vehicles receive their due
maintenance within the nominated maintenance cycle.
Vehicles that are scheduled for PPM are permitted to operate with consecutive general train
inspections.
When a PPM vehicle/train exceeds the PPM period, the train may complete its loading cycle
and shall return to its maintenance location to retain its PPM status. It is, however, permissible
for a vehicle/train that is outside PPM to continue operation as a non-PPM vehicle/train with the
appropriate inspections.
Where vehicles are added to a PPM train, they shall be of the same or better maintenance
standard or the train shall operate as a non-PPM train until the PPM standard is restored.
6.15.1. Programmed preventative maintenance – Unit train operation

Unit train operation is a PPM operation where vehicles within the train consist remain
unchanged during the PPM period. It is permissible to replace vehicles in the unit with pre-
inspected spare vehicles if required.
Unit trains do not require general train inspections within the full train inspection period.
After unloading, but before reloading, unit trains shall be inspected to ensure that the train has
no defects which may affect the safe operation of the train and that the door of all vehicles are
closed and secured.
Where applicable, immediately after loading and unloading, the train shall be inspected to
ensure that manual empty/load” valves and grade control valves are set correctly.
Attaching non-unit vehicles to a unit train. It is permissible to attach non-unit vehicles to a

unit train. The non-unit vehicles shall have a full or general train inspection. These vehicles shall
be marshalled at the front or rear of an empty unit train or on the rear of a loaded unit train.


Section 7
Train numbering
Section 7 Train numbering

7. Train numbering
Version April 2020
7.1. Train numbering

Sydney Trains is the owner of all train numbering in New South Wales and will be responsible
for the issue of all train numbers to operators.
Freight trains will retain their original number for the entire journey even when travelling in the
Up or Down direction. Train numbers will be either direction-based or origin-based primarily
reflecting the operations district of origin and destination.
Through Running – Through running is where a train changes between an up and down
direction during its journey from origin to final destination but retains its unique train number.
‘UP’ or ‘DN’ shall be added to the train number during verbal and written communication to
highlight the changed circumstance, to indicate the train is travelling in a direction opposite to
the traditional ‘odd – down, even-up’ system.
Through running intrastate freight services will be allocated an even number when commencing
an UP journey and an odd number when commencing a DOWN journey.
Examples of train numbering for through running are given in Table 28.
Table 28 – Examples of train numbering
Train number Journey

BB27‘UP’ Port Kembla to Meeks Road Junction
BB27 Meeks Road Junction to Baal Bone
TB435 ‘UP’ Kooragang to Teralba Colliery
TB434 ‘DN’ Teralba Colliery to Port Waratah
4922 Morandoo to Meeks Rd Junction
4922 ‘DN’ Meeks Rd Junction to Port Kembla
The letters DN and UP do not apply and are not used when the following occurs:
• an odd numbered train is travelling in the traditional down direction away from Sydney
• when an even numbered train is travelling in the traditional up direction towards Sydney
Odds and Evens – The current system of odd for down and even for up trains will still apply for
trains that are not through running. Exceptions to odd for down and even for up are covered by
the ‘UP’ or ‘DN’ indicators.
Note: Coal services are indicated by Odd numbers for empty services and Even
numbers for loaded services.

7.2. Passenger trains
See also: Passenger trains – heritage operator tours (HOT) (page 118)
Passenger train numbering uses a convention of AANN. The convention is explained in

Table 29, Table 30, Table 31 and Table 32.
Table 29 – Train numbering for passenger trains – 1st character
Direction
AANN – 1st character
S--- indicates South
W--- indicates West
N--- indicates North
C--- indicates Illawarra
H--- indicates Suburban area (Bounded by Berowra, Emu Plains, Macarthur,
Helensburgh)
Table 30 – Train numbering for passenger trains – 2nd character
Train type or motive power

AANN – 2nd character
-E-- Trains hauled by Electric locomotives within the electrified area

-L-- Trains hauled throughout by diesel locomotives
-N-- Endeavour Trains
-P-- Explorer Trains
-R-- Diesel Multiple Unit trains and Rail Motors
-T-- XPT Trains
Table 31 – Train numbering for passenger trains – 3rd character
Area Trains operating between the areas of

AANN – 3rd Character
S–1– South Sydney and Goulburn

S–2– South Sydney and south of Goulburn
S–3– South Sydney and Canberra
S–4– South Branches south of Goulburn
N–1– North Sydney and Broadmeadow
N–2– North Broadmeadow & Armidale
N–3– North Broadmeadow & North Coast
N–4– North Broadmeadow & Moree
W–1– West Sydney and Orange
W–2– West Sydney and Dubbo/Cobar
W–3– West Sydney and Parkes
W–4– West Sydney and Broken Hill
C–1– Illawarra Sydney and Wollongong
C–2– Illawarra Sydney and Moss Vale via Wollongong
C–3– Illawarra Sydney and south of Wollongong

Area Trains operating between the areas of
AANN – 3rd Character
H - - - (3rd character Suburban area (Bounded by Berowra, Emu Plains, Macarthur,

arbitrary) Helensburgh)
Table 32 – Train numbering for passenger trains – 4th character
Train direction
AANN – 4th Character
0, 2, 4, 6, 8 (even numbers) Up trains

1, 3, 5, 7, 9 (odd numbers) Down trains
7.3. Sydney Trains and NSW TrainLink trains

Suburban electric trains and diesel, Intercity electric and diesel trains operating within the area
bounded by Newcastle Interchange, Springwood, Macarthur, Port Kembla, and Kiama are
indicated by a combination of up to three numbers and letters that denote the type of train and
composition.
A list indicating the allotted run numbers for the various set types on each sector will be shown
in the front pages of Sydney Trains Working Timetable pages.
The train numbering is given in Table 33, Table 34, Table 35, Table 37 and Table 38.
Table 33 – Train numbering for Sydney Trains and NSW TrainLink trains – North
North numbers Train type Description

N000/N099 Intercity (V Set) Additional trains operating at locations between Sydney
and Newcastle Interchange (for use in Special Train
Notices)
N100/N199 Intercity (V Set) Trains operating from Sydney, Hornsby or Gosford to
Newcastle Interchange or vice versa
N200/N299 Intercity (V Set) Trains operating between Sydney and Wyong and
intermediate stations
200/299 # Oscar Medium width electric trains operating between Sydney or
Central and Gosford, Wyong or Newcastle Interchange
N300/399 Intercity (V Set) Shunting trips at locations between Berowra and
Broadmeadow
N400/N489 # NIF (D Set) 10 car passenger NIF trains (4 car leading) operating at
locations between Sydney and Newcastle Interchange.
Generally operating towards Sydney (Up direction)
A400/A499 # NIF (D Set) 10 car passenger or empty NIF trains (4 car leading)
operating at locations between Sydney and Newcastle
Interchange. Generally operating towards Sydney (Up
direction) for use in Special Train Notices
Generally operating towards Sydney (Up direction) for use
in day of operation transpositions
N500/N599 # Waratah (A Set), Medium width Trial Trip trains operating between Sydney
# Oscar (H Set) and Newcastle Interchange
Generally operating away from Sydney (Down direction)

North numbers Train type Description
A600/A699 # NIF (D Set) 10 car passenger or empty NIF trains (6 car Leading)
operating at locations between Sydney and Newcastle
Interchange. Generally operating away from Sydney
(Down direction) for use in Special Train Notices
for use in day of operation transpositions
N700/N799 # NIF (D Set) 4 or 6 car passenger NIF trains operating at locations
between Sydney and Newcastle Interchange
N800/N899 # NIF (D Set) 8 car passenger NIF trains operating at locations between
Sydney and Newcastle Interchange
N900/N999 Intercity (V Set) Trains operating between Newcastle Interchange-
Broadmeadow or Broadmeadow Decant
Siding/Maintanence Centre
V300/V399 Diesel (S.P.) Shunting trips operating at locations between Newcastle
Interchange, Broadmeadow and ARTC locations
V400/V499 Diesel (S.P.) Empty trips operating between Hamilton or Broadmeadow
MC and ARTC locations
V600/V699 Diesel (S.P.) Passenger trains operating between Newcastle
Interchange and Muswellbrook or Scone
V700/V799 Diesel (S.P.) Passenger trains operating between Newcastle and
Maitland or Telarah
V800/V899 Diesel (S.P.) Empty trips operating between Broadmeadow
Maintenance Centre and Newcastle Interchange
V900/V999 Diesel (S.P.) Diesel trains operating between Newcastle Interchange
and Dungog
NN01/NN99 Diesel (S.P.) Empty trains operating between Sydney and
Broadmeadow Maintenance Centre
NM-- MTP Vehicle Vehicle performing Mechanised Track Patrols (may
operate under Block Working Conditions)
NH01/NH99 Any Additional trains between Sydney and Newcastle
Interchange – Private Hire
# To comply with instructions contained in Network Local Appendix NLA 312 Gosford
‘Narrow track clearances’.
Note: train types with (S.P.) designation denotes ‘self propelled’.
Table 34 – Train numbering for Sydney Trains and NSW TrainLink trains – South
South numbers Train type Description

SN01/SN99 Endeavour Endeavour trains operating between Sydney and Goulburn
SN-0/SN-9 Endeavour Shunting trips at locations between Moss Vale and
Goulburn
RC-- Road Coach Bus operating between Moss Vale and Bundanoon or
Moss Vale and Goulburn
Note: train types with (S.P.) designation denotes ‘self propelled’.
Table 35 – Train numbering for Sydney Trains and NSW TrainLink trains – West
West numbers Train type Description

W000/W099 Intercity (V set) Additional trains operating at locations between Sydney-
Lithgow (for use in Special Train Notices)
West numbers Train type Description
200/299 Oscar (H set) Medium width electric trains operating between Sydney or
Central and Springwood
W300/W399 Intercity (V set) Shunting trips at locations between Emu Plains and
Lithgow
W400/W489 NIF (D set) 10 car passenger NIF trains (4 car leading) operating at
locations between Sydney and Lithgow. Generally
operating towards Sydney (Up direction)
G400/G499 NIF (D set) 10 car passenger or empty NIF trains (4 car leading)
operating at locations between Sydney and Lithgow.
in Special Train Notices
operating towards Sydney (Up direction) for use in day of
operation transpositions
W500/W599 Intercity (V set) Trains operating between Sydney and Lithgow
operating away from Sydney (Down direction)
G600/G699 NIF (D set) 10 car passenger or empty NIF trains (6 car leading)
operating at locations between Sydney and Lithgow.
for use Special Train Notices
operating away from Sydney (Down direction) for use in
day of operation transpositions
600/699 Waratah (A set) Trains operating between Sydney or Central and
Springwood
W700/W799 NIF (D set) 4 or 6 car passenger NIF trains operating at locations
between Sydney and Lithgow
W800/W899 NIF (D set) 8 car passenger NIF trains operating at locations between
Sydney and Lithgow
WN01/WN99 Endeavour Trains operating between Sydney and Bathurst
WM-- MTP vehicle Vehicle performing Mechanised Track Patrols (may
WH01/WH99 Any Additional trains between Sydney and Lithgow – private
hire
Table 36 – Train numbering for Sydney Trains and NSW TrainLink trains – Illawarra
Illawarra numbers Train type Description

C000/C099 Intercity (V set), Additional trains operating at locations between Sydney
Oscar (H set) Terminal/Illawarra Junction-Kiama/Port Kembla (for use in
Special Train Notices)
C100/C199 Oscar (H set) Trains operating between Sydney Terminal / Illawarra
Junction and Kiama
C300/C399 Oscar (H set), Trains operating between Sydney Terminal / Illawarra
Suburban Junction and Wollongong / Port Kembla
300/399 Oscar (H set), Trains operating between Bondi Junction / Martin Place
Suburban and Wollongong / Port Kembla
C400/C489 NIF (D set) 10 car passenger NIF trains (4 car leading) operating at
locations between Sydney Terminal and Wollongong / Port
Kembla / Kiama. Generally operating towards Sydney (Up
direction)
Illawarra numbers Train type Description
P400/P499 NIF (D set) 10 car passenger or empty NIF trains (4 car leading)
operating at locations between Sydney Terminal and
Wollongong / Port Kembla / Kiama. Generally operating
towards Sydney (Up direction) – for use in Special Train
Notices
C490/C499 NIF (D set) 10 car passenger NIF trains (4 car leading) 10 car NIF
trains (4 car leading) operating at locations between
Sydney Terminal and Wollongong / Port Kembla / Kiama.
in day of operation transpositions
400/499 Oscar (H set) Trains operating between Bondi Junction / Martin Place
and Kiama
Kembla / Kiama. Generally operating away from Sydney
(Down direction)
P600/P699 NIF (D set) 10 car passenger or empty NIF trains (6 car leading)
operating at locations between Sydney Terminal and
Wollongong / Port Kembla / Kiama. Generally operating
away from Sydney (Down direction) for use in Special
Train Notices
Kembla / Kiama. Generally operating away from Sydney
(Down direction) for use in day of operation transpositions
C700/C799 NIF (D set) 4 or 6 Car passenger NIF trains operating at locations
between Sydney Terminal and Wollongong / Illawarra
Junction and Wollongong / Port Kembla / Kiama
C800/C899 NIF (D set) 8 Car passenger NIF trains operating at locations between
Sydney Terminal and Wollongong / Illawarra Junction and
Wollongong / Port Kembla / Kiama
K300/K399 Oscar (H set), Trains operating between Coalcliff and Port Kembla
Suburban
K400/K499 Oscar (H set) Trains operating between Coalcliff and Kiama
K700/K799 Oscar (H set), Shunting trips at locations between Coalcliff and Pt
Suburban Kembla/Kiama.
KN01/KN99 Endeavour Trains operating between Wollongong/Port Kembla and
Bomaderry
KN-1/KN-9 Endeavour Trains operating between Berry and Berry Stock Sidings
exclusively
CN01/CN99 Endeavour Trains operating between Xplorer Centre or Sydney and
Wollongong, Port Kembla or Nowra
RC-- Road Coach Bus operating between Kiama and Bomaderry (Nowra)
M67- Road rail vehicle Hi Rail vehicle performing Track Inspections (operates
under Block Working Conditions)
CM-- MTP vehicle Vehicle performing Mechanised Track Patrols (may
CH01/CH99 Any Additional trains between Sydney and Pt Kembla/Kiama-
private hire
Table 37 – Train numbering for Sydney Trains and NSW TrainLink trains – Metropolitan –
Olympic Park – Special event trains

Metropolitan numbers Numbers Description
SXXX e.g. S29A e.g. for Central / Sydney – Olympic Park – Central /
Sydney
BXXX e.g. B29A e.g. for Blacktown – Olympic Park – Blacktown
LXXX e.g. L29A e.g. for Lidcombe – Olympic Park – Lidcombe
Table 38 – Train numbering for Sydney Trains and NSW TrainLink trains – Metropolitan –
Intercity and self propelled Diesel car movements
Metropolitan Train type Description

numbers
H100/H199 (North) Intercity (V set) Trains operating between Metropolitan area locations e.g.
Sydney and Flemington Maintenance Centre
H200/H299 (North) Intercity (V set) Trains operating between Metropolitan area locations e.g.
H300/H399 (Illa) Oscar (H set) Trains operating between Metropolitan area locations e.g.
Sydney and Flemington or Mortdale Maintenance Centre
H400/H499 (Illa) Oscar (H set) Trains operating between Metropolitan area locations e.g.
Sydney and Flemington or Mortdale Maintenance Centre
H500/H599 (West) Intercity (V set) Trains operating between Metropolitan area locations e.g.
H700/H799 Intercity (V set), Shunting trips within Metropolitan area locations

Oscar (H set)
H800/H899 Suburban Trains operating between Metropolitan area locations e.g.
Sydney and Hornsby Maintenance Centre
HN01/HN99 Diesel (S.P.) Empty trains operating between Metropolitan area
locations
HH01/HH99 Any Trains operating between Metropolitan area locations -
private Hire
Y400/Y489 NIF (D set) Empty 10 car NIF (4 car Leading) Trains. Generally
operating towards Sydney (Up direction)
operating towards Sydney (Up direction) for use in day of
operation transpositions.
operating away from Sydney (Down direction)
operating away from Sydney (Down direction) for use in
day of operation transpositions
Y700/Y799 NIF (D set) Empty 4 or 6 car NIF Trains operating between Sydney
and Metropolitan or Outer Metropolitan area locations, e.g.
Sydney and either Flemington Maintenance Centre,
Mortdale Maintenance Centre, Hornsby Maintenance
Centre, Newcastle, Lithgow, Wollongong / Port Kembla
and Kiama
Y800/Y899 NIF (D set) Empty 8 car NIF Trains operating between Sydney and
Metropolitan or Outer Metropolitan area locations, e.g.
Sydney and either Flemington Maintenance Centre,
Mortdale Maintenance Centre, Hornsby Maintenance
Centre, Newcastle, Lithgow, Wollongong / Port Kembla
and Kiama

Metropolitan Train type Description
numbers
Y900/Y999 NIF (D set) Empty RGR (Reliability Growth Runs) NIF Trains
operating between Sydney and Metropolitan or Outer
Metropolitan area locations, e.g. Sydney and either
Flemington Maintenance Centre, Mortdale Maintenance
Centre, Hornsby Maintenance Centre, Newcastle, Lithgow,
Wollongong / Port Kembla and Kiama
HM-- MTP vehicle Vehicle performing Mechanised Track Patrols (may
7.4. Passenger trains – heritage operator tours (HOT)

Heritage trains will retain their original number for the entire journey even when travelling in the
Up or Down direction.
Heritage trains numbering uses a convention of NANN. This convention is explained in

Table 39, Table 40, Table 41 and Table 42.
Table 39 – Train numbering for passenger trains – heritage operator tours – 1st character
Operator
NANN – 1st character
5--- 3801 Limited
6--- NSW Rail Transport Museum
7--- Rail Motor Society
8--- Lachlan Valley Railway Cowra
9--- Sydney Rail Services
Table 40 – Train numbering for passenger trains – heritage operator tours – 2nd character
Train type or motive power

NANN – 2nd character
-E-- # Trains hauled by Electric locomotives within the electrified area

-L-- Trains hauled by diesel locomotives
-R-- Diesel Multiple Unit trains and Rail Motors
-S-- Trains hauled by Steam Locomotives
# Train movements comprising mixed locomotives that include ELECTRIC

locomotive(s) are to use the letter ‘E' to avoid the possibility of electric locomotive
being turned onto unwired roads, or sections of track from which the current has been
removed. This will apply with the pantographs in the raised or lowered positions.
Table 41 – Train numbering for passenger trains – heritage operator tours – 3rd character
Applies to
NANN – 3rd character
0 to 9 All passenger trains Heritage Operator Tours
Table 42 – Train numbering for passenger trains – heritage operator tours – 4th character
Direction
NANN – 4th character (0 to 9)

7.5. Light locomotives – heritage operators
Table 43, Table 44, Table 45 and Table 46 explain the train numbering for light locomotives
heritage operators.
Table 43 – Train numbering for light locomotives – heritage operators – 1st character
Operator
5--- 3801 Limited
6--- NSW Rail Transport Museum
7--- Rail Motor Society
8--- Lachlan Valley Railway Cowra
9--- Sydney Rail Services
Table 44 – Train numbering for light locomotives – heritage operators – 2nd character
Locomotive type
-Z-- Steam
-D-- Diesel
-X-- # Electric
# Train movements comprising mixed locomotives that include ELECTRIC

locomotive(s) are to use the letter ‘E” to avoid the possibility of electric locomotive
Table 45 – Train numbering for light locomotives – heritage operators – 3rd character
Applies to
0 to 9 All light locomotives Heritage Operators
Table 46 – Train numbering for light locomotives – jeritage operators – 4th character
Direction
NANN – 4th character (0 to 9)

7.6. Intrastate trains

Table 47, Table 48, Table 49 and Table 50 explain the train numbering for intrastate trains.
Table 47 – Train numbering for intrastate trains – 1st character
District where the train commenced (See Train numbering

NNNN – 1st character district map on page 136)
1 Sydney
2 Goulburn
3 Junee
4 Newcastle
5 Werris Creek
District where the train commenced (See Train numbering
NNNN – 1st character district map on page 136)
6 Grafton
7 Merrygoen – Lithgow
8 Orange
9 Illawarra
Table 48 – Train numbering for intrastate trains – 2nd character
District where the train will finish its journey (See Train
NNNN – 2nd character
numbering district map on page 136)
1 Sydney
2 Goulburn
3 Junee
4 Newcastle
5 Werris Creek
6 Grafton
7 Lithgow – Merrygoen
8 Orange
9 Illawarra
Table 49 – Train numbering for intrastate trains – 3rd character
Operator as allocated by the Area Journey Journey

NNNN – 3rd
Track Access Provider start finish
character
1101 to 1119 Sydney Trains – Not to be used West to Penrith n/a n/a
1120 to 1129 Allocated to Freight Operators West to Penrith n/a n/a
1130 to 1139 Allocated to Freight Operators for West to Penrith n/a n/a
Kingswood Acoustic Bearing
Monitor Services
testing purposes to / from Penrith
transfer movements to / from St
Marys
1160 to 1189 Sydney Trains – Not to be used West to Penrith n/a n/a
1190 to 1193 Allocated to freight operators West to Penrith n/a n/a
1194 to 1195 Sydney Trains – not to be used West to Penrith n/a n/a
1196 to 1199 John Holland West to Penrith n/a n/a
1201 to 1209 Sydney Trains South to Sydney Goulburn
2100 to 2108 Sydney Trains Goulburn Goulburn Sydney
1211 to 1219 Sydney Trains services (Work trains) South to Sydney Braemar
2110 to 2118 Sydney Trains services (Work trains) Goulburn Goulburn Sydney
1221 to 1239 Pacific National South to Sydney Goulburn area
2120 to 2138 Pacific National Goulburn Goulburn Sydney
1241 to 1249 Southern Shorthaul Railroad South to Sydney Goulburn area
2140 to 2148 Southern Shorthaul Railroad Goulburn Goulburn Sydney
1251 to 1259 Interail South to Sydney Goulburn
2150 to 2158 Interail Goulburn Goulburn Sydney
1261 to 1269 QUBE Logistics Rail South to Sydney Goulburn
2160 to 2168 QUBE Logistics Rail Goulburn Goulburn Sydney
1271 to 1275 Not allocated – Reserved South to n/a n/a
2170 to 2174 Not allocated – Reserved Goulburn
1277 to 1279 Southern Shorthaul Railroad South to Sydney Goulburn
2176 to 2178 Southern Shorthaul Railroad Goulburn Goulburn Sydney

NNNN – 3rd
character
1281 to 1289 Freightliner Australia South to Sydney Goulburn
2180 to 2188 Freightliner Australia Goulburn Goulburn Sydney
1291 to 1293 Sydney Rail Services South to Sydney Goulburn
2190 to 2192 Sydney Rail Services Goulburn Goulburn Sydney
1295 Not allocated – Reserved South to n/a n/a
2194 Not allocated – Reserved Goulburn
1297 to 1299 John Holland South to Sydney Goulburn
2196 to 2198 John Holland Goulburn Goulburn Sydney
1301 to 1319 Not allocated – Reserved South beyond n/a n/a
1321 to 1339 Pacific National South beyond Sydney South
3120 to 3138 Pacific National Goulburn South Sydney
1341 to 1349 Southern Shorthaul Railroad South beyond Sydney South
3140 to 3148 Southern Shorthaul Railroad Goulburn South Sydney
1351 to 1355 Genesee Wyoming Australia Pty Ltd South beyond Sydney South
3150 to 3154 Genesee Wyoming Australia Pty Ltd Goulburn South Sydney
1357 to 1359 AWR / ARG South beyond Sydney South
3156 to 3158 AWR / ARG Goulburn South Sydney
1361 to 1369 QUBE Logistics Rail South beyond Sydney South
3160 to 3168 QUBE Logistics Rail Goulburn South Sydney
1371 to 1375 Not allocated – Reserved South beyond n/a n/a
1377 to 1379 Southern Shorthaul Railroad South beyond Sydney South
3176 to 3178 Southern Shorthaul Railroad Goulburn South Sydney
1381 to 1389 Freightliner Australia South beyond Sydney South
3180 to 3188 Freightliner Australia Goulburn South Sydney
1391 to 1393 Sydney Rail Services South beyond Sydney South
3190 to 3192 Sydney Rail Services Goulburn South Sydney
1395 Not allocated – Reserved South beyond n/a n/a
3194 Not allocated – Reserved Goulburn
1397 to 1399 John Holland South beyond Sydney South
3196 to 3198 John Holland Goulburn South Sydney
1401 to 1409 Sydney Trains North to Sydney Newcastle
4100 to 4108 Sydney Trains Broadmeadow / Newcastle Sydney
Port Waratah
1411 to 1419 QUBE Logistics Rail North to Sydney Newcastle
4112 to 4118 QUBE Logistics Rail Broadmeadow / Newcastle Sydney
Port Waratah
1421 to 1439 Pacific National North to Sydney Newcastle
4120 to 4138 Pacific National Broadmeadow / Newcastle Sydney
Port Waratah
1441 to 1449 Southern Shorthaul Railroad North to Sydney Newcastle
4140 to 4148 Southern Shorthaul Railroad Broadmeadow / Newcastle Sydney
Port Waratah
1451 to 1459 Interail North to Sydney Newcastle
4150 to 4158 Interail Broadmeadow / Newcastle Sydney
Port Waratah
1461 to 1469 QUBE Logistics Rail North to Sydney Newcastle
4160 to 4168 QUBE Logistics Rail Broadmeadow / Newcastle Sydney
Port Waratah
1471 to 1473 Genesee Wyoming Australia Pty Ltd North to Sydney Newcastle
4170 to 4172 Genesee Wyoming Australia Pty Ltd Broadmeadow / Newcastle Sydney
Port Waratah
1475 Not allocated – Reserved North to n/a n/a
4174 Not allocated – Reserved Broadmeadow /
Port Waratah
1477 to 1479 Southern Shorthaul Railroad North to Sydney Newcastle
4176 to 4178 Southern Shorthaul Railroad Broadmeadow / Newcastle Sydney
Port Waratah

NNNN – 3rd
character
1481 to 1489 Freightliner Australia North to Sydney Newcastle
4180 to 4188 Freightliner Australia Broadmeadow / Newcastle Sydney
Port Waratah
1491 to 1493 Sydney Rail Services North to Sydney Newcastle
4190 to 4192 Sydney Rail Services Broadmeadow / Newcastle Sydney
Port Waratah
1495 Not allocated – Reserved North to n/a n/a
4194 Not allocated – Reserved Broadmeadow /
Port Waratah
1497 to 1499 John Holland North to Sydney Newcastle
4196 to 4198 John Holland Broadmeadow / Newcastle Sydney
Port Waratah
1501 to 1509 Sydney Trains North West Sydney North West
5100 to 5108 Sydney Trains North West Sydney
1511 to 1519 QUBE Logistics Rail North West Sydney North West
5110 to 5118 QUBE Logistics Rail North West Sydney
1521 to 1539 Pacific National North West Sydney North West
5120 to 5138 Pacific National North West Sydney
1541 to 1549 Southern Shorthaul Railroad North West Sydney North West
5140 to 5148 Southern Shorthaul Railroad North West Sydney
1551 to 1559 Not allocated – Reserved North West n/a n/a
5150 to 5158 Not allocated – Reserved
1561 to 1569 QUBE Logistics Rail North West Sydney North West
5160 to 5168 QUBE Logistics Rail North West Sydney
1571 to 1575 Not allocated – Reserved North West n/a n/a
1577 to 1579 Southern Shorthaul Railroad North West Sydney North West
5176 to 5178 Southern Shorthaul Railroad North West Sydney
1581 to 1589 Freightliner Australia North West Sydney North West
5180 to 5188 Freightliner Australia North West Sydney
1591 to 1593 Sydney Rail Services North West Sydney North West
5190 to 5192 Sydney Rail Services North West Sydney
1595 Not allocated – Reserved North West n/a n/a
5194 Not allocated – Reserved
1597 to 1599 John Holland North West Sydney North West
5196 to 5198 John Holland North West Sydney
1601 to 1619 Sydney Trains North Coast Sydney North Coast
6100 to 6118 Sydney Trains North Coast Sydney
1621 to 1639 Pacific National North Coast Sydney North Coast
6120 to 6138 Pacific National North Coast Sydney
1641 to 1649 Southern Shorthaul Railroad North Coast Sydney North Coast
6140 to 6148 Southern Shorthaul Railroad North Coast Sydney
1651 to 1659 Interail North Coast Sydney North Coast
6150 to 6158 Interail North Coast Sydney
1661 to 1689 Not allocated – Reserved North Coast n/a n/a
1691 to 1693 Sydney Rail Services North Coast Sydney North Coast
6190 to 6192 Sydney Rail Services North Coast Sydney
1695 Not allocated – Reserved North Coast n/a n/a
1697 to 1699 John Holland North Coast Sydney North Coast
6196 to 6198 John Holland North Coast Sydney
1701 to 1719 Sydney Trains Lithgow / Sydney Lithgow/Mudgee
7100 to 7118 Sydney Trains Mudgee Lithgow/Mudgee Sydney
1721 to 1739 Pacific National Lithgow / Sydney Lithgow/Mudgee

7120 to 7138 Pacific National Mudgee Lithgow/Mudgee Sydney
1741 to 1769 Southern Shorthaul Railroad Lithgow / Sydney Lithgow/Mudgee

7140 to 7168 Southern Shorthaul Railroad Mudgee Lithgow/Mudgee Sydney

NNNN – 3rd
character
1771 to 1775 Not allocated – Reserved Lithgow / n/a n/a
7170 to 7174 Not allocated – Reserved Mudgee
1777 to 1779 Southern Shorthaul Railroad Lithgow / Sydney Lithgow/Mudgee
7176 to 7178 Southern Shorthaul Railroad Mudgee Lithgow/Mudgee Sydney
1791 to 1793 Sydney Rail Services Lithgow / Sydney Lithgow/Mudgee

7190 to 7192 Sydney Rail Services Mudgee Lithgow/Mudgee Sydney
1795 Not allocated – Reserved Lithgow / n/a n/a

7194 Not allocated – Reserved Mudgee
1797 to 1799 John Holland Lithgow / Sydney Lithgow/Mudgee
7196 to 7198 John Holland Mudgee Lithgow/Mudgee Sydney
1801 to 1809 Sydney Trains West beyond Sydney West

8100 to 8108 Sydney Trains Wallerawang West Sydney
1811 to 1819 QUBE Logistics Rail West beyond Sydney West
8110 to 8118 QUBE Logistics Rail Wallerawang West Sydney
1821 to 1839 Pacific National West beyond Sydney West
8120 to 8138 Pacific National Wallerawang West Sydney
1841 to 1849 Southern Shorthaul Railroad West beyond Sydney West
8140 to 8148 Southern Shorthaul Railroad Wallerawang West Sydney
1851 to 1855 Not allocated – Reserved West beyond n/a n/a
8150 to 8154 Not allocated – Reserved Wallerawang
1857 to 1859 AWR / ARG West beyond Sydney West
8156 to 8158 AWR / ARG Wallerawang West Sydney
1861 to 1869 QUBE Logistics Rail West beyond Sydney West
8160 to 8168 QUBE Logistics Rail Wallerawang West Sydney
1871 to 1875 Not allocated – Reserved West beyond n/a n/a
8170 to 8174 Not allocated – Reserved Wallerawang
1877 to 1879 Southern Shorthaul Railroad West beyond Sydney West
8176 to 8178 Southern Shorthaul Railroad Wallerawang West Sydney
1881 to 1889 Freightliner Australia West beyond Sydney West
8180 to 8188 Freightliner Australia Wallerawang West Sydney
1891 to 1893 Sydney Rail Services West beyond Sydney West
8190 to 8192 Sydney Rail Services Wallerawang West Sydney
1895 Not allocated – Reserved West beyond n/a n/a
8194 Not allocated – Reserved Wallerawang
1897 to 1899 John Holland West beyond Sydney West
8196 to 8198 John Holland Wallerawang West Sydney
1901 to 1919 Sydney Trains Illawarra Sydney Illawarra
9100 to 9118 Sydney Trains Illawarra Sydney
1921 to 1939 Pacific National Illawarra Sydney Illawarra
9120 to 9138 Pacific National Illawarra Sydney
1941 to 1949 Southern Shorthaul Railroad Illawarra Sydney Illawarra
9140 to 9148 Southern Shorthaul Railroad Illawarra Sydney
1951 to 1959 Not allocated – Reserved Illawarra n/a n/a
1961 to 1969 QUBE Logistics Rail Illawarra Sydney Illawarra
9160 to 9168 QUBE Logistics Rail Illawarra Sydney
1971 to 1975 Not allocated – Reserved Illawarra n/a n/a
1977 to 1979 Southern Shorthaul Railroad Illawarra Sydney Illawarra
9176 to 9178 Southern Shorthaul Railroad Illawarra Sydney
1981 to 1989 Freightliner Australia Illawarra Sydney Illawarra
9180 to 9188 Freightliner Australia Illawarra Sydney
1991 to 1993 Sydney Rail Services Illawarra Sydney Illawarra
9190 to 9192 Sydney Rail Services Illawarra Sydney
1995 Not allocated – Reserved Illawarra n/a n/a

NNNN – 3rd
character
1997 to 1999 John Holland Illawarra Sydney Illawarra
9196 to 9198 John Holland Illawarra Sydney
9301 to 9319 Sydney Trains Illawarra via Illawarra South
3900 to 3918 Sydney Trains Unanderra / South Illawarra
Moss Vale or
via Sydney
9801 to 9819 Sydney Trains Illawarra via Illawarra West
8900 to 8918 Sydney Trains Unanderra / West Illawarra
Moss Vale or
via Sydney
9321 to 9339 Pacific National Illawarra via Illawarra South
3920 to 3938 Pacific National Unanderra / South Illawarra
Moss Vale or
via Sydney
9821 to 9839 Pacific National Illawarra via Illawarra West
8920 to 8938 Pacific National Unanderra / West Illawarra
Moss Vale or
via Sydney
9841 to 9849 Southern Shorthaul Railroad Illawarra via Illawarra West
8940 to 8948 Southern Shorthaul Railroad Unanderra / West Illawarra
Moss Vale or
via Sydney
9341 to 9349 Southern Shorthaul Railroad Illawarra via Illawarra South
3940 to 3948 Southern Shorthaul Railroad Unanderra / South Illawarra
Moss Vale or
via Sydney
9351 to 9355 Not allocated – Reserved Illawarra via n/a n/a
3950 to 3954 Not allocated – Reserved Unanderra /
Moss Vale or
via Sydney
Moss Vale or
via Sydney
9857 to 9859 AWR / ARG Illawarra via Illawarra West
8956 to 8958 AWR / ARG Unanderra / West Illawarra
Moss Vale or
via Sydney
9357 to 9359 AWR / ARG Illawarra via Illawarra South
3956 to 3958 AWR / ARG Unanderra / South Illawarra
Moss Vale or
via Sydney
9861 to 9869 QUBE Logistics Rail Illawarra via Illawarra West
8960 to 8968 QUBE Logistics Rail Unanderra / West Illawarra
Moss Vale or
via Sydney
9361 to 9369 QUBE Logistics Rail Illawarra via Illawarra South
3960 to 3968 QUBE Logistics Rail Unanderra / South Illawarra
Moss Vale or
via Sydney
Moss Vale or
via Sydney
Moss Vale or
via Sydney
Moss Vale or
via Sydney

NNNN – 3rd
character
Moss Vale or
via Sydney
9891 to 9893 Sydney Rail Services Illawarra via Illawarra South
8990 to 8992 Sydney Rail Services Unanderra / South Illawarra
Moss Vale or
via Sydney
9391 to 9393 Sydney Rail Services Illawarra via Illawarra South
3990 to 3992 Sydney Rail Services Unanderra / South Illawarra
Moss Vale or
via Sydney
9897 to 9899 John Holland Illawarra via Illawarra South
8996 to 8998 John Holland Unanderra / South Illawarra
Moss Vale or
via Sydney
9397 to 9399 John Holland Illawarra via Illawarra South
3996 to 3998 John Holland Unanderra / South Illawarra
Moss Vale or
via Sydney
9895 Not allocated – Reserved Illawarra via n/a n/a
8994 Not allocated – Reserved Unanderra /
Moss Vale or
via Sydney
9395 Not allocated – Reserved Illawarra via n/a n/a
3994 Not allocated – Reserved Unanderra /
Moss Vale or
via Sydney
Table 50 – Train numbering for intrastate trains – 4th character
Direction
NANN – 4th character
Even numbers Up trains

Odd numbers Down trains
7.7. Spare paths

Train numbering for spare paths is given in Table 51.
Table 51 – Train numbering – spare paths
SWTT reference
numbers
001N to 099N Sydney Trains spare paths Sydney Broadmeadow
001W to 099W Sydney Trains spare paths Sydney Lithgow
001C to 099C Sydney Trains spare paths Sydney Illawarra region
001G to 099G Sydney Trains spare paths Sydney Southern region
T001 to T099 Sydney Trains spare paths Trip Trains Metropolitan area
001A to 099A ARTC spare paths Interstate Spare Paths Northern region
(These numbers are to identify paths in the Freight Services SWTT and are not for
use by any operator)

7.8. Interstate trains – freight and passenger
Train numbering for interstate trains is given in Table 52, Table 53, Table 54 and Table 55.
Table 52 – Train numbering for interstate trains – 1st character
Day of the week the train departs

NAAN – 1st character
1 Sunday
2 Monday
3 Tuesday
4 Wednesday
5 Thursday
6 Friday
7 Saturday
Table 53 – Train numbering for interstate trains – 2nd character
The city/location/region where the train commenced

NAAN – 2nd character
A Adelaide
B Brisbane
C Junee / Cootamundra / Griffith
D Darwin
F Mudgee / Dubbo / Cowra
G Parkes
H Hunter Valley
J Victoria North East
K Victoria North West
L Alice Springs
M Melbourne
N Newcastle
O Fisherman Islands
P Perth
Q Moree
R Port Pirie
S Sydney
T Taree – Murwillumbah
V Goulburn / Moss Vale / Canberra
W NSW South Coast
X Spencer Junction / Port Augusta
Y Whyalla
Table 54 – Train numbering for interstate trains – 3rd character
The city/location/region where the train will finish its journey

NAAN – 3rd character
A Adelaide

The city/location/region where the train will finish its journey
NAAN – 3rd character
B Brisbane
C Junee / Cootamundra / Griffith
D Darwin
F Mudgee / Dubbo / Cowra
G Parkes
H Hunter Valley
J Victoria North East
K Victoria North West
L Alice Springs
M Melbourne
N Newcastle
O Fisherman Islands
P Perth
Q Moree
R Port Pirie
S Sydney
T Taree – Murwillumbah
V Goulburn / Moss Vale / Canberra
W NSW South Coast
X Spencer Junction / Port Augusta
Y Whyalla
Table 55 – Train numbering for interstate trains – 4th character
General guide to the sequential order of departure from

NAAN – 4th character
originating station
0–9 The numeral 8 is to be used for passenger services only
7.9. Coal trains – (South and West) (in conjunction with

ARTC)
Note: Also applies to services operating between Inner Harbour and Hunter.
Table 56, Table 57 and Table 58 explain the train numbering for coal trains in the south and
west.
Table 56 – Train numbering for coal trains (South and West) – 1st and 2nd characters
Coal loading point

AANN – 1st and 2nd character
AR Airly
BB Baal Bone
CA Clarence
CB Charbon
CG Cringila BHP
GL Glenlee Colliery
Coal loading point
AANN – 1st and 2nd character
IH Inner Harbour
LS Lidsdale
LG Lithgow
MC Metropolitan Colliery
TM Tahmoor Colliery
Table 57 – Train numbering for coal trains (South and West) – 3rd and 4th characters
Sequential order of daily departure from the originating

AANN – 3rd and 4th character
location
Train numbers between 01 to 10 Allocated to Southern Shorthaul Railroad for services to / from Inner
Harbour.
Train numbers between 11 to 20 Allocated to Pacific National Inner Harbour / Wongawilli and return
Train numbers between 21 to 30 Allocated to Pacific National for prefix IH transfers, Inner
Harbour/Thirroul/Inner Harbour
Train numbers between 31 to 40 Allocated to Freightliner Australia
Train numbers between 41 to 59 Allocated to Pacific National Flexible, Conditional or ex stow
services
Train numbers between 60 to 99 Allocated to Pacific National Timetabled / Mandatory services
Table 58 – Train numbering for coal trains (South and West) – 4th chacter – loaded status
Loaded / empty status

AANN – 4th character
0, 2, 4, 6, 8 (even numbers) Loaded trains

1, 3, 5, 7, 9 (odd numbers) Empty trains
7.10. Coal trains – (North) (in conjunction with ARTC)

Table 59, Table 60 and Table 61 explain the numbering for coal trains in the north.
Table 59 – Train numbering for coal trains (North) – 1st and 2nd characters
Load/unload point Load/unload point

AANNN – 1st and 2nd describers
character character
AH Ashton MR Moolarben
AU Austar MT Mt Thorley Bin 2
BC Bulga Coal MW Warkworth Bin 2
BF Bloomfield NA Donaldson
BG Bengalla NB Narrabri
BK Dartbrook ND Newdell
BO Boggabri NM Macquarie Generation
BW Mt Arthur NW Newstan
CW Camberwell PW Port Waratah
DU Duralie RB Muswellbrook
ER Eraring RC Rixs Creek
GD Gunnedah RM Cumnock

Load/unload point Load/unload point
character character
HV Hunter Valley RV Ravensworth
JU Wambo/United RY Drayton
JW Wambo/Jerrys Plains SD Southland
KC Kooragang SF Stratford
LD Liddell TB Teralba
MD BHP Morandoo UL Ulan
MO Mt Owen VP Vales Point
MB Wambo Bin 2 WC Werris Creek
MG United Coal Bin 2 WG Wilpinjong
MK Bins 1 & Bin 2 WH Whitehaven
ML Lemington Bin 2 WK Warkworth Bin 1
MN Mangoola WS Walsh Point
Table 60 – Train numbering for coal trains (North) – 3rd and 4th characters
Sequential order of daily departure from the originating location

AANNN- 3rd and 4th
(numbers allocated to)
character
100/200/300 Series Services from Hunter Terminals to the Hunter Valley and return (ARTC)
400 – 429 Pacific National for export services operating to / from Teralba
430 – 449 Pacific National for services operating to / from Newstan
450 – 469 Southern Shorthaul Railroad for services operating to / from Newstan
470 – 489 Pacific National for services operating to / from Eraring
490 – 499 Pacific National for services operating to / from Vales Point
500 Series Stratford export services (A.R.T.C.)
600 Series Duralie services (A.R.T.C.)
700 Series Macquarie Generation services (A.R.T.C.)
800 – 810 QUBE Logistics Rail for services operating to / from Hunter Valley locations
821 – 850 Pacific National for domestic services operating to Vales Point (loading at
Teralba)
Table 61 – Train numbering for coal trains (North) – 5th character
Loaded / empty status

AANNN – 5th character
0, 2, 4, 6, 8 (even numbers) Loaded trains

1, 3, 5, 7, 9 (odd numbers) Empty trains
7.11. Light locomotives

A light locomotive can run either alone or in association with a particular train.
Train numbering for light locomotives (in general) is given in Table 62 and Table 63 and in
Section 7.11.1 to Section 7.11.4.

Table 62 – Train numbering for light locomotives – 1st character
Locomotive type
ADDD – 1st character
D Diesel locomotive
X Electric #
Z Steam (see Section 7.11.3)
# Light locomotive movements comprising mixed locomotives that include ELECTRIC

locomotive(s) are to use the letter ‘X” to avoid the possibility of electric locomotive
Table 63 – Train numbering for light locomotives – 2nd character
Identifies the district that the locomotive originated from or runs

ADDD – 2nd character
in *
1 Sydney
2 Goulburn
3 Junee
4 Newcastle
5 Werris Creek
6 Grafton
7 Lithgow – Merrygoen
8 Orange
9 Illawarra
* The 2nd character identifies the district that the locomotive originated from or runs in, see
Train numbering district map on page 136.
7.11.1. Light locomotives – Non associated movements

When a light locomotive is not associated with any particular train, the last 3 characters,
(following D, X or Z) will be as per the allocation for the Operator concerned as depicted under
Section 7.6 Intrastate trains for the area concerned on page 119 of this Section.
7.11.2. Light locomotives – Associated movements

Light locomotive association can happen in any of the following cases:
• when the locomotive having being rostered to work a particular train, is now going to or
from that train, the light locomotive uses the last 3 alpha / numeric characters of the train
that it is going onto or coming off
• when the locomotive is using a path that has been assigned to a cancelled train, the light
locomotive will use the last three alpha / numeric characters of that cancelled train
• when the locomotive is taken off a train to assist another train, the light locomotive
movement would retain the last three alpha / numeric characters of the train it came off

• when an unassigned locomotive is sent to assist or to bank/pilot a train, the light locomotive
will use the last three alpha / numeric characters of the train it is sent out to assist or bank
7.11.3. Light locomotives – Steam

For light locomotives (steam), refer to Section 7.5 Light locomotives – heritage operators,
page 119.
7.11.4. Light locomotives – Allocated to Southern Coal – non

associated movements
These locomotives operate in the area bounded by Port Kembla Inner Harbour, Wollongong,
Port Kembla North, Coniston and Unanderra. Light Locomotives falling under this category are
allocated the series D921 to D940 inclusive and are not to be used for any other service.
7.12. Light locomotives between Woodville Junction –

Cardiff Workshops – Woodville Junction
Train numbering for light locomotives between Woodville Junction and Cardiff Workshops is
given in Table 64.
Table 64 – Train numbering – light locomotives between Woodville Junction – Cardiff

Workshops – Woodville Junction
Train numbering range Allocated to

D400 – D409 Sydney Trains
D410 – D419 QUBE Logistics Rail
D420 – D429 Pacific National
D430 – D439 3801 Limited
D450 – D459 Interail
D470 – D479 Southern Shorthaul Railroad
D480 – D489 Freightliner Australia
D490 – D499 Not allocated – Reserved
7.13. Trip trains Sydney area bounded by Botany / Minto /

Clyde Yard and Yennora
NOTE: Light locomotives operating in lieu of a Trip Train will have the letter ‘D” in lieu
of the Trip Train ‘T’. For example, T218 operating as a light locomotive will be
allocated D218.
Train numbering for trip trains in the Sydney area bounded by Botany / Minto / Clyde Yard and
Yennora are given in Table 65.

Table 65 – Train numbering – Trip trains Sydney area bounded by Botany / Minto / Clyde
Yard and Yennora
Train numbering range Allocated to Details

D100 to D103 Pacific National Enfield Yard shunter
T104 to T109 Pacific National
T110 to T113 3801 Ltd
T114 to T119 Sydney Trains Spare / Not allocated
T120 to T125 Interail
T130 to T159 Pacific National
T180 to T194 Sydney Trains Metropolitan transfers
D195 to D200 Sydney Trains Loco Testing
D201 to D216 Sydney Trains Works programmes
T220 to T229 Freightliner Australia
T230 to T240 QUBE Logistics Rail
T270 to T279 Southern Shorthaul Railroad
7.14. Trip trains Newcastle area bounded by Woodville

Junction / Broadmeadow / Sulphide Junction
Train numbering for trip trains in the Newcastle area bounded by Woodville Junction /
Broadmeadow / Sulphide Junction are given in Table 66.
Table 66 – Train numbering – Trip Trains Newcastle area bounded by Woodville Junction
/ Broadmeadow / Sulphide Junction
Train numbering range Allocated to

T400 – T409 Sydney Trains
T410 – T419 QUBE Logistics Rail
T420 – T429 Pacific National
T430 – T439 3801 Limited
T450 – T459 Interail
T470 – T479 Southern Shorthaul Railroad
T480 – T489 Freightliner Australia
T490 – T499 Not allocated – Reserved
T900 – T920 * Pacific National *
* Illawarra area (Port Kembla area only)

7.15. Maintenance trains – TfNSW Metropolitan Heavy Rail
network area
Train numbering for maintenance trains in the TfNSW Metropolitan Heavy Rail network area are
given in Table 67, Table 68 and Table 69.
Table 67 – Train numbering – Maintenance trains – TfNSW Metropolitan Heavy Rail

network area – 1st character
Train type
ANNN – 1st character
M Maintenance train
E Maintenance train – Electric locomotive hauled

network area – 2nd character
Work district or originating location

ANNN – 2nd character
-1-- Metropolitan Goods Line

-2-- North Shore, Central to Hornsby.
-3-- West beyond Parramatta
-4-- Illawarra – Redfern to Cronulla, Waterfall and Eastern Suburbs
-5-- South beyond Lidcombe and Granville, Bankstown and East Hills
lines
-6-- Illawarra beyond Waterfall
-7-- Suburban, Circular Quay to Parramatta and Carlingford/Sandown
-8-- North beyond North Strathfield Junction
-9-- Spare
-0-- Not used

network area – 3rd character
Specific type of train

ANNN – 3rd character
--1- Overhead wiring train
--2- Metal Ballast
--3- Metal Ballast
--4- Material/spoil train
--7- Track maintenance vehicle, Hi Rails ##
--8- Track Recording car ##, Profile train, Speno
--9- Herbicide #
--0- Sydney Trains Rail sets
# To operate under block working conditions when operated by Hi rail vehicle.

## To operate under block working conditions unless vehicle has note T3 as per
Section 11 On-track infrastructure maintenance vehicle data (page 265)

network area – 4th character
Character detail
ANNN – 4th character
0–9 Serial number of the train
7.16. Maintenance trains – ARTC and CRN area

Train numbering for maintenance trains in the ARTC and CRN area are given in this section.
Table 71 – Train numbering – Maintenance trains – ARTC and CRN area – 1st character
Work district for country trains *

1--- Sydney
2--- Goulburn
3--- Junee
4--- Newcastle
5--- Werris Creek
6--- Grafton
7--- Lithgow – Merrygoen
8--- Orange
9--- Illawarra
* See Train numbering district map on page 136.
Table 72 – Train numbering – Maintenance trains – ARTC and CRN area – 2nd character
Character detail
-M-- Indicates maintenance train
Table 73 – Train numbering – Maintenance trains – ARTC and CRN area – 3rd character
The specific type of train

--1- Not used

--2- Ballast
--3- Ballast
--4- Rail train
--5- Sleeper train
--6- Spare
--7- Track maintenance vehicle / rail grinders ##
--8- Test vehicles (e.g. Track Recording car ##, Profile train)
--9- Herbicide #
--0- Not used
# To operate under block working conditions when operated by Hi rail vehicle.

## To operate under block working conditions unless vehicle has note T3 as per
Section 11 On-track infrastructure maintenance vehicle data (page 265)
Table 74 – Train numbering – Maintenance trains – ARTC and CRN area – 4th character
Character detail
NANN – 4th character
0–9 Serial number of the train
7.17. AK track inspection cars

Train numbering for AK track inspection cars are given in this section.
Table 75 – Train numbering – AK track inspection cars – 1st character
Direction
AANN – 1st
character
S--- South
W--- West
N--- North
C--- Illawarra
H--- Suburban area (Bounded by Berowra, Emu Plains, Macarthur, Helensburgh)
Table 76 – Train numbering – AK track inspection cars – 2nd character
Train type
-K-- AK track inspection cars
Table 77 – Train numbering – AK track inspection cars – 3rd character
Character detail
AANN – 3rd character
1–9 -
Table 78 – Train numbering – AK track inspection cars – 4th character
Direction
2, 4, 6, 8 (even numbers) Up trains

7.18. Mechanised track inspection

Train numbering for mechanised track inspection cars are given in this section.
Table 79 – Train numbering – Mechanised track inspection – 1st character
Direction
S--- South
W--- West
N--- North
C--- Illawarra

Direction
H--- Suburban area (Bounded by Berowra, Emu Plains, Macarthur,
Helensburgh)
Table 80 – Train numbering – Mechanised track inspection – 2nd character
Train type
-M-- Mechanised track inspection cars
Table 81 – Train numbering – AK track inspection cars – 3rd character
Character detail
AANN – 3rd character
1–9 -
Table 82 – Train numbering – Mechanised track inspection – 4th character
Direction
2, 4, 6, 8 (even numbers) Up trains

7.19. Train numbering district map

Figure 9 shows the train numbering district map.
Figure 9 – Train numbering district map


Section 8
Disabled trains
and
defective vehicles
Section 8 Disabled trains and defective vehicles

8. Disabled trains and defective vehicles
Version December 2019
8.1. Disabled trains and defective vehicles

This Section is to be read in conjunction with Sydney Trains Network Rules NTR 414 Defective
vehicles and NTR 416 Disabled rail traffic.
When any train suffers a partial or complete failure such that it cannot complete its journey
under its own power, it is classified as a disabled train.
When a vehicle on a train, including a locomotive, becomes defective, the vehicle shall be
repaired, made safe to travel, or removed from the train.
8.2. Removing a disabled train

Unless it is an emergency, before an assisting locomotive or train is used to rescue a disabled
train, the Operator’s representative of the assisting and disabled trains shall be consulted to
determine if there are any specific operating instructions and/or restrictions that shall be
adhered to, to affect safely the rescue of the train. The following instructions/restrictions shall be
used as a guide in rescuing some specific train types.
Any disabled train that needs to be assisted by another train or locomotive(s) to clear the
section, the Operator’s representative shall ensure it is safe to travel before being assisted from
a section. If the disabled train is amalgamated with a similar type of train or locomotive(s),
normal operating procedures will apply.
Most diesel and medium electric multiple unit trains are fitted with combined multi-function
couplers that are incompatible with conventional full size knuckle type automatic couplers.
Some vehicles are equipped with emergency couplers to enable them to be coupled to a
locomotive or train.
The Operator’s representatives shall be consulted regarding coupling of different types of trains.
8.2.1. Removing a disabled train – Disabled self propelled passenger

trains
The Operator’s representatives shall be consulted before assisting a disabled electric or diesel
multiple unit train or vehicle.
The air brake system, where compatible, shall be connected and working throughout the entire
train. The driver at the front of the train should have full control of the automatic air brake and be
in radio contact with the driver of the assisting train or locomotive.

8.2.2. Removing a disabled train – Disabled locomotive hauled freight
and passenger trains
If the air brake is compatible, it shall be connected and working throughout the entire train. The
driver at the front of the train should have full control of the automatic air brake and be in radio
contact with the driver of the assisting train or locomotive.
If a train has been divided, had vehicles detached or remarshalled, a brake pipe continuity test
shall be carried out.
If one or more of the last three vehicles have been changed then a brake holding test shall also
be carried out. On freight trains, the end of train marker (EOTM) shall be relocated to the last
vehicle.
WARNING
When coupling to vehicles fitted with buffers, gangway beams, diaphragms, etc., care
shall be taken to ensure that there is adequate clearance between these items and
brake coupling cocks.
8.3. Assisting with a passenger train

When a train is assisted by a self-propelled passenger train, restrictions will apply depending
upon the type of train that is assisting and the load of the disabled train. When emergency
couplers are used to enable different types of trains to be coupled together, speed and other
restrictions will apply.
The Operator’s representatives shall be consulted before assisting a disabled train with an
electric or diesel multiple unit train.
When an electric multiple unit train is attempting to assist a disabled train and the disabled train
has not moved after applying maximum power for five seconds, the driver shall shut off power
and wait two minutes before re-applying power. If, after three attempts, the assisting train is
unable to move the disabled train, alternative arrangements shall be made.
An XPT train shall not be used to assist any other train in the rear.
8.4. Assisting a disabled train from the rear

When assisting a disabled train from the rear, refer to Sydney Trains Network Rule NTR 416
Disabled rail traffic.
An XPT train shall not be used to assist a disabled train from the rear.
8.4.1. Assisting a disabled train from the rear – Assisting a disabled

passenger train from the rear
The Operator’s representatives shall be consulted before assisting a disabled electric or diesel
multiple unit train from the rear.
Before a vintage, historical or steam hauled train is assisted from the rear, such a movement
shall be authorised by the Operator and the Track Access Provider.
A disabled locomotive hauled passenger train (except XPT power cars) shall only be assisted
in the rear to the first suitable location where the train can be remarshalled to allow it to be
hauled.
An XPT train shall not be assisted in the rear using an emergency coupler at the rear of the
power car.
When assisting a disabled passenger train from the rear with one or more locomotives, or with a
locomotive hauled train, refer to the TOC manual General Instruction Pages, Section 2,
Locomotive Operations, Assisting (banking) locomotives (page 45) for restrictions in vehicle
masses.
8.4.2. Assisting a disabled train from the rear – Maximum speed when
assisting a disabled train from the rear
When a disabled train is being assisted from the rear and the driver at the front of the train has
full control of the automatic air brake of both the assisting and disabled trains, the train may
travel at normal speed, providing there are no other restrictions applying to the vehicles on the
train and/or emergency couplers are not being used.
When a disabled train is being assisted from the rear and the driver at the front is only able to
operate the emergency cock at the front of the train, or an emergency coupler is being used to
couple the two trains, the maximum speed shall not exceed 25 km/h.
When a disabled train is being assisted from the rear and the automatic air brake of both the
assisting and disabled trains is controlled by the driver of the assisting train only, that is the
driver at the front of the train cannot control the air brake or operate the emergency cock, the
speed of the train shall not exceed 10 km/h. There shall be full radio communication between
the drivers of both trains. If full radio communication between the drivers of both trains is not
available, then the assisting movement shall not proceed.
When an electric or diesel multiple unit train is being assisted from the rear by a locomotive
hauled train, the speed of the train shall not exceed 25 km/h.
8.5. Assisting a disabled train from the front

A disabled train may be hauled from the section by attaching the assisting train or locomotive(s)
at the front of the disabled train in the direction of travel. The draw strength of any vehicle in the
combined train consist shall not be exceeded.
8.5.1. Assisting a disabled train from the front – Hauling a disabled

passenger train
Wherever possible, a disabled vintage, historical or steam hauled train should be hauled
rather than assisted in the rear from a section.

8.5.2. Assisting a disabled train from the front – Maximum speed
when hauling a disabled train
When a disabled train is being hauled and the driver at the front of the train has full control of
the automatic air brake of both the assisting and disabled trains, emergency couplers are not
being used and when no other restrictions apply to any of the vehicles on the train, the train
may travel at normal speed.
8.6. Using an emergency coupler

Some train types are not fitted with a conventional knuckle type automatic coupler, but are
equipped with an emergency coupler that will enable the train to couple to other types of
vehicles with conventional type automatic couplers. Trains requiring emergency couplers
include Tangara, Millennium, OSC, Waratah, Waratah Series 2 (SGT), XPT, Xplorer,
Endeavour, Hunter, and other self-propelled diesel trains.
When using an emergency coupler, refer to Sydney Trains Network Rule NTR 416 Disabled rail
traffic.
The Operator’s representatives shall be consulted before assisting a disabled train using an
emergency coupler.
For all trains, except XPT Trains, when coupled using an emergency coupler, the speed of the
train shall not exceed 25 km/h.
8.6.1. Using an emergency coupler – XPT Trains

XPT train consists comprising of up to two power cars and up to seven trailer cars may be
locomotive hauled up to the maximum speed authorised for the hauling locomotive, and not
exceeding the permissible normal track speed.
The operating conditions specified below shall apply.
XPT trains shall not be assisted from the rear with an emergency coupler.
8.6.2. Using an emergency coupler – Operating conditions when

using emergency couplers
A suitable locomotive shall be used to haul the consist.
The brake pipe shall be continuous throughout the train.
When using an emergency coupler, the automatic air brake shall be used at all times. The
following equipment shall not be used: locomotive independent brake (including independent
release), dynamic or regenerative brake, or electro-pneumatic (EP) brake.
Where possible when assisting a disabled multiple unit train, the brake pipe pressure of the
locomotive on the assisting train should be reduced to a pressure compatible with that of the
disabled train.

Due to weight restrictions and manual handling requirements, the strength of an emergency
coupler is limited. The driver of the assisting train shall limit the amount of tractive effort required
to move the train in order to minimise impacts or unnecessary force through the emergency
coupler.
WARNING:
Care shall be taken when coupling trains with emergency couplers to vehicles that are
fitted with buffers, broad buffer beams, or diaphragm plates. These vehicles shall not
be coupled together unless there is adequate clearance around the emergency
coupler to accommodate coupler swing on tight curves.
When an emergency coupler is used to assist a train in the rear, the train shall only be assisted
to the first suitable location where the train can be remarshalled or the vehicle detached.
8.6.3. Using heavy duty transition couplers for electric multiple unit
passnger rolling stock (transfer only)
When locomotive hauling EMU type passenger rolling stock, such as Tangara, Millennium,
OSC, Waratah, Waratah Series 2 (SGT), with a heavy duty transition coupler (Scharfenberg
adaptor coupler model 2.010.515), for transfer purposes only (out of service and not associated
with a disabled train), the 25 km/h speed restriction does not apply and the normal/general
speed boards for the hauling locomotive may be observed.
All other requirements for hauling passenger trains with emergency couplers shall be observed.
8.7. Assisting disabled track maintenance vehicles

A locomotive or train may be used to assist a disabled track maintenance vehicle using an
approved towing device, emergency coupler, or automatic couplers. A disabled track
maintenance vehicle may be assisted in the rear by a locomotive or train fitted with a compatible
coupler.
Where possible, the disabled vehicle shall have main reservoir air supply, and have an operable
emergency parking brake.
8.8. Defective air brake

This clause is to be read in conjunction with Sydney Trains Network Rule NTR 404 Using
brakes.
The air brake should be operational on every vehicle of a train. However, whilst in service, it is
permissible to cut out a certain number of brakes on a train as detailed below.
The brake pipe shall be continuous throughout the train consist and all intermediate brake pipe
coupling cocks open.

The air brake on a vehicle or bogie shall only be cut out where it is not practical to repair the
vehicle in situ.
If the brakes are cut-out, the vehicle shall be appropriately identified or ticketed. The Operator
shall ensure that train operating personnel and maintenance personnel are informed of any
brake cut-outs.
8.8.1. Defective air brake – Locomotive hauled trains

The maximum number of vehicles with inoperative or cut-out air brakes (including locomotives)
in a train shall not exceed 1 in 10 vehicles and the total un-braked mass of the train with
inoperative brakes or brake cut-outs (including locomotives) shall not exceed 10% of the train
hauled mass, whichever is the more restrictive.
The leading locomotive shall have an operative air brake on at least one bogie. If the air brake
on one bogie of a locomotive is cut-out, then the un-braked mass of that vehicle is half the
locomotive mass.
If a train suffers inoperative brakes or requires cutting-out of brakes during the course of a
journey, this can be accommodated up to the above limiting figures.
If the inoperative brakes or brake cut-outs exceeds 1 in 10 vehicles or 10% mass, the train
speed shall be reduced by 10 km/h from the normal operating speeds until the destination, at
which point brakes shall be corrected to provide the required number of vehicles with operable
brakes.
If the train is identified with inoperable brakes or brake cut-outs exceeding 1 in 6.67 vehicles or
15% mass, whichever is the more restrictive, the speed will be reduced by 10km/h from the
normal operating speeds and the speed not to exceed a maximum of 50 km/h until the next
available siding, road, or loop, at which point brakes shall be corrected to provide the required
number of vehicles with operable brakes.
It is recommended trains do not begin journeys with more than 5% brakes inoperative or cut-out
to allow for defective brakes during the course of a journey. Trains shall not begin any journeys
with greater than 10% of brakes inoperative or cut-out.
Vehicles with inoperative or cut-out air brakes shall be repaired as soon as practicable. In
practice, vehicles with inoperative brakes shall be corrected at the next scheduled maintenance
opportunity, in accordance with the operator's maintenance plan, after identification (or advice
from TfNSW). If the brakes are not corrected at the next scheduled maintenance opportunity the
vehicles should be removed from service.
8.8.2. Defective air brake – Freight trains

For multi-pack vehicles, the number of cut-out vehicles is equal to the number of
vehicles/platforms/decks that is controlled from the inoperative or cut-out triple valve.

For example: A 5-pack articulated vehicle has two triple valves. Each triple valve controls the
brakes on three bogies, that is, 2½ platforms. If one triple valve is cut-out, this is counted as two
and a half vehicles with brake cut-outs.
On vehicles with shared brake equipment, that is, Master or slave combination, if the triple valve
is cut-out on the master vehicle this will count as two vehicles with brake cut-outs.
A freight train should be marshalled such that a vehicle with an operative air brake is placed on
each side of an un-braked vehicle where an un-braked vehicle shall not be one of the last three
vehicles on the train.
If the brakes on one of the last three vehicles on the train is found to be inoperative or has to be
cut-out enroute, the train may continue at a maximum speed of 50 km/h to the first suitable
location where the train shall be remarshalled, the defective vehicle repaired or detached. In
addition, if the vehicle with defective brakes is the last vehicle on the train, an emergency towing
chain shall be attached between the last and second last vehicles.
8.8.3. Defective air brake – Freight trains – with ECP brakes

All ECP braked trains shall be operated in the ‘run’ or ‘normal’ operating mode when travelling
across the Rail Network
An ‘emulation’ mode may be possible in the event of ECP brake system failure, due to failures
on the locomotive or wagon, or when changing the locomotive to a non ECP locomotive, the
brake system may operate in the ‘emulation’ mode (having graduated application and direct
release). The ‘emulation’ mode is to be used as an emergency recovery only and limited to a
maximum speed of 30 km/h. Note, that the ‘emulation’ mode is limited by battery life. If in doubt,
the train is assumed to have a defective air brake system (emergency brakes only).
Any vehicles or platforms with defective ECP brake systems are assumed to have a defective
air brake and trains containing these are to be restricted in the same manner as pneumatically
braked trains
8.8.4. Defective air brake – Locomotive hauled passenger trains

A locomotive hauled passenger train shall not leave a maintenance centre or depot with any air
brake inoperative or brakes cut out.
If a defect occurs on the last vehicle of a passenger train and the vehicle is conveying
passengers, the passengers shall be relocated to other cars, and a qualified worker shall travel
in the last vehicle, and be prepared to apply the handbrake or spring parking brake. The train
may travel up to a maximum speed of 25 km/h to the first suitable location where the train shall
be remarshalled or the defective vehicle repaired or detached.
If the brakes on one of the second or third last vehicle on the train is found to be inoperative or
has to be cut-out enroute, the train may continue at a maximum speed of 50 km/h to the first
suitable location where the train shall be remarshalled, the defective vehicle repaired or
detached.

If the last vehicle is a freight vehicle, an emergency towing chain shall be attached between the
last and second last vehicles and the train proceed at a speed not exceeding 50 km/h.
8.8.5. Defective air brake – Diesel multiple unit and XPT type trains
A diesel multiple unit or XPT train shall not leave a maintenance centre with any air brake
inoperative.
If a brake fault occurs enroute, a train may continue in service at normal speed provided not
more than one bogie in eight bogies is cut-out and no two bogies on either end car are cut out.
Operating restrictions for diesel multiple unit and XPT type trains with defective air brakes are
given in Table 83.
Table 83 – Defective air brake – Diesel multiple unit and XPT type trains
Number of bogies cut-out Operating restrictions

One bogie in eight (12.5%) or less No restriction, operate normally
More than one bogie in eight (12.5%), but no Maximum speed of 80 km/h
more than one bogie in four (25%)
More than one bogie in four (25%), but not more The train shall be worked out of service at a speed
than three bogies in eight (38%) not exceeding 25 km/h
More than three bogies in eight (38%) the train shall be considered as disabled, and shall
not be moved until it has been attached to another
train or locomotive
Both bogies on a terminal car of the train consist The train shall be considered as disabled, and
are cut out. shall not be moved until it has been attached to
another train or locomotive
Note: For the purposes of calculating brake cut-outs, an XPT power car bogie will be
treated as being equivalent to two (2) trailer car bogies.
For example, an XPT train consisting of two power cars and five trailer cars would count as
having four power car bogies (equal to eight (8) trailer car bogies) plus ten trailer car bogies.
The total equivalent bogies would be eighteen bogies.
One power car bogie and one trailer car bogie cut out would count as 3 equivalent bogies, that
is 3 in 18 or (17%). This train may continue in service at 80 km/h.
If one power car bogie and four trailer car bogies are cut out (2x1 plus 4 = 6 out of 18 bogies =
33%), the train shall be worked out of service at a speed not exceeding 25 km/h.
If a failure of the electro-pneumatic brake system occurs, and the defect cannot be repaired, the
EP brake shall be switched off and the automatic air brake (XPT, Xplorer, Endeavour, or
Hunter) or straight air brake (other diesel multiple unit trains) used to control the train.
If a failure also occurs in the straight air brake system and the defect cannot be repaired (diesel
multiple unit trains), the train shall be worked out of service at a maximum speed of 25 km/h
using the brake pipe emergency cock as an emergency brake.

8.8.6. Defective air brake – Electric multiple unit trains
An electric multiple unit train shall not leave a maintenance centre with any air brake
inoperative.
If a brake fault occurs enroute, a train may continue in service at normal speed provided not
more than one bogie in eight bogies is cut-out and no two bogies on either end car are cut out.
Operating restrictions for electric multiple unit trains with defective air brakes are given in
Table 84.
Table 84 - Defective air brake - Electric Multiple Unit (EMU) trains
Number of bogies cut-out Operating restrictions

One bogie in eight (12.5%) or less No restriction, operate normally
More than one bogie in eight (12.5%), but no Maximum speed of 80 km/h
more than one bogie in four (25%)
More than one bogie in four (25%), but not more The train shall be worked out of service at a speed
than three bogies in eight (38%) not exceeding 25 km/h
More than three bogies in eight (38%) the train shall be considered as disabled, and shall
not be moved until it has been attached to another
train or locomotive
Both bogies on a terminal car of the train consist The train shall be considered as disabled, and
are cut out. shall not be moved until it has been attached to
another train or locomotive
If a failure of the electro-pneumatic brake system occurs, and the defect cannot be repaired, the
EP brake shall be switched off and the automatic air brake used to control the train.
8.8.7. Defective air brake – Braking problems when descending steep

grades
Where a driver has difficulty in recharging the brake pipe on a train, the train shall be brought to
a stand before releasing the brakes.
Where the vehicles in the train are fitted with grade control valves, these valves shall be placed
in the next holding position before proceeding. If valves are in ‘EX’ they shall be placed in ‘IP’, if
in ‘IP’ they shall be placed in ‘HP’.
If there is any doubt with regard to the braking performance of the train, the train is not to
proceed. The train shall be brought to a stand, the handbrakes applied and assistance sought.
8.8.8. Defective air brake – Locomotives

Where a locomotive has an automatic air brake fault that prevents the operation of the
automatic air brake throughout the train, the train shall have the handbrakes applied and the
defective brake valve shall be cut-out. The train shall be assisted out of the section in
accordance with Sydney Trains Network Rule NTR 416 Disabled rail traffic.

8.9. Defective brake pipe
Where the brake pipe on a vehicle is broken and brake pipe pressure cannot be maintained for
the operation of the automatic air brake, the disabled train shall be removed from the section
either with the assistance of another train or by dividing the train. The defective vehicle shall be
detached from the train at the first suitable location.
8.9.1. Defective brake pipe – Locomotive hauled freight and

passenger trains
When assisting a train with a defective brake pipe from the rear, the adjacent brake pipe
coupling cocks on the two vehicles either side of the defective vehicle shall be closed. The train
shall then be worked at a speed not exceeding 25 km/h to the first suitable location where the
defective vehicle can be detached or repaired.
Where the disabled train is conveying passengers and the defective vehicle cannot be
detached, they shall be detrained at the first suitable location.
Where the disabled train is to be divided, the defective vehicle becomes the last vehicle on the
train. The brake pipe coupling cock on the rear of the second last vehicle shall be closed and
the air brake on the defective vehicle released. An emergency towing chain shall be used
between the defective vehicle and the second last vehicle.
Where a disabled passenger train has to be divided, all passengers shall be moved into cars in
front of the defective vehicle. A Passenger Train Guard or qualified worker shall travel in the last
car and be prepared to apply the internal handbrake or spring parking brake. Effective
communication shall be maintained between the qualified worker and the train crew.
8.9.2. Defective brake pipe – Electric or diesel multiple unit trains

Where the defective vehicle is either the leading or rear car, and the hand brake or all spring
parking brakes do not operate on that car, then the train is a total failure and shall only be
moved with the assistance of a locomotive or another train.
Where the defective vehicle cannot be detached, all passengers shall be detrained at the next
suitable location. The train shall then be worked out of service.
This type of train usually has a main reservoir pipe and therefore the train may complete its trip
providing the electro-pneumatic (EP) brake is working on the entire train. In the event of an EP
brake failure, the driver shall operate the train from the end that will give control of the automatic
brake on the greatest number of cars. The Passenger Train Guard or qualified worker shall ride
in the end car at the opposite end of the train and be prepared to apply the automatic air brake,
handbrake, or spring parking brake when requested by the driver.
The speed of the train shall not exceed 25 km/h.
Where the disabled train is to be divided, the defective vehicle becomes the last vehicle on the
train. The brake pipe coupling cock on the rear of the second last vehicle shall be closed and

the air brake on the defective vehicle released. An emergency towing chain shall be used
between the defective vehicle and the second last vehicle.
8.10. Defective main reservoir pipe on passenger trains

Where the defective vehicle is either the leading or rear vehicle and the hand brake or spring
parking brake does not operate on that vehicle, then the train is a total failure and shall only be
moved with the assistance of a locomotive or another train.
Where the defective vehicle is either the leading or rear vehicle, and has a working handbrake,
then the train can continue as normal and be worked out of service.
Vehicle air springs, where fitted, are supplied from the main reservoir pipe. In the event of a
main reservoir supply failure, one or more air springs may deflate and may have to be isolated.
Refer to Defective air springs (page 149) for operating conditions:
Trains with the complete vehicle main reservoir pipe isolated and with no air in the bogie air
springs, but the brake pipe is continuous throughout the train, may travel at a normal speed but
in accordance with that permitted for defective air springs.
8.11. Defective air springs

Where an electric or diesel multiple unit train has a defective air spring on one bogie of one or
more cars, the train may continue its journey at a speed as specified in the Operator’s
procedures.
The train shall then be worked out of service.
8.12. Defective handbrake or parking brake

This Section is to be read in conjunction with Sydney Trains Network Rule NTR 404 Using
brakes.
8.12.1. Defective handbrake or parking brake – Electric and diesel

multiple unit trains
Where a defective vehicle is a non-terminal car, the train may continue in service until it returns
to a maintenance centre.
Where a defective vehicle is a terminal car, and it has one spring parking brake operable, the
train may continue in service until it returns to a maintenance centre.
Where a defective vehicle is a terminal car that is not permanently coupled, and does not have
a fully operable handbrake or spring parking brake, the train is considered to be a total failure
and therefore may only be moved when attached to an assisting locomotive or train.
Where a defective vehicle is a permanently coupled terminal car with no fully operable
handbrake or spring parking brake, the train may continue in service until it returns to a
maintenance centre.

Where the spring parking brake or automatic air brake on a vehicle is locked on, the vehicle
may be dragged clear of the section with the approval of the owner/operator before the brakes
are released and isolated.
8.13. Defective wheels

This Section is to be read in conjunction with Sydney Trains Network Rule NTR 412 Defective
running gear.
Serious damage can occur to the track when wheels of locomotives or vehicles skid or when
scale builds up on the wheel due to sticking brakes. Train crews, shunter/examiners and vehicle
maintenance staff shall make every effort to ensure that brakes are utilised or maintained
correctly.
Refer to the Transport Standard ESR 0330 Wheel Defect Manual for full details of wheel defects
and actions required by the Operator.
The following information has been extracted from ESR 0330.
If a locomotive or vehicle with flat spots (skidded wheels) or scale (scaled wheels) on its wheels
is detected in service, depending on the severity of the case, it may be kept marshalled on a
train, provided that the wheels have been inspected and certified fit to run by the Operators
representative.
The Operator’s representative may be the train driver, the Operator’s maintenance personnel,
or any other person nominated by the Operator as being suitably qualified to assess the
situation.
The locomotive or vehicle shall operate in accordance with the instructions below.
8.13.1. Defective wheels – Precautions

When it is suspected that the wheels have flats or there is a build-up of scale on the wheels on
any locomotive or vehicle, the train shall be stopped at the first suitable safe location.
All the wheels on the vehicle in question shall be inspected to determine the extent of the wheel
skid or the amount of scale build-up. If the length of the wheel skid is not greater than 100 mm,
or the scale build-up is less than 15 mm: the train may be driven at a speed not exceeding that
specified below to the nearest suitable location, in order to clear the section and the defective
locomotive or vehicle detached.
Maximum permissible speeds for scale build up on defective wheels are given in Table 85.
If there is any doubt as to the class of skid or scale condition, the more severe condition shall be
reported.

Table 85 – Defective wheels – Permissible speeds for scale build up on wheels
Scale class Scale height Maximum speed

3 Surface scale up to 1 mm Normal operation after checking brakes
4 (i) Over 1 mm and up to 5 mm 25 km/h only to clear the section
4 (ii) Over 5 mm and up to 10 mm 15 km/h only to clear the section
4 (iii) Over 10 mm and up to 15 mm 5 km/h only to clear the section
5 Over 15 mm
WARNING:
The vehicle shall not be moved until it has been
examined, the defect adequately rectified and
certified fit to travel by a qualified worker
Notes:
The brakes on any vehicle with the exception of a light locomotive or single self-
powered vehicle, which has experienced wheel scale build-up, need to be isolated
before the vehicle is allowed to travel.
Once a locomotive or vehicle has been removed from the section because of wheel
scale the affected wheels need to be de-scaled to at least the equivalent of a class 3
condition before re-entering traffic.
Vehicles having suffered class 4 or 5 scale build-up need to have all wheel treads and
flanges checked by a qualified worker for evidence of thermal cracking, before re-
entering traffic. If cracks are detected the appropriate action shall be in accordance
with the Operator’s maintenance procedures.
Maximum permissible speeds for skid length for defective wheels are given in Table 86.
Table 86 – Defective wheels – Permissible speeds for wheel skid length
Skid class Length of wheel skid Maximum speed

1 Single skid less than 25 mm Normal operation after checking brakes
2 Single skid between 25 mm and 40 mm Diesel and electric passenger trains:
or multiple class 1 skids on the same 115 km/h operation
wheel Other trains: 80 km/h operation
3 Single skid between 40 mm and 60 mm 40 km/h only to clear the section
or multiple class 2 skids on the same
wheel
4 Single skid between 60 mm and 100 mm 25 km/h only to clear the section
or multiple class 3 skids on the same
wheel
5 One or more skids over 100 mm or
multiple class 4 skids on the same
wheel. WARNING:
The vehicle shall not be moved until it
has been examined, the defect
adequately rectified and certified fit to
travel by a qualified worker

Notes:
The qualified worker is a qualified mechanical maintenance person attached to an

operator’s rolling stock maintenance depot/breakdown crew.
The brakes on any vehicle with the exception of a light locomotive or single self-
powered vehicle, which has experienced wheel skid flats, shall be isolated before the
vehicle is allowed to travel.
Two or more locomotives with class 3 or 4 skids cannot be operated in multiple when
being transferred for wheel turning purposes, unless all wheels have been adequately
repaired to the equivalent of a class 3 (dressed) condition.
Locomotives with class 3 or 4 skids cannot work a train for the purposes of transfer for
wheel turning purposes, unless all wheels have been adequately repaired to the
equivalent of a class 3 (dressed) condition.
Maximum permissible travel distances and speeds after clearing the track section due to wheel
skids are given in Table 87.
Table 87 – Defective Wheels – Permissible travel distances and speeds after clearing the
track section due to wheel skids
Skid class Maximum distance Maximum speed

Class 3 [dressed] 1000 km 80 km/h
Class 4 [welded & dressed] 1000 km 40 km/h
Class 5 [welded & dressed] 1000 km 40 km/h
Class 3 500 km 25 km/h
Class 4 [dressed] 500 km 25 km/h
Class 4 50 km 25 km/h
Notes:
In the case of class 3 and 4 skids the edges of the skid may be dressed by grinding to
reduce the severity of the skid to the next lowest category
In the case of Class 4 and 5 skids the flat may be built up by welding and dressed by
grinding to reduce the severity to the equivalent of a Class 3 (dressed) skid.
A speed limit of 40 km/h is applicable to Class 4 and 5 weld repaired skids to ensure
against wheel fracture in the weld area.
8.13.2. Defective wheels – Thermal cracks

Thermal cracks are usually transverse, across the wheel tread, and, if allowed to grow without
corrective action, can develop to the point where the wheel will fracture.
Many shallow thermal cracks can be removed by machining but extra care shall be used to
ensure that the crack has been completely eliminated in the operation. If thermal cracks are
found on a wheel, then the vehicle’s brake system should be checked for evidence of dragging
brakes (sticking brakes).

Warning:
If there is the slightest doubt as to the severity of the Thermal Crack, always report the
higher classification. (For example, if the defect description falls between a Class 2
and 3 Thermal Crack, then a Class 3 Thermal Crack would be reported).
Maximum permissible speeds for wheels with thermal cracks are given in Table 88.
Table 88 – Permissible speeds for wheels with thermal cracks
Thermal Crack length & location Permissible operation

crack
class
1 Up to 10 mm long on the tread surface Normal operation after checking brakes
within area 30 mm from wheel gauge face
and 12 mm from rim face.
2 Between 10 mm and 30 mm long on the Normal operation after checking brakes.
tread surface within area 30 mm from Condition of wheels to be monitored.
wheel gauge face and 12 mm from rim face
3 Between 30 mm and 40 mm long on the Locomotives and passenger vehicles:
tread surface within area 30 mm from Normal operation after checking brakes.
wheel gauge face and 12 mm from rim face Wheels to be turned within 14 days.
Electric multiple unit vehicles: Normal
operation after checking brakes. Wheels to
be inspected every 14 days.
Freight vehicles: Vehicle to be worked out
of service for repairs.
4 Over 10 mm long and within 30 mm from Vehicle may continue to its scheduled
the flange face or within 12 mm from the destination and/or transferred to the
rim face. nearest repair location at a maximum
OR speed of 40 km/h providing the brakes be
isolated (passenger and freight) or the use
Over 40 mm long on the tread surface of independent brake kept to an absolute
within area 30 mm from wheel gauge face minimum (locomotives).
and 12 mm from rim face
Notes:
If there is the slightest doubt as to the severity of the thermal crack, always report the
highest classification. (For example, if the defect description falls between a Class 2
and Class 3 thermal crack, then a Class 3 crack needs to be reported.
8.14. Defective failed or open plug doors

Passenger rolling stock fitted with plug doors may require restricted operation with doors that
are defective or failed in the open position, for the purpose of clearing a section or working out
of service. The following section provides requirements and restrictions for these movements.
This requirement is in line with TWP 156.
The following Sydney Trains and NSW TrainLink rolling stock are fitted with plug type doors:
• Tangara T Sets
• Millennium M Sets
• OSC H Sets

• Waratah A Sets
• Waratah Series 2 (SGT) B Sets
• Endeavour Diesel Railcars, LE and TE
• Xplorer Diesel Railcars, EA, EB and EC
• Hunter Diesel Railcars, HM and HMT
These passenger cars are fitted with external sliding passenger and/or crew plug doors, which
when in the open position, infringe their respective allowable maximum rolling stock outline.
Whilst this open door infringement is acceptable when the vehicles are starting or stopping
within the confines of a platform, it is not acceptable for normal operation between station stops.
8.14.1. Normal plug door operating conditions

Under normal operating conditions, the following operating rules apply:
• When trains fitted with a crew external sliding plug door, are arriving at a station, the crew
door shall remain closed until the train is within the platform and the speed of the train has
reduced to walking pace, that is, approximately 5 km/h.
• When trains fitted with crew external sliding plug doors are starting and departing a station,
the crew door shall be closed (and kept in the closed position) after the train has travelled 4
cars or the guard’s workstation reaches the departure end of the platform, whichever
occurs first.
• When trains fitted with passenger external sliding plug doors are in motion, the passenger
doors shall remain closed.
• When operating within the Olympic Park station area with the crew doors in the open
position, on either side of the train, the maximum speed through the platforms shall be
10 km/h.
8.14.2. Defective or failed plug door operating conditions

In the event of failed plug type doors, the following operating rules shall therefore apply:
• When any of the above trains are operating on the TfNSW Metropolitan Heavy Rail
network, including those authorised to operate in the outer suburban areas beyond
Waterfall, Cowan and Emu Plains, or the narrow area beyond Springwood and Kiama, with
any passenger or crew doors failed in the open position, the maximum train speed shall be
40 km/h.
• Where the above trains are permitted to operate in the outer suburban areas beyond
Waterfall, Cowan and Emu Plains, or the narrow area beyond Springwood and Kiama, and
there are two (2) opposing trains approaching each other, each having “near side”
passenger or crew doors failed in the open position, the trains shall not cross, except at
island platforms. (The “near side” of the train is that side closest to the opposing train).

• When operating within the Olympic Park station area with passenger or crew doors failed in
the open position, on either side of the train, the maximum speed through the platforms
shall be 10 km/h.
8.15. Bearing and Brake Temperature (BBT) system

response to wayside alarms – Hot Bearing Detector
(HBD) alarms
When a defective or hot axle bearing is detected by activation of an alarm at one of the wayside
Bearing and Brake Temperature (BBT) sites, the actions in the following sections are required.
NOTE:
The system reports the alarmed vehicle position based upon the platform count in the
consist with platform one being at the front of the train in the trains direction of travel.
The system reports the alarmed platform axle count based upon axle one of each
platform being towards the front of the train in the platforms direction of travel.
The system reports the alarmed platforms side(s) as either left or right side based
upon the driver facing the train’s direction of travel and the left being his left side. The
system reported side is not to be confused with each vehicles numbering and labelling
conventions for the sides, which also use left and right in some cases.
Hot Bearing Detector (HBT) alarms include the following severities:
• WARM bearing alarm
• HOT bearing alarm
8.15.1. Response to Hot Bearing Detector (HBD) alarms – WARM

bearing alarm
The following responses apply to passenger trains, freight trains, and infrastructure
maintenance machines.
Signaller
Contact the Driver and advise them that they have triggered a WARM Bearing Alarm. Direct
the driver to proceed at a maximum speed of 25 km/h to the nearest suitable location where the
train can be stopped for inspection (the location shall be within 5 km of the BBT site that
triggered the alarm). When the train has stopped advise the Driver of the alarms received (type,
severity & temperature), the vehicle/platform ID, platform count in the consist, the platform axle
count and the side of the train where the alarming axle bearing is located. Also, advise the
driver of any other BBT alarms that have been triggered.
Advise Train Control of the alarm and the action taken.
Driver

If an alarm is received by radio communication, slow the train and contact the Signaller, whilst
carrying out these actions.
On receipt of the alarm, proceed to a suitable location, as advised by the Signaller for inspection
of the suspect axle bearing at a reduced speed not exceeding 25 km/h (shall be within 5 km of
the BBT site that triggered the alarm).
The driver shall record the alarm details (HBD, alarm level & temperature), the vehicle/platform
ID, platform position in the consist, platform axle count and side details of all reported alarms.
Inspect the suspect axle bearing. If no obvious defect is found, inspect all other axle bearings
on the reported side of the vehicle and all axle bearings on the reported side of each adjacent
vehicle and advise the Signaller of what has been found.
The Signaller is to advise Train Control of what has been found.
Take action as follows:
• where the axle bearing is overheating but it is still possible to move the vehicle, the train
may be moved to clear the section but the speed of the train shall not exceed 25 km/h and
the axle bearing shall be inspected at every opportunity (at least every 5 km)
• where the axle bearing is hotter than the other axle bearings and there is no sign of
excessive heat, grease leakage or physical damage, conduct a roll by inspection of the
suspect axle bearing by moving the train forward while listening for any unusual sounds. If
no obvious defects are apparent, the train may proceed at normal speed.
Passenger Train Guard
If it is decided to proceed with an overheating axle bearing do the following:
• move the passengers from the affected car
• position yourself in a location on the train to monitor the affected car and axle bearing
• have the train stopped if it is considered that it is unsafe to continue
• de-train the passengers at the closest platform as directed by train control
8.15.2. Response to Hot Bearing Detector (HBD) alarms – HOT bearing

alarm
Signaller
Contact the Driver and advise them that they have triggered a HOT Bearing Alarm. Direct them
to stop the train immediately to inspect the offending axle bearing. When the train has stopped
advise the Driver of the alarms received (type, severity & temperature), the vehicle/platform ID,
platform count in the consist, the platform axle count and the side of the train where the
alarming axle bearing is located. Also, advise the driver of any other BBT alarms that have been
triggered.
Warning:
No other train is permitted to pass the defective train, on an adjacent line, until the
defective train has come to a stand and is confirmed that the adjacent line(s) are not
obstructed.
Inspection of the adjacent lines can be conducted by the alarm train crew, other rail
staff, or adjacent trains proceeding at restricted speed.
Driver
On receipt of the alarm, immediately stop the train and inspect the suspect axle bearing. If no
obvious defect is found, inspect all other axle bearings on the reported side of the vehicle and
all axle bearings on the reported side of each adjacent vehicle and advise the Signaller of what
has been found. The Signaller will advise Train Control of what has been found.
• The driver shall record the alarm details (HBD, alarm level & temperature), the
vehicle/platform ID, platform count in the consist, platform axle count and side details of all
reported alarms.
• If it is not possible to continue the journey due to excessive heat, grease leakage, and/or
damage, the driver shall not move the train and contact the Signaller to arrange emergency
recovery operations, through Train Control.
• Where the axle bearing is overheating but it is still possible to proceed, the vehicle may
continue under extreme caution to clear the section only, but shall be removed at the first
suitable location. The speed of the train shall not exceed 25 km/h and the axle bearing
shall be inspected at every opportunity (at least every 3 km).
• No other train is permitted to pass the defective train, on an adjacent line, until the
defective train has come to a stand and it is confirmed that the adjacent lines(s) are not
obstructed. Inspection of the adjacent lines can be conducted by the alarm train crew, other
rail staff, or adjacent trains proceeding at restricted speed.
• Where the axle bearing is hotter than other axle bearings and there is no sign of excessive
heat, grease leakage or physical damage, conduct a roll by inspection of the suspect axle
bearings by moving the train forward while listening for any unusual sounds. If no obvious
defects are apparent, the train may proceed at normal speed.
Passenger Train Guard
If it is decided to proceed with an overheating axle bearing, do the following:
• move the passengers from the affected car
• position yourself in a location on the train to monitor the affected car and axle bearing
• have the train stopped if it is considered that it is unsafe to continue

• detrain the passengers at the closest platform as directed by Train Control

response to wayside alarms – Dragging Equipment
Detector (DED) alarms
When dragging equipment is detected by activation of an alarm at one of the wayside Bearing
and Brake Temperature (BBT) sites, the actions in the following sections are required.
8.16.1. Response to Dragging Equipment Detector (DED) alarms –

dragging equipment alarm
Signaller
Contact the Driver and advise them that they have triggered a Dragging Equipment Alarm, and
direct them to stop and inspect the train immediately. Advise the driver of the Dragging
Equipment Alarm(s), the alarming vehicle/platform ID(s), the platform count in the consist, and
the platform axle count. Also, advise the driver of any other BBT alarms that have been
triggered.
Driver
On receipt of the alarm or advice from the Signaller, stop the train immediately.
If an alarm is received by radio communication, stop the train and contact the Signaller.
Inspect the alarming vehicle. If no obvious defect is found, inspect each adjacent vehicle to the
alarming vehicle and advise the Signaller of what has been found. The Signaller is to advise
Train Control of what has been found.
• Where dragging equipment is found that can be secured or removed, secure or remove the
equipment. Report actions taken to the Signaller, who will advise Train Control, and
proceed at normal speed.
• Where no fault is found, report to the Signaller for instruction. The Signaller will seek
instruction from Train Control.
• Where dragging equipment is found and cannot be removed or secured, report to the
Signaller who will arrange recovery and advise Train Control.
NOTE:
The driver should be looking for items hanging at or below rail level anywhere under or
at the ends of the offending vehicle or vehicles either side

If the alarming vehicle is the first or the last vehicle in the train, special attention
should be given to brake hoses that may need to be secured in dummy couplings.

response to wayside alarms – Hot Wheel Detector
(HWD) alarms
Where a Hot Wheel is detected by activation of an alarm at one of the wayside Bearing and
Brake Temperature (BBT) sites, the actions in the following sections are required.
NOTE:
Hot wheels retain their heat for some considerable time/distance, if the driver has
previously received a HWD alarm for the same car/wagon particularly within the last
hour, the signaller should confirm with the driver the most recent alarms (that is,
getting better or worse), the AEI tags (or platform count in the consist if no tag has
been recorded), the platform axle count, side of the train, the approximate wheel
temperatures, and what previous corrective action the driver has completed. It is then
at the driver’s discretion how to proceed with the issue.
The system reports the alarmed platform axle count based upon the platform(s)
position in the consist with platform one being at the front of the train in the trains
direction of travel.
The system reports the alarmed platform axle count based upon axle one of each
platform being towards the front of the train in the platforms direction of travel.
The system reports the alarmed platforms side(s) as either left or right side based
upon the driver facing the train’s direction of travel and the left being his left side. The
system reported side is not to be confused with each vehicles numbering and labelling
conventions for the sides, which also use left and right in some cases.
8.17.1. Response to Hot Wheel Detector (HWD) alarms – LOW wheel

alarm
Signaller
Contact the Driver, advise them that they have triggered a LOW Wheel Alarm, and direct them
to take action as shown below.
Advise Train Control of the alarm(s) and the action taken.
Driver
If an alarm is received by WB radio, contact the Signaller, whilst considering these actions:
• On receipt of the alarm(s), or advice from the Signaller, bring the train safely to a stand and
make an emergency brake application and then allow the brake system to recharge.
• The driver shall record the alarm details (type, severity, and temperature), the
vehicle/platform ID and platform count in the consist, platform axle count, and train side
details of all reported alarms.
• The driver is not required to inspect the vehicle(s) unless there are obvious signs of brakes
continuing to be dragged after the emergency brake application.
• If the incident is reported a second time by any means or at any level the driver shall
inspect the platform(s), axle(s), and side(s) reported in both the initial report and the
second report.
• The driver is to proceed at normal speed under advice of the Low Wheel Alarm. If no other
Wheel Alarms are triggered from other sites during the journey, the offending vehicle(s)
should be booked up for a maintenance inspection.
8.17.2. Response to Hot Wheel Detector (HWD) alarms – MEDIUM

wheel alarm
Signaller
Contact the Driver, advise them that they have triggered a MEDIUM Wheel Alarm, and direct
them to bring the train safely to a stand and make an emergency brake application and then
allow the brake system to recharge. Then direct the driver to proceed at a maximum speed of
50 km/h to the nearest suitable location where the train may be stopped for inspection (shall be
within 10 km of the BBT site that triggered the alarm).
When the train has stopped advise the Driver of all the details about the alarms including:
alarms (type, severity and temperature), the vehicle/platform ID, platform count in the consist,
the platform axle count and the side of the train.
Driver
If an alarm is received by WB radio, slow the train and contact the Signaller, whilst considering
the following actions:
• the driver shall record the alarm details (type, severity, and temperature), the
vehicle/platform ID and platform count in the consist, vehicle axle count and train side
details of all reported alarms
• prior to the train stopping, the driver should make a full service automatic brake application
and then allow the brake system to recharge
• inspect the wheel(s) and associated brake equipment that triggered the alarm
• if no obvious fault is found, inspect all other wheels and associated brake equipment on
that vehicle and both adjacent vehicles (on the same side as the reported alarm(s)

• take appropriate action as required under Defective air brake (page 143), Defective
handbrake or parking brake (page 149), Defective wheels (page 150) sections of the
General Instruction Pages of the TOC Manual
• if no sign of overheating is found, proceed at normal speed
8.17.3. Response to Hot Wheel Detector (HWD) alarms – HIGH wheel

alarm
Signaller
Contact the Driver, advise them that they have triggered a HIGH Wheel Alarm, and direct them
to stop the train immediately for inspection.
When the train is stopped advise the Driver of all the details about the alarms including: alarms
(type, severity, and temperature), the vehicle/platform ID, platform count in the consist, the
platform axle count and the side of the train.
Driver
On receipt of the alarm, or advice from the Signaller, stop the train immediately.
If an alarm is received by radio communication, stop the train and contact the Signaller, whilst
considering the following actions:
• the driver shall record the alarm details (type, severity, and temperature), the
vehicle/platform ID and platform count in the consist, platform axle count and train side
details of all reported alarms
• inspect the wheel(s) and associated brake equipment that triggered the alarm
• if no obvious fault is found, inspect other wheels and associated brake equipment on that
platform and both adjacent platforms (on the same side as the reported alarm(s))
• take appropriate action as required under Defective air brake (page 143), Defective
handbrake or parking brake (page 149), Defective wheels (page 150) sections of the
General Instruction Pages of the TOC Manual
• if no sign of overheating is found, proceed at normal speed
8.18. Dynamic Weighbridge (WB) system response to

wayside alarms and alerts – Overloaded platform and
bogie alarms and alerts
Where an overloaded platform or bogie is detected by activation of an alarm or alert at one of
the wayside dynamic Weighbridge (WB) sites, the actions in the following sections are required.

The WB sites are installed at the following locations:
• Main West - Blackheath – Up Direction (120.470 km)
• Main North - Sulphide Junction – Up Direction (153.000 km)
• Main North – Sulphide Junction – Down Direction (153.000 km)
Alarm and alert thresholds for the WB systems are as follows:
Table 89 – Overload alert and alarm thresholds by percentage of allowable gross

platform and bogie mass
Alert / Alarm type LOW MEDIUM HIGH EXTREME

Alert Alert Alarm Alarm
Platform overload threshold 3% 7% 11% 20%
Bogie overload threshold 8% 12% 16% 25%
Table Note: The overload thresholds include any WB error. The bogie overload
thresholds also include tolerance for dynamic and loading imbalances.
The maximum number of alarms and alerts per train shall not exceed 10% of platforms / bogies
respectively (excluding locomotives). Any train exceeding this 10% limit shall be treated as at
least a MEDIUM alert.
The maximum allowable mass imbalance between bogies pertaining to any platform shall not
exceed 20 tonnes.
Any platforms exceeding this 20 tonne mass imbalance between bogies shall be treated as at
least a MEDIUM alert.
Articulated multipack vehicles shall only be analysed for overloads at the bogie level due to load
sharing between platforms and the inaccuracies in calculating gross platform mass.
8.18.1. Response to dynamic Weighbridge alarms and alerts – LOW

alert
There are no operational actions required in response to a LOW alert.
Email advice is sent to the operator of the offending train requesting an internal investigation
and appropriate internal corrective actions to prevent a recurrence of the overloading incident.
8.18.2. Response to dynamic Weighbridge alarms and alerts – MEDIUM

alert
There are no operational actions required in response to a MEDIUM alert.
Email advice is sent to the operator of the offending train requesting an internal investigation
and appropriate internal corrective actions to prevent a recurrence of the overloading incident.
The operator is required to submit an assurance report demonstrating that a thorough review of
loading processes, procedures and risks has been undertaken and appropriate corrective action
has been taken to prevent a recurrence of the overloading incident. The assurance report shall

be submitted to Transport for NSW and the Rail Infrastructure Manager within 5 business days
of the operator being made aware of the Medium alert.
8.18.3. Response to dynamic Weighbridge alarms and alerts – HIGH

alert
The HIGH alarm details are sent to the Rail Management Centre for immediate operational
action.
Email advice is also sent to the operator of the offending train.
The train is permitted to proceed at a maximum speed not exceeding 50 km/h to the
designated stopping location as advised below, where the train must be stopped for
corrective action. The train shall not be permitted to move from this location until corrective
action has been undertaken, consisting of either correction of the overload within the train
consist, or removal of the offending overloaded wagon from the train consist for later corrective
action. High severity overloaded wagons shall be inspected by a qualified employee and
certified fit for operation before any further movement.
The operator is required to submit an assurance report, including a wagon integrity assessment
consisting of a thorough assessment of the wagon and bogies for possible damage as
mentioned above, and demonstrating that a thorough review of loading processes, procedures
and risks has been undertaken and appropriate corrective action has been taken to prevent a
recurrence of the overloading incident. The assurance report shall be submitted to the Transport
for NSW and the Rail Infrastructure Manager within 5 business days of the operator being made
aware of the High alarm.
8.18.4. Response to dynamic Weighbridge alarms and alerts –

EXTREME alert
The EXTREME alarm details are sent to the Rail Management Centre for immediate operational
action.
Email advice is also sent to the operator of the offending train.
The train is permitted to proceed at a maximum speed not exceeding 25 km/h to the
designated stopping location as advised below, where the train must be stopped for
corrective action. The train shall not be permitted to move from this location until removal of the
offending overloaded wagon from the train consist for later corrective action. A wagon integrity
assessment must also be conducted as described below.
EXTREME overloaded platforms shall be quarantined at the designated stopping location,

pending a thorough inspection for damage to bogies including axle bearings, springs and
frames, and the wagon underframe, particularly critical high stressed areas which may require
some form of non-destructive testing. The results of these inspections shall be included in the
assurance report specified below.

The operator is required to submit an assurance report, including a wagon integrity assessment
consisting of a thorough assessment of the wagon and bogies for possible damage as
mentioned above, and demonstrating that a thorough review of loading processes, procedures
and risks has been undertaken and appropriate corrective action has been taken to prevent a
recurrence of the overloading incident. The assurance report shall be submitted to Transport for
NSW and the Rail Infrastructure Manager before the offending wagon is permitted to be moved
from the designated stopping location.
8.18.5. Designated stopping locations

The designated stopping location for each of the WB sites is as follows:
Main West – Blackheath Up WB – Designated stopping location is Katoomba.
Designated stopping location shall be Katoomba Up Refuge (110.324km) for immediate

rectification of the overloaded wagon if feasible, or the Katoomba Up Perway siding for
detachment of the overloaded wagon, as arranged between the operator, the signaller and the
Rail Management Centre.
Main North – Sulphide Junction – Up WB – Designated stopping location is Awaba Up

Refuge.
Designated stopping location shall be Awaba Up Refuge (138.000km), where offending

overloaded wagons shall be immediately rectified if feasible or detached as arranged between
the operator, the signaller and the Rail Management Centre.
Note:
1. Awaba Up Refuge length is 494m and may not be long enough to hold all
trains, but is intended to place offending overloaded wagons. Some shunting may
be required from the Main Line. If shunting isn’t possible the train will need to run
to Gosford Yard (83.5km) at the restricted speed of 50km/h where the overload
can be actioned.
2. Coal trains proceeding to Eraring and Vales Point are permitted to proceed to
their destination at the restricted speed of 50 km/h where they are to be unloaded.
Main North – Sulphide Junction – Down WB – Designated stopping location is

Broadmeadow Yard.
Designated stopping location shall be Broadmeadow Yard (162.000km), where offending

overloaded wagons shall be immediately rectified if feasible or detached as arranged between
the operator, the signaller and the Rail Management Centre. If the train has proceeded past
Broadmeadow Yard without intervention the Rail Management Centre shall notify ARTC of the
detected overload.

8.19. Pantograph Condition Monitoring System (PCMS)
response to alarms
The Pantograph Condition Monitoring Systems (PCMS) will trigger an alarm in Mechanical
Control when a defective pantograph is detected. When these alarms are triggered, Signallers
and Drivers shall adhere to the actions in Section 8.19.1.
8.19.1. Response to Pantograph Condition Monitoring System (PCMS)

alarm – MEDIUM or HIGH alarm
The following responses apply mainly to electric passenger trains, however they may also apply
to other rolling stock that interface with the overhead wire, which may include locomotives and
infrastructure maintenance vehicles.
Mechanical Controller
If a medium or high severity alarm is triggered:
• review the PCMS data and images to ensure that the alarm is valid
• assess the severity and type of the alarm/defect to determine whether the train can
continue in service or if it needs to stop for inspection
• if train can continue in service make arrangements for the train to be inspected at a
suitable location
• if the train needs to be stopped, ask the controlling Signaller to:
o make arrangements for the train to be stopped for inspection, and
o tell the driver to contact Mechanical Control
• tell the Train Controller about all the alarm details and any actions to be taken
• when contacted by the driver, advise the driver of the alarm details and any necessary
action to be taken
Warning:
If the defect is critical and it is unsafe for the train to continue, the train shall be
stopped immediately.
NOTE:
Where ever possible:
• The train should not travel more than 5 km before being inspected, and
• The train should stop at a platform to allow the driver to inspect the pantograph
and carry out any remedial action
Signaller
If instructed to stop the train:

• make arrangements to stop the train at the next suitable location (preferably a platform)
where an inspection of the pantograph can occur
• tell the driver to contact Mechanical Control
• keep the Train Controller informed of the situation
Driver
If instructed to stop the train to carry out an inspection:
• reduce the speed of the train to 50 km/h
• stop the train at the next suitable location (preferably a platform) where an inspection of the
pantograph in question can occur
• contact Mechanical Control and follow their directions
• keep the Signaller informed of the situation
Warning:
If instructed to lower and isolate a pantograph, the Driver should visually check that
pantograph has fully lowered within the roof recess / pantograph well before
proceeding
8.20. Defective drawgear

running gear.
Where the coupler or drawgear of a vehicle is found to be defective enroute, an emergency

towing chain can be attached between the defective vehicle and the adjacent
vehicle/locomotive.
The emergency towing chain shall be at least 16 mm high tensile chain.
If the trailing load behind the towing chain exceeds the maximum allowable trailing load listed
below, then the train shall be divided and the defective vehicle hauled as the last vehicle to the
first suitable location where it can be detached.
8.20.1. Defective drawgear – Emergency towing chain

An emergency towing chain shall only be used to move a defective vehicle or vehicles where
the drawgear is broken or defective and in the case where the last vehicle is defective and the
automatic air brakes have been cut out or the handbrake is defective.
The towing chain shall not be used if the trailing load behind the towing chain exceeds the limits
in Table 90.

Table 90 – Towing chain load limits
Ruling grade Maximum trailing load for towing chain

1 in 30 255 tonnes
1 in 33 255 tonnes
1 in 40 265 tonnes
1 in 50 320 tonnes
1 in 60 375 tonnes
1 in 66 400 tonnes
1 in 70 420 tonnes
1 in 75 445 tonnes
1 in 80 465 tonnes
1 in 90 510 tonnes
1 in 100 550 tonnes
1 in 110 590 tonnes
level 1000 tonnes
For ruling grades, refer to TS TOC 1 General Instructions (Section 1.4, Section 1.6, and
Section 1.8) or TS TOC 2 Division Pages.
The maximum speed for a movement where the emergency towing chain is used for broken or
defective drawgear is 15 km/h. If the towing chain is only used as the brakes are cut out on the
last vehicle on the train then the train may operate at normal track speed.
8.21. Transferring defective vehicles

vehicles.
8.21.1. Transferring defective vehicles – Vehicles not to be moved

Vehicles with defects such as excessively hot axle bearings or Class 5 wheel skids or Class 5
scale shall not be moved until they have been inspected by a qualified worker and repaired or
made safe to move. The qualified worker is a qualified mechanical maintenance person
attached to an operator’s rolling stock maintenance depot/breakdown crew. In either case, that
person shall have rolling stock maintenance experience. A pony bogie may be used to transfer
such vehicles.
8.21.2. Transferring defective vehicles – Pony bogies

The correct type of pony bogie shall be used for the vehicle being moved. The Operator is
responsible for ensuring that the correct pony bogie is used for the application.
Defective locomotives, or loaded freight vehicles, supported by pony bogies shall be

accompanied by a qualified worker, and that qualified worker shall take every opportunity to
examine the assembly and bearings. The maximum speed at which the locomotive and loaded
freight vehicles are to travel is 15 km/h, reduced to 8 km/h over points and crossovers.
Empty freight and empty passenger type vehicles supported by pony bogies can travel
unaccompanied and travel at 20 km/h, reduced to 10 km/h over points and crossovers.

Section 9
Operation of infrastructure
maintenance vehicles
Section 9 Operation of infrastructure maintenance vehicles

9. Operation of infrastructure maintenance vehicles
December 2013
9.1. Introduction
Infrastructure maintenance vehicles when operating on rail are used to carry out work on or
about the infrastructure.
Infrastructure maintenance vehicles approved to operate on the TfNSW Metropolitan Heavy Rail
network are listed in either Section 11 (page 265) or Section 12 (page 285).
Infrastructure maintenance vehicles shall be operated in accordance with Sydney Trains

Network Rule NWT 316 Track vehicles.
9.2. Types of infrastructure maintenance vehicles

There is a wide variety of types of infrastructure maintenance vehicles. Some vehicles are
restricted in operation to certain areas, such as in worksites only and/or, outside the electrified
area. These restrictions are identified by exception in Section 11 (page 265), or Section 12
(page 285).
Types of infrastructure maintenance vehicles are described below.
On-track infrastructure maintenance vehicles (refer to Section 11)
On-track vehicles include tampers, ballast regulators, overhead wiring vehicles, rail grinders,
tracklayers, ballast cleaners, and so on.
These specialised vehicles are usually rail bound. However, some vehicles can be removed
from the track by the use of special take-offs or portable turnouts.
Road-rail vehicles (refer to Section 12 (page 285))
A road-rail vehicle is a rubber tyred or crawler tracked road vehicle fitted with retractable rail
wheels. These vehicles can be readily placed on or removed from track at suitable locations.
Flat top trolleys and trailers (refer to Section 12 (page 285))
Trolleys are small non-powered vehicles used for conveying tools and equipment along the
track. They can be easily removed from the track. A trolley shall not be towed or pushed by
other vehicles.
A trailer is similar to a trolley but is fitted with a tow bar for connecting to another vehicle.
Quadricycles and trikes (refer to Section 12 (page 285))
Quadricycles and trikes are small self-propelled vehicles used to conveying personnel, tools, or
equipment along the track. Some are manually powered, while others have engines. These
vehicles can be lifted from the track.

9.3. Emergency equipment
Infrastructure maintenance vehicles shall carry the minimum following emergency equipment:
• working two-way radio communication
• Track Occupancy Authority (TOA) forms (NRF 002)
• Condition Affecting the Network (CAN) forms (NRF 004)
• two red and one green flag
• at least 12 railway track signals
• two multi-coloured hand lamps or torches
• three (3) approved track-circuit shorting clips
Qualified workers operating infrastructure maintenance vehicles shall carry the minimum
following emergency equipment:
• watch
• SL key
• one pad of Track Occupancy Authority (TOA) (NRF 002) forms
• one pad of Special Proceed Authority (SPA) (NRF 005) forms
9.4. Speed of infrastructure maintenance vehicles

The maximum permissible speed for on infrastructure maintenance vehicles is listed in
Section 11 (page 265) or Section 12 (page 285).
Trolleys shall travel at walking pace.
Some road-rail vehicles have speed restrictions when traversing track fitted with check rails,
guard rails, and level crossings. Refer to the notes in Section 11 (page 265) or Section 12
(page 285).
9.5. Lights
When infrastructure maintenance vehicles are on track, an orange flashing light or hazard lights
shall be switched on such that they operate when conditions change, such as the following:
• the vehicle brakes are applied
• the horn (whistle) is operated
• the vehicle reverses
• or as otherwise required for safety
Refer to Sydney Trains Network Rule NWT 316 Track vehicles.

Trolleys and trailers need not display any lights during daylight. When operating at night, in
heavy fog, or in tunnels, suitable front and rear lights (for example, hand lamps) shall be
displayed in accordance with Sydney trains Network Rule NTR 406 Using lights.
Unless an orange flashing light is fitted to a quadricycle or trike, these vehicles have the same
requirements as for trolleys.
9.6. Transfer of on-track infrastructure maintenance

vehicles
9.6.1. Transfer of on-track infrastructure maintenance vehicles –
Vehicles marshalled in a locomotive hauled train consist
Some on-track infrastructure maintenance vehicles are fitted with automatic couplers and
automatic air brakes that will allow them to be coupled to a train and transferred within a train
consist. Such vehicles are identified with Note T2 in the Explanation of notes for on track
infrastructure maintenance vehicle data (page 265).
When an on-track vehicle is marshalled within a train consist, the draw capacity for the vehicle
shall not exceed that listed in Section 11 (page 265).
The automatic air brake shall be connected throughout the train including the on-track vehicle.
The vehicle shall be inspected as part of the train consist.
If an infrastructure maintenance vehicle is not fitted with an external handbrake or spring

parking brake and is marshalled as the last vehicle in the train consist, an operator shall travel
in the vehicle at all times. Some infrastructure maintenance vehicles are fitted with a spring
parking brake and therefore do not require an operator on board.
Warning
When on-track infrastructure maintenance vehicles that are not approved to operate
track circuits are attached to the rear of a train consist, the train shall be operated
under block working.
9.6.2. Transfer of on-track infrastructure maintenance vehicles –

Vehicles coupled together
Some on track vehicles can be coupled together and operated as a single unit. In this case, the
operator in the leading vehicle shall have full control of the air brakes for all vehicles in the
consist.
9.7. Infrastructure maintenance vehicles operating track

circuits
Some infrastructure maintenance vehicles have been tested for operation of track circuits, and
are approved to operate under track signals, and not under block working. These vehicles are

identified with Note T3 in the Explanation of notes for on track infrastructure maintenance
vehicle data (page 265).
However, these vehicles shall operate under block working when on “infrequently used lines,
loops, or refuges”
“Infrequently used lines, loops, or refuges” refers to a track circuited line, loop or refuge that
has had less than 6 trains (each approximately equivalent to an 8 car passenger set in length)
or 5000 tonnes traverse it, at or near line speed, in a 24 hour period.
9.8. Infrastructure maintenance vehicles restricted to

operation within worksites
There a number of infrastructure maintenance vehicles that are restricted to operation only
within protected worksites. These vehicles are identified with Note T14 in the TOC General
Instruction Pages, Section 11 (page 265) or Section 12 (page 285).
No other vehicles will be permitted to pass these vehicles on any adjacent lines until these
vehicles have come to a stand and are confirmed to be clear of the adjacent line by the
Possession Officer.
These infrastructure maintenance vehicles are not to travel on rail between worksites.
9.9. Infrastructure maintenance vehicles operating safety

To meet operating safety requirements, infrastructure maintenance vehicles identified with Note
T18 in the Explanation of notes for on track infrastructure maintenance vehicle data (page 265)
of this manual, shall operate in travel mode with a driver safety system incorporating two
independent safety features. See Note T18 in Section 11 of this document, and
T HR RS 00840 ST (RSU Appendix D) of the ASA standard T HR RS 00000 ST Minimum
Operating Standards for Rolling Stock for details.


Section 10
Locomotive and rolling stock data

10. Locomotive and rolling stock data
Version April 2020
This Section of the TOC Manual lists all rolling stock authorised to operate on the TfNSW
Metropolitan Heavy Rail network. To gain listing in this document rolling stock shall comply with
the requirements of T HR RS 00000 ST Minimum Operating Standards for Rolling Stock or be
covered by an appropriate Concession.
A Train Operating Conditions (TOC) Waiver is required for the operation of any vehicle or
vehicle type that is authorised, but not listed in this document.
10.1. Explanation of notes for locomotive and rolling stock

data
Table 91 – Explanation of notes for locomotive and rolling stock data
Note Explanation
R1 These vehicles when loaded up to a maximum of 80 tonnes (for 4 axles) gross or 20 tonnes
per axle, are restricted to a maximum speed of 80 km/h between the following locations:
Sydney Metropolitan area and Woodville Junction
Sydney Metropolitan area and Bowenfels
Sydney Metropolitan area and Macarthur
Sydney Metropolitan area and Berry. A 70 km/h speed restriction applies between 121.000 km
and 125.000 km (due to track restrictions)
R2 These vehicles when loaded up to a maximum of 80 tonnes (for 4 axles) gross or 20 tonnes
per axle, are restricted to a maximum speed of 70 km/h between the following locations:
Berry and Bomaderry
R3 These vehicles shall operate on Class 1 only, when loaded up to 84 tonnes (for 4 axles) gross
or 21 tonnes per axle at a maximum speed of 100 km/h.
R4 When loaded to a gross mass exceeding 84 tonnes up to 87 tonnes, these vehicles may
operate up to a maximum speed of 80 km/h on Class 1 Main line.
R5 These vehicles shall operate on Class 1 only, when loaded up to 92 tonnes (for 4 axles) gross
or 23 tonnes per axle at a maximum speed of 80 km/h.
R6 Fuel/oil tanks 70 km/h unless stencilled for 80 km/h
R7 Bogie tank wagons – maximum gross mass and length. Individual vehicles may vary. The
following NTAF wagons only have a riveted underframe and shall therefore be classified as
Low DRAW CAPACITY (0.75) when calculating trailing loads :-
Nos. 5193, 5194, 6006, 6010, 6011, 6019, 6034, 6046, 6055, 6063, 6065, 6066, 6069, 6073,
7276.
R8 As these locomotives are not fitted with de-sanding equipment, when operating as single units
or as trailing units in multiple unit consists, (in track circuited areas only) the sanding
equipment shall be isolated. If adhesion conditions require the use of sand, the sand
equipment may be cut in and the train worked under block working conditions until the sand
equipment is again isolated. If sand equipment is applied continuously or excessively, Train
Control shall be advised immediately and the procedures of NGE 232 Responsibilities of Train
Crews and Track Vehicle Crews.
R9 These vehicles comply with the ‘Narrow Square’ Rolling Stock outline in the ASA
Minimum Operating Standards for Rolling Stock, T HR RS 00000 ST, and are NOT to operate
on the following sections of line:
Dunmore to Bomaderry, Sutherland to Cronulla, Central to North Sydney, City Circle lines,
Erskineville Junction to Bondi Junction, Clyde to Sandown/Carlingford, Blacktown to Richmond.
Section 10 Locomotive and rolling stock data

Note Explanation
R10 This container wagon can be loaded to a maximum height of 4050 mm above rail and operate
within the area of operation assigned to Diagram 3 as outlined in Area of operation for Diagram
3 and Note R10 (page 95) in SECTION 5 – Loading Restrictions.
R11 Refer to instructions for
Block working of all classes of light locomotives (page 57) in the Sydney Metropolitan area
contained in the General Instruction Pages, Section 2 – Locomotives Operations.
R12 Refer to instructions for
Block working of Diesel Multiple Unit trains (DMU) (page 58) and
Block working of single unit diesel cars (page 59) in the Sydney Metropolitan area contained in
the General Instruction Pages, Section 2 – Locomotives Operations.
R13 These locomotives are fitted with standard automatic air brake and an ECP brake control.
R14 The following AC traction locomotive types may be marshalled together in any combination with
other AC locomotives:
• United Group Ltd – C44Aci and Downer EDI Rail – GT46C-Ace
AC locomotives may be marshalled together any combination, up to 4 locomotives with the
following DC locomotives:
• United Group Ltd – C44Aci: NR, AN and G
• Downer EDI Rail GT46C-Ace: NR, AN, CLP, CLF, G and X
A full list of approved AC6 locomotives (United Group Ltd – C44aci and Downer EDI Rail –
GT46C-Ace) is summarised under Table 8 Approved locomotives grouped into load categories
– locomotive type AC in Section 2.14.
For mixing involving locomotives with CLP, CLF, G and X class locomotives, the load shall be
reduced by 20% if an AC locomotive is leading and the trailing load is more than 80% of the
sum of the individual locomotive's full sectional load. If a DC locomotive is leading, no load
reductions apply. All on-board locomotive alarms shall be train-lined and the train shall cease
operation and seek recovery if any sustained and excessive wheelslip is detected in any
locomotive enroute.
For mixing involving AC locomotives with NR and AN class locomotives, the maximum
allowable trailing loads are published in the relevant Division Pages (for example, North
Division Pages). These published maximum allowable trailing loads are lower than the
summation of individual locomotives' full sectional loads. A DC locomotive shall be leading the
consist and all on-board locomotive alarms shall be train-lined.
When three locomotives are marshalled at the front of a train and are powering there is a risk of
track buckling due to compressive reactive forces in the rail immediately behind the last
powering locomotive. To minimise this risk, an unloaded vehicle or empty platform in the case
of intermodal vehicles shall not be marshalled in this position when the trailing load exceeds
70% of the maximum full sectional load.
Dynamic Braking for an individual operating locomotive shall only be used within the operating
range of current DC locomotives: 230 kN max from 16 km/h to 45 km/h and reducing linearly to
zero at speeds below 16 km/h.
10.1.1. Notes on freight vehicle brake type

Brake types are categorised as B1, B2, B3, B4, and E1. Refer to Section 4.3 Train marshalling
– Length restrictions due to brake type.
Vehicles fitted with main reservoir pipes are categorised as either •• or •.
•• indicates that the vehicle is fitted with a 'two pipe' air brake system where the main reservoir
air recharges the air brake system.
• indicates that the vehicle is fitted with a main reservoir pipe but it does not recharge the air
brake system but is used to operate equipment such as air operated hopper doors. This vehicle
can be marshalled anywhere in a two pipe train but is not categorised as a 'two pipe' vehicle.

For marshalling restrictions due to main reservoir, refer to Section 4.3 Train marshalling –
Length restrictions due to brake type.
10.2. 3801 Limited

10.2.1. 3801 Limited – Locomotives
Table 92 – 3801 Limited – Locomotives
Code Load Description Max Live Length Draw Horse- Remarks Notes
category speed Weight over capacity power
(Km/h) (t) coupling (MN)
faces (m)
44 L12 Diesel 115 108 17.8 0.90 1800 Ex SRA R11
Loco
45 L12 Diesel 115 112 17.9 0.90 1800 Ex SRA R11
Loco 4501
48 L13 Diesel 100 75.2 14.8 0.90 900 Ex SRA R11
Loco
49 L13 Diesel 100 81 15.4 0.90 900 Ex SRA R11
Loco
SMR18 Steam Loco 60 82 13.3 0.90 Max speed R11
60 km/h
both
directions
10.2.2. 3801 Limited – Passenger rolling stock

Table 93 – 3801 Limited – Passenger rolling stock
Code Description Max Max Passenger Length Draw Remarks

speed loaded capacity over capacity
(km/h) mass (t) coupling (MN)
faces (m)
ABN Crew car 115 44 - 20.3 0.50 No 2194
CAM Twinette 115 48 10 / 18 22.7 0.25 No. 502 (ex TAM 502)
Sleeper 10 berths, 18 sitting
(Composite)
CPJ Lounge 115 48 55 22 7 0.30 No 924 End protection
fitted. Wooden body
EHG Guard/Crew 115 30 - 12 4 0.50 No 2409 Guards
compartment
FN Economy 115 41 78 20 3 0.30 No 2193
FNR Buffet 115 43 24 20 3 0.50 No 2185
FRN Buffet 115 43 24 20 3 0.50 No 2186
MBR Economy 115 42 24 20 4 0.30 No 2078 Buffet car
MFA Passenger 115 50 84 22 7 0.30 No 2714 wooden body
MFS Economy 115 40 70 20 4 0.30 Nos
2028,2096,2121,2145
SBN First 115 44 42 20 3 0.50 No 2195
SFN Economy 115 41 64 20 3 0.50 No 2182
XFS Economy 115 40 64 20 4 0.30 Nos 2015

10.2.3. 3801 Limited – Freight rolling stock
Table 94 – 3801 Limited – Freight rolling stock
Code Description Class Max Tare Length Draw Brake Notes

gross (t) (m) capacity type
Mass (t) (MN)
L229 Water Gin 80km/h when D 42.5 20.1 12 0 0.50 B1
fully loaded or empty 22750
litres
L1186 Water Gin C 55. 0 22.5 15.0 0.50 B1
NHWF Ballast wagon Nos 745, C 61.0 20.0 11.8 0.75 B1
799, 1169
10.3. Aurizon
10.3.1. Aurizon – Locomotives
Table 95– Aurizon locomotives
category Speed weight over capacity power
(km/h) (t) coupling (MN)
faces
(m)
32 L9 Diesel 100 118 21.4 2.25 3190 R11, a, b
5000 N/A AC Diesel 45/50 167 22.0 4.45 N/A R9, R11,
c, d, e
5000 N/A AC Diesel 40/50 172 22.0 4.45 N/A R9, R11,
f, g, h, i
5000 N/A AC Diesel 40/50 176 22.0 4.45 N/A R9, R11,
j, k, l, m
5020 N/A AC Diesel 45/50 167 22.0 4.45 N/A R9, R11,
c, d, e
5020 N/A AC Diesel 40/50 172 22.0 4.45 N/A R9, R11,
f, g, h, i
5020 N/A AC Diesel 40/50 176 22.0 4.45 N/A R9, R11,
j, k, l, m
6000 AC6 AC Diesel 115 134 22.0 2.25 4500 C44aci R9,R11,
R13,R14
60 139 R9,R11,
R13,R14,
j
6020 AC6 AC Diesel 115 134 22.0 2.25 4500 C44aci R9, R11,
R14
60 139 R9, R11,
R14, j
ACC AC6 AC Diesel 115 134 22.0 2.40 4500 C44aci R9, R11,
R14
60 139 R9, R11,
R14, j
CF AC6 AC Diesel 115 134 22.0 2.25 4500 C44aci R9, R11,
(CF4401, R14
60 139 CF4409) R9, R11,
R14, j
G L4 Diesel 115 128 19.8 1.80 3000 R11

faces
(m)
X L9 Diesel 115 118 18.4 1.80 2000 R11
Notes for 32 Class:
a. When marshalled in multiple unit operation, this locomotive is limited to a

maximum of 3 locomotives in any locomotive consist.
b. This locomotive has the driver's position on the right hand side and will require
two driver's for operation. Alternatively, operation with a driver and a second
person is permitted if the second person is qualified in signal recognition.
Notes on 5000 / 5020 Class at 167t:
c. Notes for 5000 / 5020 Class: 5000 and 5020 class locomotives are not
permitted to operate across the network. They may be hauled dead attached
from Woodville Junction to Enfield or Chullora and return for wheel turning or
maintenance as detailed in the TOC manual, Northern Division Pages, page 8
Transfer of 90, TT, 5000 and 5020 class locomotives Woodville Junction –
Enfield/Chullora and return for wheel lathe attention.
d. Refer to “Northern Division Pages, Sydney Metropolitan – Newcastle, page 8,

“Transfer of 90, TT, 5000 and 5020 class locomotives Woodville Junction –
Enfield/Chullora and return for wheel lathe attention” for speed restrictions over
track sections and bridges.
e. The mass of 5000 and 5020 class locomotives shall not exceed 167 tonnes
when being hauled on the network (this is less than the normal operating mass
of the locomotive).
Notes on 5000/5020 Class at 172t:
f. 5000 and 5020 Class locomotives are not permitted to operate across the
network. They may be hauled dead attached from Woodville Junction to
Sulphide Junction and return for maintenance purposes.
g. The mass of the 5000/5020 class locomotives shall not exceed 172t when being
hauled on the network (this is less than the normal operating mass of the
locomotive).
h. A single 5000/5020 class locomotive can be hauled dead attached by 423, 6000
(at 134t), and 32 class locomotives in any combination or order.
i. The maximum speed traversing across Broadmeadow subway at 162.807km

and Northcott Drive bridge at 160.300km shall not exceed 40 km/h in both
directions.
Notes on 5000 Class at 176t:

j. Restricted self-propelled movement between Cardiff workshop (Sulphide
Junction) and Woodville Junction (ARTC boundary) is permitted in the Up and
Down directions.
k. The locomotive shall be moved under its own power and not be hauled by any
other locomotive or train. The locomotive shall not haul any other locomotives or
wagons.
l. The maximum speed in the Up direction shall not exceed 50 km/h, with a
maximum speed not to exceed 40 km/h over Broadmeadow subway at
162.807km and Northcott Drive bridge at 160.300 km.
m. The maximum speed in the Down direction shall not exceed 40 km/h.
Notes for 6000, 6020, ACC, and CF class:
n. Operation above 134t up to 139t restricted as per TS TOC 2, Division Pages,

North Section Pages.
10.3.2. Aurizon – Passenger rolling stock

Table 96 – Aurizon – Passenger rolling stock
Code Description Max Max Passenger Length over Draw Remarks Notes
speed loaded capacity coupling capacity
(km/h) mass (t) faces (m) (MN)
QCAY Crew Car 80 52 12 23.9 0.89 Ex JRA R9
10.3.3. Aurizon – Freight rolling stock

Table 97 – Aurizon bulk hopper wagons

mass (t) (MN)
QGKF Grain hopper (Ex VGKM, C 65 16.8 15.1 1.80 B3
VAKM)
QHAH * 2 permanently coupled coal G 240* 45.6* 33.23* 2.45 E1# R9, #, ++
wagons (ECP Braked) F 192*
B Empty
QHBH * 2 permanently coupled coal G 240* 43.6* 33.23* 2.45 E1# R9, #, ++
C Empty
QHCH * 2 permanently coupled coal G 224* 45.0* 30.81* 2.45 E1% %
C Empty
Notes for QHAH/QHBH/QHCH:
# These wagons are permitted to operate in ECP mode for a maximum consist of 88 x
QHAH/QHBH and 3 x 6000 Class locomotives in a head end power configuration.
++ If doors are detected open, train to be stopped and rectified. These wagons are not to
operate with wheel diameters less than 858 mm.
% These wagons are permitted to operate in ECP mode for a maximum consist of 88 x QHCH
and 2 x 6000 Class locomotives in a head end power configuration.
Table 98 – Aurizon container wagons
Code Description Class Max Gross Tare Length Draw Brake Notes
Mass (t) (t) (m) capacity type
(MN)
AQIY Container wagon 40ft (ex A 76 15.6 13.28 2.45 B4 R9,R10
KQYY, CQYY) 84 R9,R10,R3
92 R9,R10,R5
QQAY Container flat A 76 18.7 19.4 2.5 B3 -
80 R1
QQBY Container wagon (60 ft 3 A 76 20.5 19.3 2.2 B4 R9
slot) 84 R9, R3
92 R9, R5
QQCY 5 pack articulated A 228 57 77.34 2.45 B4 R9,R10
Container wagon (12 252 R3,R9,R10
axles)
QQDY 5 pack articulated A 228 68.7 77.34 2.2 B4 R10
container wagon (12 252 R10, R3
axles)
276 R10, R5
QQEY Container flat with B 76 23 20.1 1.30 B3 R10
electrical cabling for 80 R1, R10
powered containers
(Ex AQQY/AEQY)
QQFY Containers (Ex RQMY) A 76 22 20.1 1.30 B3 R10
84 R3, R10
92 R5, R10
QQGY Container flat (Ex VQCY) A 76 20.0 20.1 1.30 B2 R10
80 R1,R10
QQJY Containers (Ex A 76 22 20.1 1.30 B3 R10
RQKY/RRKY) 80 R1, R10
QQKY Container flat (Ex VQKY) B 76 25 23.7 1.30 B2 -
80 R1
QQLY 5 pack articulated – A 228 52 67.4 1.80 B4 R10
single centre well (12 252 R3, R10
axles)( Ex AQLY/RQLY)
276 R5, R10
QQMY Containers (Ex RQWW) A 78 25 25.6 1.80 B3 -
80 R1
QQOY Articulated container (6 B 112 32 27.6 1.80 B2
axles) (Ex AQEY)
QQPY Articulated container (6 B 112 30 25.8 1.80 B2
axles) (Ex AQKY)
QQQY Container flat (Ex AQQY) B 76 23 20.1 1.30 B3 R10
80 R1, R10
QQRY Container flat (ex B 76 22 20.1 1.30 B3 R10
WQCY/AQCY) 80 R1,R2,R10
QQTY Container flat (Ex VQCY) A 76 20 20.1 1.30 B2 R10
80 R1,R10

(MN)
QQWY Container wagon (well C 152 44.5* 42.5* 2.2 B4 R9
type, 48ft) permanently 184 R9, R5
coupled in pairs *
QQXY Containers (Ex RQXY) B 76 25 23.7 1.30 B3 -
84 R3
92 R5
VQCY Container flat (Ex RQCY) A 76 20 20.1 1.30 B1 R10
80 R1, R10
VQKY Container flat B 76 25 23.7 1.30 B1 -
80 R1
10.4. Australian Railway Historical Society A.C.T. Division

10.4.1. AHRS – Locomotives
Table 99 – AHRS – Locomotives
Category Speed weight over capacity power
faces (m)
44 L12 Diesel 115 108 17.8 0.90 1800 R11
48 L13 Diesel 100 75.2 14.8 0.90 900 2250 litres R11
of fuel
73 L14 Diesel 70 50 12.0 0.90 650 Nos 20 & R11
24 not to
lead or run
as a single
unit
10.4.2. AHRS – Diesel rail cars

Table 100 – AHRS – Diesel rail cars
Code Description Max Max Passenger Length over Draw Remarks

FP 11 Pay bus 80 12 9.3 N/A Shall operate
(Ex SRA) under block
working. Not
fitted with
couplers.

10.4.3. AHRS – Passenger rolling stock
Table 101 – AHRS – Passenger rolling stock

BAM Sleeper 115 44 14 Berths 20.3 0.50 Nos 1741,1743,
2189
BHM Sleeper 115 44 14 Berths 20.3 0.50 No 1738 Guards
compartment
BI First 80 25 50 15.5 0.15 No 1127, 1175
Wooden body
BSR Buffet 115 40 24 20. 4 0.30 No 2031
HFO Economy 80 25 36 16.2 0.15 Nos 1111,1276
Wooden body
MHN Equipment 115 46 - 23.4 0.50 No 2366 24 tonne
Van capacity
NAM Sleeper 115 46 20 Berths 23.4 0.50 No 2335, 2341,
2374
TAM Sleeper 115 50 20 Berths 22.1 0.30 No 906 Wooden
body
TDS First Class 115 41 48 21.5 0.50 No 2247
10.4.4. AHRS – Freight rolling stock

Table 102 – AHRS – Freight rolling stock

mass (t) (MN)
MHG Bogie brake van No 11823 A 31 22 12.4 0.90 B1
NFEF Bogie flat wagon No. 22313 C 60 20 13.1 0.75 B1
NOGF Open wagon No. 5251 (ex C 72 20 13.1 0.75 B1
L226)
NTAF Tank wagon Nos 7079, C 76 28 18.1 0.90 B1
7120
NZWF Bogie flat wagon No. 12223 C 61 19 13.1 0.75 B2
10.5. Australian Rail Track Corporation

10.5.1. ARTC – Freight rolling stock
Table 103 – ARTC – Freight rolling stock
Code Description Class Max gross Tare Length Draw Brake Notes
mass (t) (t) (m) capacity type
(MN)
ADSF Concrete sleepers (Ex C 76 18.6 14.6 1.80 B3
NDAF)

(MN)
AZRL Rail transport wagons C 63.3 17.3 14.3 1.30 B2
(Nos. 20897, 20900,
20918, 21054, 21055,
21126, 21227, 21233,
21236 ONLY)
AZZX Ballast plough No. 2599 C 33.0 33.0 14.6 1.30 B2 R9
AZZX Ballast plough Nos. 1,2 C 37.6 37.6 11.8 1.30 B2 R9
and 3
NDAF Timber sleepers, C 76 21 14.6 1.80 B3
mechanical unloader
ADFF Ballast air operated C 74 20 11.9 1.80 B3 See
discharge door (ex NDFF) Below
NDPF Ballast plough C 24 24 12.5 1.80 B2
NDRF Welded rail C 67 22 14.6 0.75 B2
NDRF Welded rail (numbered C 512 152 116.8 0.9 B2
2301 to 2347 only) 8
Permanently coupled rail
sets (32 axles)
NDRF 9 Permanently coupled C 576 171 131.4 0.9 B2
rail sets (36 axles)
NHBF Ballast C 61 19 12.4 1.80 B3
NZBF Ballast plough C 33 33 11.6 0.75 B2
OPERATION OF ADFF WAGONS OUTSIDE A WORKSITE WHEN UNEVENLY

LOADED:
The ADFF ballast wagons shall not leave a worksite with an excessive load
imbalance. This can result in a derailment of the vehicle.
An excessive load imbalance can result when more ballast is discharged from the
outer doors on one side of the wagon than that of the other side.
Under exceptional circumstances, the worksite supervisor may arrange for an

excessively unbalanced wagon to be taken to the nearest siding for detachment from
the train in order to clear the section. In this case, the following operating conditions
shall apply:
1. The unbalanced wagon is not to exceed a maximum speed of 25 km/h.
2. The unbalanced wagon shall not pass another unbalanced ADFF wagon
(whether stationary or in motion), on parallel lines where the load imbalance
causes both wagons to lean towards one another.
3. The driver of the train conveying the unbalanced wagon shall be informed of the
load imbalance.
4. Personnel on or about the track shall remain a safe distance from the unbalanced
wagon during its movement, and they shall be warned that there is danger of
derailment.

The unbalanced wagon is not to travel further than the nearest practical location in
order to clear the section.
10.6. Australia Western Railroad (A.R.G.)

10.6.1. Australia Western Railroad – Locomotives
Table 104 – Australia Western Railroad – Locomotives
category speed weight over capacity power
faces (m)
CLF L6 Diesel 115 128 20.5 1.80 3000 R11
CLP L6 Diesel 115 132 20.5 1.80 3000 R11
DC L10 Diesel 115 110 18.4 1.80 2000 Ex Pacific R11
National
422 class
LQ / L5 Diesel 100 134 20.2 1.80 3000 Ex L/31 R11
LZ class. Fuel
tanks only
to be filled
to 10,000
litres
22 L10 Diesel 115 110 18.4 1.80 2000 Ex Pacific R11
National
422 class
31 L5 Diesel 100 137 20.2 1.80 3000 Ex L class. R11
830 L13 Diesel 100 71.4 14.8 0.90 900 R11
10.6.2. Australia Western Railroad – Freight rolling stock

Table 105 – Australia Western Railroad – Hopper wagons
Code Description Class Max Gross Tare (t) Length Draw Brake Notes
Mass (t) (m) Capacity Type
(MN)
AHGX Grain Hopper C 76 21 14.6 1.30 B2
AGWF Grain Hopper C 66.4 20.3 13.9 1.35 •B3
Table 106 – Australia Western Railroad – Container wagons
Code Description Class Max Tare (t) Length Draw Brake Notes
gross (m) capacity type
mass (t) (MN)
WQCY Container flat B 76 22 20.1 1.30 B3 R10
80 R1 R2 R10
WQTY Container flat C 76 24 20.1 1.30 B3 R10
80 R1 R2 R10

10.7. Australian Wheat Board (AWB Grainflow)
10.7.1. AWB – Freight rolling stock
Table 107 – Australian Wheat Board – Freight rolling stock
Code Description Class Max gross Tare (t) Length Draw Brake Notes
mass (t) (m) capacity type
(MN)
WGBY * 2 permanently B 152 24 *32.6 1.8 ••B4 -
coupled grain 168 R3
wagons
184 R5
WGSY Grain hopper B 76 24 16.5 1.8 ••B4 -
wagons 84 R3
92 R5
10.8. Bradken Resources Pty Ltd

10.8.1. Bradken Resources Pty Ltd – Freight rolling stock
Table 108 – Bradken Resources Pty Ltd – Container wagons

mass (t) (MN)
KQYY 40 ft container A 76 16 13.3 2.45 B4 R9,R10
wagon (ex CQYY) 84 R9,R3,R10
92 R9,R5,R10
10.9. BlueScope Steel (Pacific National operated)

10.9.1. BlueScope Steel – Locomotives
Table 109 – BlueScope Steel – Locomotives
Code Load Description Max Live Length over Draw Horse Remarks Notes
category speed weight coupling capacity power
(km/h) (t) faces (m) (MN)
D– - Diesel 30 98 13.1 0.75 @, $ R11
850HP Nos.
D19,
27,28,29,
30
D– - Diesel 60 89.7 16.7 1.80 #, $ R11
1000HP Nos.
D36,
D38-D45
@ Locomotives D27, D28 and D29 cannot operate in multiple unit operation.
# When locomotives D36, D38, D39, D44 and D45 operate in multiple unit consists,
they may only operate together and to a maximum of two locomotives.
$ Operation of these locomotives is restricted to between Cringila and Port Kembla

and between Port Kembla and Enfield.

10.9.2. BlueScope Steel – Freight rolling stock
Table 110 – BlueScope Steel – Freight rolling stock

mass (t) (MN)
CT Coiled steel wagons D 100 23.7 14.5 0.50 B1 %
CW Coiled steel wagons D 100 23.4 11.9 0.50 B1 %
JR Coiled steel wagons D 100 21.5 13.0 0.50 B1 %
LW Coiled steel wagons D 100 23 15.0 0.50 B1 %
RLW Coiled steel wagons D 100 24.5 11.7 0.50 B1 %
PT Plate transfer C 76 21.7 20.1 0.50 B1 -
wagons 92 R5
% Operation restricted to between Lysaghts and Port Kembla.
10.10. Boxcar
10.10.1. Boxcar – Freight rolling stock
Table 111 – Boxcar – Container flat wagons
(MN)
PQYY 5 pack articulated A 228 68 92.1 1.80 B4 -
well (12 axles) 252 R3
10.11. Boyd Munro

10.11.1. Boyd Munro – Locomotives
Table 112 – Boyd Munro – Locomotives
faces (m)
3112 Steam Loco 80 73 12.2 0.90 Max speed R11
80 km/h
both
directions
10.11.2. Boyd Munro – Passenger rolling stock

Table 113 – Boyd Munro – Passenger rolling stock

ABM Lounge 115 38 32 19.0 0.35 No. 707 Fitted with
internal handbrake, air
tap and tail lamps.

TA Priv Sleeper 115 45 6 Berths 21.3 0.50 No. 501 Terra
Australis
10.12. Canberra Heritage Railway Restoration Pty Ltd.

10.12.1. Canberra Heritage Railway Restoration Pty Ltd. – Freight rolling
stock
Table 114 – Canberra Heritage Railway Restoration Pty Ltd. – Freight rolling stock
Code Description Class Max gross Tare Length Draw capacity Brake Notes
mass (t) (t) (m) (MN) type
MHG Bogie brake van A 31 22 12.4 0.90 B1
No. 11674
10.13. Capital Region Heritage Rail

10.13.1. Capital Region Heritage Rail – Locomotives
Table 115 – Capital Region Heritage – Locomotives
Category Speed weight over capacity power
faces (m)
1210 Steam Loco 80* 64 14.7 0.75 *Max R11
speed
tender first
25 km/h
3016 Steam Loco 80* 101.5 17.6 0.75 *Max R11
speed
tender first
40 km/h
10.13.2. Capital Region Heritage Rail – Diesel rail cars

Table 116 – Capital Region Heritage Rail – Diesel rail cars

CPH27 Rail Motor 80 25 43 13.6 Small Hook Note R12
CPH37 Rail Motor 80 25 43 13.6 Small Hook Note R12

10.13.3. Capital Region Heritage Rail – Passenger rolling stock
Table 117 – Capital Region Heritage Rail – Passenger rolling stock

BJ End Platform 80 30 30 17.6 0.20 No 897 Wooden
car body. Non-auto
equipped
BVJ Lounge 80 26 36 17.9 0.20 No 1457 Wooden
body
BVS Lounge / 115 40 - 20. 4 0.30 No 2166
Dance
FS Economy 115 40 64 20. 4 0.30 Nos
2021,2023,2082,21
40
HCX Composite 80 27.4 28 16.3 0.20 No 632 Wooden
body Hook
drawgear.
HN Economy 115 41 52 20.3 0.50 No 2198 Guards
compartment
LAN Sleeper 115 46 20 Berths 23.4 0.50 No 2348, 2351,
2372
PHA Power Van 115 54 - 23.4 0.50 No 2393
PHN Power Van 115 54 - 23.4 0.50 No 2381
RFN Refreshment 115 44 32E 20.3 0.50 No 1739
RMS Buffet car 115 46 48 23.4 0.50 No 2360
SCN Composite 115 44 12F + 32E 20.3 0.50 No 1740
10.13.4. Capital Region Heritage Rail – Freight rolling stock

Table 118 – Capital Region Heritage Rail – Freight rolling stock

mass (t) (MN)
NDXF Sleeper wagon No. 2718 C 74 19 15.0 0.75 B2
NHWF Ballast wagon Nos 679D & C 61 20 11.8 0.75 B1
773C
PHG Power Van (No 12720 A 31 22 12.4 0.90 B1
converted MHG)

10.14. Centennial Coal
10.14.1. Centennial Coal – Locomotives
Table 119 – Centennial Coal – Locomotives
faces (m)
CEY AC6 Diesel 115 134 22.0 2.40 4500 C44aci R9, R11,
R13, R14
60 139 R9,R11,
R13,R14,
a
a. Operation above 134t up to 139t restricted as per TS TOC 2, Division Pages,

North Section Pages.
10.14.2. Centennial Coal – Freight rolling stock

Table 120 – Centennial Coal – Freight rolling stock

mass (t) (MN)
PHTH *2 permanently coupled C *200 21.8 *32.3 2.45 B4 / R9, #, %
coal wagons B Empty #E1 R9, #, %
#These wagons are permitted to operate in ECP mode for a maximum consist of 50 x
PHTH wagons and 3 x CEY class locomotives in head end power configuration only.
% Additional operational notes for PHTH wagons:
a. Normal operation shall be in ECP mode.
b. When loaded and using automatic air brake mode, all PHTH wagons shall
operate with the speed restrictions detailed in the following table (speeds
restrictions are not applicable when operating in ECP mode or when operating
empty in any brake mode):
Table 121 – PHTH Loaded air brake speed restrictions
Section (Line) Direction Start End Maximum Speed (km/h)
40*
Katoomba – Emu Katoomba Station Signal 35.6 (*35 speed sign at
Up
Plains (Main West) (109.943 km) (57.300 km) Wentworth Falls to be
adhered)
Berowra – Hawkesbury Signal 28.5 Signal HR 155 DM
Down 40
River (Main North) (45.953 km) (57.727km)
Signal SM 931 DIL / Signal SM 1073 DI /
Hurstville – Georges
Down SM 927 DI SM 1076 DI 35
River (Illawarra)
(14.880 / 14.970 km) (19.630 / 19.859 km)
Waterfall – Coal Cliff Signal W17 Signal WG 678 D
Down 35
(Illawarra) (38.800 km) (57.560 km)
Scarborough – Signal WG 619 D Thirroul Station (68.674
Down 45
Austinmer (Illawarra) (62.790 km) km)
10.15. Chicago Freight Car Leasing Australia
10.15.1. CFCLA – Locomotives
Table 122 – CFCLA – Locomotives
faces (m)
44 L12 Diesel 115 108 17.8 0.90 1800 R11
B L12 Diesel 115 123 18.5 0.90 1500 R11
#C L4 Diesel 115 134 20.6 1.80 3000 #Applies to R11
the following
fitted with
QES-3
traction
control
system –
C502, C503,
C508
CF AC6 Diesel 115 134 22.0 2.25 4500 C44aci R9,R11,
R14
60 139 R9,R11,
R14, c
CM L3 Diesel 115 134 20.2 2.2 3300 a, b
Electric
EL L7 Diesel 115 114 20.5 1.80 2450 R11
FL220 L10 Diesel 115 110 18.4 1.80 2000 Ex Pacific R11
National
42220
GL L4 Diesel 115 132 18.7 1.80 3000 R11
HL L10 Diesel 115 110 18.4 1.80 2000 Ex Pacific R11
National 422
class
S L12 Diesel 115 123 18.6 0.90 1800 R11
T L13 Diesel 100 69 13.4 1.30 875 R11, d
VL L4 Diesel 115 130 18.32 1.80 3000 R11
Notes:
a. CM locomotives are restricted to no more than 4 locomotives in a locomotive

consist.
b. CM locomotives are limited to 60 km/h when operating as light locomotives.
c. CF locomotive operation above 134t up to 139t restricted as per TS TOC 2,

Division Pages, North Section Pages.
d. T class locomotives can be disregarded when calculating the maximum number

of locomotives that can be marshalled on the front of a train.

10.15.2. CFCLA – Freight rolling stock
Table 123 – CFCLA – Grain hoppers
Code Description Class Max gross Tare (t) Length Draw capacity Brake Notes
mass (t) (m) (MN) type
CGAY Grain hopper B 76 24 15.5 2.20 ••B4 -
84 R3
92 R5
CGDY Grain hopper B 76 23 15.5 2.60 ••B4 -
84 R3
92 R5
CGGY *2 B Empty 24.6 *25.59 1.8 •B4 -
permanently C *152 -
coupled grain
hopper
CGSY Hopper B 76 23.2 15.49 2.2 ••B4 -
84 R3
92 R5
Table 124 – CFCLA – Ore hoppers
mass (t) (m) capacity (MN) type
CHAY Hopper wagon B Empty 23.0 *25.59 1.80 •B4 ++
(* coupled C *152 ++
permanently
in pairs)
CHBY Hopper wagon B Empty 23.0 *25.59 1.80 •B4 ++
(* coupled C *152 ++
permanently
in pairs)
CHEY Hopper wagon B Empty 21 *22.34 2.2 •B4 -
(* coupled C *152 -
permanently
in pairs)
++The door locking mechanism is to be isolated from the MR pipe after locking. If
doors are detected open, train to be stopped and rectified. These wagons are not to
operate with wheel diameters less than 780mm.
Table 125 – CFCLA – Ballast hoppers
mass (t) (m) capacity (MN) type
CHOY Ballast hopper A 76 24.8 13.2 1.20 •B3 -
(Remote 80 R1
controlled)
CHTY Ballast hopper A 76 23 11.6 1.80 •B4 +
80 +, R1, R2
+ Maximum speed restricted to 65 km/h when operated on Narrow width routes as

listed in the Passenger Train Operating Conditions pages.

Table 126 – CFCLA – Container flat wagons – part 1
(MN)
CQAX Container C 76 27 26.9 2.20 B3 R9
Flat 84 #, R9
87 R4, R9
# These vehicles shall operate on Class 1 track only, when loaded up to 84 tonnes (for
4 axles) gross or 21 tonnes per axle at a maximum speed of 80 km/h.
mass (t) (MN)
CQBY Container A 76 20.2 19.4 2.20 B3 R10
Flat 84 R3, R10
92 R5, R10
CQCY Container B 76 18 14.7 0.75 B2 R10
Flat (Ex
NDRF)
CQDY Container B 76 21.5 16.5 2.20 B2 R10
Flat 84 R3, R10
92 R5, R10
CQEY Container B 76 15.6 14.5 1.80 B3 R10
Flat 84 ++ R5, R10
88 # R10
++ The following vehicles have not been upgraded and are not permitted to exceed
84 tonnes gross:
CQEY204S, CQEY205E, CQEY 211W, CQEY218Q, CQEY219C, CQEY224L.
# These vehicles shall operate on Class 1 track only when loaded up to 88 tonnes at a
maximum speed of 80 km/h. Wheel tread hollowing shall not exceed 2 mm.
mass (t) (MN)
CQFY Container A 76 16.25 15.4 1.20 ••B2 R10
Flat 84 R3, R10
88 # R10
# These vehicles shall operate on Class 1 track only when loaded up to 88 tonnes at a
maximum speed of 80 km/h. Wheel tread hollowing shall not exceed 2 mm.

mass (t) (MN)
CQGY Container A 76 19.5 20.1 1.80 B4 R10
Flat 84 R3,R10
92 R5,R10
CQHY Container A 76 18.3 16.5 1.80 B2 R10
Flat 84 R3, R10
mass (t) (MN)
CQJY 60ft container A 76 19.0 19.4 2.2 B4 R10
wagon 84 R3, R10
92 R5, R10
CQKY Container A 76 15.7 14.6 2.20 ••B4 -
Flat 84 R3
87 R4
CQMY Container A 76 22 25.7 2.20 B3 -
Flat 84 R3
92 R5
# When loaded up to a mass of 80 tonnes the following maximum speeds will apply
over the routes indicated:
A maximum speed of 100 km/h on Class 1 track.
mass (t) (MN)
CQPY 40ft Container A 76 16.5 13.1 2.20 B4 R10
wagon
CQQY 3 TEU A 76 23 23.8 1.80 B3 -
Container Flat 80 R2
(Ex AOOX)
84 R3
92 R5
CQRX Container Flat C 76 25 23.7 1.30 B1
(Ex GFRX)
CQRY Container Flat A 76 16.25 14.0 1.20 B2 R10
(Ex CQFY) 84 R3, R10
CQSY Container Flat A 76 16.2 14.9 1.20 ••B3 -
(Ex CQOY) 87 R4
CQTY Flat wagon – A 76 19.5 14.6 1.80 B3 R10
special ADF 84 R3, R10
use
92 R5, R10
CQXY Container flat (2 A 152 35.4 28.3 1.80 B4 R9,R10
unit – 8 axles) 168 R3, R9, R10
184 R5, R9, R10

mass (t) (MN)
CQYY Container A 76 16 13.3 2.45 B4 R9,R10
wagon 84 R3, R9, R10
92 R5, R9, R10
CQZY Container A 76 16.6 13.4 2.2 B4 R9
wagon 84 R3, R9
10.15.3. CFCLA – Passenger rolling stock

Table 132 – CFCLA – Passenger rolling stock

Speed loaded capacity over capacity
(km/h) mass coupling (MN)
(t) faces (m)
CDAY1 Passenger 115 49 - 23.9 0.45 Ex BMC1
10.16. CIMC Rolling Stock Australia

10.16.1. CIMC Rolling Stock Australia – Freight rolling stock
Table 133 – CIMC Rolling Stock Australia – Freight rolling stock
(MN)
PQRY 5 Pack A 228 60.2 77.0 1.80 B4 R10
Articulated B 252 R10,R3
container (12
axles) C 276 R10,R5
PQEY 2 Pack B 114 31.6 31.2 1.8 B4 -

Articulated 126 R3
container (6
axles) 138 R5
10.17. Ettamogah Rail Hub

10.17.1. Ettamogah Rail Hub – Freight rolling stock
Table 134 – Ettamogah Rail Hub – Freight rolling stock
Code Description Class Max Tare Length Draw capacity Brake Notes
gross (t) (m) (MN) type
mass (t)
PQAW 3 pack articulated A 152 38 41.2 1.80 B3 R9
container (8 axles)

10.18. FCL
10.18.1. FCL – Freight rolling stock
Table 135 – FCL – Freight rolling stock

mass (t) (MN)
PRRY Skeletal container flat A 76 18 15.6 1.80 B4 R9,R10
84 R3, R9,R10
92 R5,R9,R10
PRXY 5 pack articulated container A 228 60 77 1.80 B4 R9,R10
(12 axles) 252 R3,R9,R10
10.19. Fletcher International Exports Pty Ltd.

10.19.1. Fletcher International Exports Pty Ltd. – Locomotives
Table 136 – Fletcher International Exports Pty Ltd. – Locomotives
Category speed weight over capacity power
faces (m)
FIE AC6 Diesel AC 115 134 22.0 2.25 4500 C44aci R11,R14
60 139 R11,R14,a
a. FIE locomotive operation above 134t up to 139t restricted as per TS TOC 2,

10.19.2. Fletcher International Exports Pty Ltd. – Freight rolling stock

Table 137 – Fletcher International Exports Pty Ltd. – Freight rolling stock
FRAY Container A 76 19.4 19.4 2.2 ••B4 -
wagon 84 R3
92 R5
F 100 -
10.20. FreightLink
10.20.1. FreightLink – Freight rolling stock
Table 138 – FreightLink – Freight rolling stock

mass (t) (MN)
FQAY 5 pack articulated container B 228 62 79 2.5 B4 R10
(12 axles) 252 R3, R10
276 R5, R10
10.21. Geelong Road Bus Service Pty Ltd
10.21.1. Geelong Road Bus Service Pty Ltd – Passenger rolling stock
Table 139 – Geelong Road Bus Service Pty Ltd – Passenger rolling stock

BAM Sleeper 115 44 10 Berths 20.3 0.50 Nos 1748
10.22. Gemco Rail

10.22.1. Gemco Rail – Locomotives
Table 140 – Gemco Rail – Locomotives
faces (m)
C #L4 Diesel 115 134 20.6 1.80 3000 #Fitted with R11
QES-3
traction
control
system
10.22.2. Gemco Rail – Freight rolling stock

Table 141 – Gemco Rail – Freight rolling stock
mass (t) (MN)
PQGY Container Wagon B 76 17.6 13.5 2.2 B4 R10
(40ft 2 slot w/WF5 84 R10, R3
triple valves)
92 R10, R5
10.23. Genesee & Wyoming Australia

10.23.1. Genesee & Wyoming Australia – Locomotives
Table 142 – Genesee & Wyoming Australia – Locomotives
Code Load Description Max Live Length over Draw Horse- Remarks Notes
ALF L6 Diesel 115 128 20.7 1.80 3000 R11
CLF L6 Diesel 115 128 20.5 1.80 3000 R11
CLP L6 Diesel 115 132 20.5 1.80 3000 R11
GM(12) L12 Diesel 115 116.3 18.5 0.90 1800 GM 12 – R11
47 only
GWA AC6 AC Diesel 115 134 22.0 2.25 4500 GT46C- R11,R14
Ace

GWU AC6 AC Diesel 115 134 22.0 2.25 4500 C44aci R9, R11,
R14
60 139 R9, R11,
R14, a
22 L10 Diesel 115 110 18.4 1.80 2000 Ex R11
Pacific
National
422 class
830 L13 Diesel 100 71.4 14.8 0.90 900 R11
900 L13 Diesel 100 71.4 14.8 0.90 900 Ex R11
DA/830
class
with
lowered
short
hood
a. GWU locomotive operation above 134t up to 139t restricted as per TS TOC 2,

10.23.2. Genesee & Wyoming Australia – Freight rolling stock

Table 143 – Genesee & Wyoming Australia – Flat wagons
Code Description Class Max gross mass Tare Length Draw capacity Brake Notes
(t) (t) (m) (MN) type
AFCX Flat bulk rail C 76 19 14.6 1.30 B1
WFDY Flat C 76 27 17.4 1.30 B3
Table 144 – Genesee & Wyoming Australia – Hopper wagons
AHAH Coal Hopper B Empty 22.7 61.43* 2.2 E1# #
(*permanently
coupled in G 112
rakes of 4)
AHCL Hopper C 75 24 11.9 1.30 B1
cement
AHDL Hopper grain C 76 23 14.6 1.30 B1
AHGX Hopper grain C 76 21 14.6 1.30 B2
AHHF Grain hopper C 76 26 15.4 1.30 B3 -
80 R1
92 R5
# These wagons are permitted to operate in ECP mode in a head end power consist
with 3 x XRN and 96 AHAH wagons or 3 x GWU and 96 AHAH wagons.
Table 145 – Genesee & Wyoming Australia – Steel product wagons
AKGX Bulk Steel C 76 25 17.9 1.30 B3 -
80 R1

Table 146 – Genesee & Wyoming Australia – Louvered vans
ALCX Louvre C 68 22 14.6 1.30 B1
ALGX Louvre C 64 23 13.1 1.30 B1
ALHX Louvre C 70 25 14.1 1.30 B3
Table 147 – Genesee & Wyoming Australia – Open wagons
AOGF Open wagon C 63 18.2 14.0 0.90 B1
AOGL Open wagon C 63 18.2 14.0 0.90 B1
AOLX Ex AOOX C 76 28 23.7 1.30 B3 -
80 R1
AOMX Open C 76 31 23.7 1.30 B1 -
80 R1
AOOX Open C 76 28 23.7 1.30 B3 -
80 R1
WODX Open C 76 26 18.0 1.30 B3 -
80 R1
WOSF Open C 76 26 18.0 1.30 B3 -
80 R1
WOSX Open high C 76 26 18.0 1.30 B3 -
sided 80 R1
AOGF and AOGL wagons are not fitted with grade control valves or fixed exhaust
chokes. If operating LOADED in the Up direction between Katoomba and Valley
Heights, these vehicles shall not exceed 20% of the train mass. No restrictions apply
when EMPTY
Table 148 – Genesee & Wyoming Australia – Container wagons
Code Description Class Max Tare (t) Length Draw capacity Brake Notes
gross (m) (MN) type
mass (t)
AQAY Container flat A 76 21.1 20.1 1.45 B3 -
80 R1
84 R3
92 R5
AQCY Container flat (ex B 76 22 20.1 1.30 B3 R10
WQCY) 80 R1,R2,R10
AQEY Articulated B 112 32 27.6 1.80 B2
container (6
axles)
AQKY Articulated B 112 30 25.8 1.80 B2
container (6
axles)
AQOX Container flat C 76 25 23.7 1.30 B3 -
80 R1

gross (m) (MN) type
mass (t)
AQQX Container flat C 76 26 23.7 1.30 B3 -
80 R1
AQQY Container flat B 76 23 20.1 1.30 B3 R10
80 R1, R10
AQRF Container flat C 76 21 14.9 1.30 B1
AQRY Articulated B 112 32 27.6 1.80 B2 R10
container (6
axles) (ex AQEY)
AQSY Container flat B 76 23 20.1 1.30 B3 R10
80 R1, R10
PQLY Container wagon A 76 19.3 19.31 2.2 B4 R9,R10
84 R3,R9,R10
92 R5,R9,R10
PQNY Container wagon A 76 16.2 13.37 2.2 B4 R9,R10
84 R3,R9,R10
PQWY Container well B 76 21.7 19.6 2.2 B3 R9,R10
84 R3,R9,R10
92 R5,R9,R10
WQCX Container flat C 76 23 20.1 1.30 B3 R10
80 R1, R10
WQCY Container flat B 76 22 20.1 1.30 B3 R R10
80 R1, 2, 10
WQTY Container flat C 76 24 20.1 1.30 B3 R10
Table 149 – Genesee & Wyoming Australia –Well wagons
gross (m) (MN) type
mass (t)
AWWX Well wagon C 74 27 19.6 1.30 B3
Table 150 – Genesee & Wyoming Australia – Sleeper wagons
gross (m) (MN) type
mass (t)
AZCF Sleepers C 76 20.3 15.2 0.90 B1 -
80 R1
AZCL Sleepers C 76 20.3 15.2 0.90 B1 -
80 R1
RGC Sleepers C 76 20.3 15.2 0.90 B1 -
80 R1

10.23.3. Genesee & Wyoming Australia – Passenger rolling stock
Table 151 – Genesee & Wyoming Australia – Passenger rolling stock
JTA Crew Car 80 51 12 23.9 0.89 R9
JRA Crew Car 80 52 12 23.9 0.89 R9
10.24. GrainCorp Operations Ltd.

10.24.1. GrainCorp Operations Ltd. – Locomotives
Table 152 – GrainCorp Operations Ltd. – Locomotives
faces (m)
48 L13 Diesel 100 78 14.8 1.80 900 Ex PN 48 R11
class
48200 L13 Diesel 100 78 14.8 1.80 900 Ex PN 48 R11
class ( 48201-
48224)
GPU L13 Diesel 100 78 14.8 1.80 900 Ex PN 48 R11
class. Cab is
non operable.
Slave or
booster unit
only.
GPU
locomotive to
be marshalled
behind lead
locomotive at
all times.
10.24.2. GrainCorp Operations Limited – Freight rolling stock

Table 153 – GrainCorp Operations Limited – Freight rolling Stock
(MN)
NGVF/ Grain (Ex NGVF) C 76 20.5 15.1 1.80 ••B4
GGVF
NGXH/ * 3 permanently coupled grain A 228 26 *51.8 2.45 ••B4 -
GGXH hoppers 252 R3
276 R5, a
F 300 b
a. Maximum speed when loaded to 276 tonnes (23 tonne axle load) between Berry –
Bomaderry – Berry = 50 km/h
b. Maximum speed when loaded to 300 tonnes (25 tonne axle load) gross mass on
Class 1 track = 65 km/h.

10.25. Great Southern Railway
10.25.1. Great Southern Railway – Passenger rolling stock
Table 154 – Great Southern Railway – Passenger rolling stock

ACC Gold Lounge 115 49 23.8 0.89 No 223E
car
AEC Entertainment 115 48.7 23.8 0.89 No 222
car
AFC Lounge 115 44 53 23.8 0.89 Nos 213,227, 301,305-
307,936-939
AG Passenger 115 49 62 23.8 0.89 Nos 369,372-376
AJ 1st Cl Coach 115 45.9 44 23.8 0.89 Nos 1 – 3
AOB Lounge 115 45 54 Diners 23.8 0.89 Menindee Lakes Lounge
ARJ Sleeper 115 49 18 Berths 23.8 0.89 Roomette Nos 242, 243,
272, 282, 941, 945, 973, 984
ARL Sleeper 115 49 18 Berths 23.8 0.89 Twinette Nos 246,248-250,
289, 291, 293, 308-310,
324, 326, 920-923, 925,
961-963, 992
ARM Sleeper 115 49 16 Berths 23.8 0.89 Twinette Nos 288,947,951-
953,987,990
BG Passenger 115 52 62 23.8 0.89 Nos 368,370,371
BJ Econ Coach 115 45.4 64 23.9 0.89 Nos 4 – 10
BMC Passenger 115 49 23.9 0.45 No 2
BRG Sleeper 115 51.1 10 Berths 23.8 0.89 Roomette Nos 168, 170,
171, 173, 175, 221, 267,
269, 271, 969, 972, 974, 999
BRJ Sleeper 115 50 32 Berths 23.8 0.89 Roomette Nos 268, 270,
302, 303, 912, 915, 916,
918, 919
CDF Cafeteria 115 49 54 23.8 0.89 Nos 225,924,928,929,966
CCL 1st Cl Lounge 115 43.0 23.8 0.89 Nos 2 and 3
DF Diner 115 51 48 Diners 23.8 0.89 Nos 226, 231-233, 294, 304,
927, 930, 934, 964
ER Staff Car 115 48 23.8 0.89 Nos 207,313,906,909
HGM Power Van 115 57 23.8 0.89 Nos 205,296-298, 317, 900,
902-904
HM Brake Van 115 42 23.8 0.89 Nos 255, 256, 311, 312,
318, 901, 957-959
JRB 1st Roomette 115 47.1 20 Berths 23.8 0.89 Nos 1 and 2
JTB 1st Twinette 115 47.7 20 Berths 23.8 0.89 Nos 1 – 4
RBJ Club car 115 46 23.8 0.89 Nos 1 – 3
SSA Chairmans 115 46 23.8 0.89 No 260
Car

10.25.2. Great Southern Railway – Freight rolling stock
Table 155 – Great Southern Railway – Freight rolling stock
(MN)
AMPZ Motor car carrier A 34 25 23.1 1.30 B2
AMRZ Motor car carrier A 34 25 23.1 1.30 B2
AQMZ Motor car carrier A 55 21 20.1 1.30 B2
10.26. Greentrains
10.26.1. Greentrains – Locomotives
Table 156 – Greentrains – Locomotives
45s - - L12 Diesel 115 112 17.9 0.90 1800 Ex SRA 45 R11
class
48s - - L13 Diesel 100 75.2 14.8 1.30 900 Nos 37 Ex R11
SRA 48 class
locomotive
49 L13 Diesel 100 81 1534 0.9 875 R11
600 L12 Diesel 115 112 17.9 0.90 1800 Ex AN locos, R11
same as SRA
45 class
80 L9 Diesel 115 121 19.0 1.80 2000 Ex Pacific R11
National 80
class
D47, L11 Diesel 100 122 17.6 1.80 1950 Ex BHP D R11
D48, class, Ex
D49, Westrail K
D51 Class 6819
litres fuel
NA L10 Diesel 90 120 17.9 0.75 2000 Ex Westrail
1874 NB class,
Fuel 4000
litres
K L11 Diesel 100 110 17.64 1.80 1950 R11
T L13 Diesel 100 69 13.4 1.30 875 R11, a
c. These locomotives can be disregarded when calculating the maximum number of

locomotives that can be marshalled on the front of a train.

10.26.2. Greentrains – Freight rolling stock
Table 157 – Greentrains – Container wagons
mass (t) (MN)
SQKF Container flat (ex C 76 18.2 18.0 0.90 B3 -
RKQX) 80 R1
SQLY Containers (ex B 76 22 17.9 1.30 B1 R10
AFSY,RFSY) 80 R1, R10
SQMY Containers (ex B 76 22.2 23.7 1.30 B3 -
RQOY) (Mass 80 R1, a
reduced SQOY).
SQNY Containers (ex B 76 19 15.2 1.30 B2 R10
AFCY)
SQOY Containers (ex B 76 24 23.7 1.30 B3 -
RQOY). 80 R1, a
a. When these vehicles are loaded in excess of 76 tonnes gross mass they are not
permitted to operate Valley Heights to Katoomba (both directions).
10.27. Heritage Locomotive Company

10.27.1. Heritage Locomotive Company – Locomotives
Table 158 – Heritage Locomotive Company – Locomotives
faces (m)
421 L12 Diesel 115 110 18.9 0.90 1800 Road No. R11
42101
10.28. Interail Australia

10.28.1. Interail Australia – Locomotives
Table 159 – Interail Australia – Locomotives
Category speed weight coupling capacity power
421 L12 Diesel 115 110 18.9 0.90 1800 Ex SRA R11
Loco
422 L10 Diesel 115 110 18.4 1.80 2000 Ex SRA R11
Loco
423 L12 Diesel 80 95.1 16.0 1.00 1500 R11
L L6 Diesel 100 137 20.2 1.80 3000 13000 R8, R11
Litres fuel
Ex WAGR

10.28.2. Interail Australia – Freight rolling stock
Table 160 – Interail Australia – Freight rolling stock
Code Description Class Max gross Tare Length (m) Draw Brake Notes
mass (t) (t) capacity type
(MN)
QHAF Coal Hopper (ex C 76 15.5 15.1 2.90 B3
VAKM)
QHBF Coal Hopper (ex C 76 15.5 15.1 2.90 B3
VAKM)
10.29. Junee Railway Workshop

10.29.1. Junee Railway Workshop – Locomotives
Table 161 – Junee Railway Workshop – Locomotives
faces (m)
48 L13 Diesel 100 75.2 14.8 1.8 900 4814, 4816, R11
4836 Ex SRA
locos
830 L13 Diesel 100 71.4 14.8 1.8 900 No 852 R11
10.29.2. Junee Railway Workshop – Freight rolling stock

Table 162 – Junee Railway Workshop – Freight rolling stock
(MN)
EQAX Container flat.(ex BHP) C 76 21.7 20.1 0.75 B1 R10
Wagon No 10 92 R5, R10
EQAX #Container flat.(ex BHP C 76 21.7 20.1 0.75 B1 R10
ex PT wagon) 92 R5, R10
# These vehicles are not fitted with grade control valves or fixed exhaust chokes. If
operating LOADED in the Up direction between Katoomba and Valley Heights, these
vehicles shall not exceed 20% of the train mass.
No restrictions apply when EMPTY

10.30. Lachlan Valley Railway
10.30.1. Lachlan Valley Railway – Locomotives
Table 163 – Lachlan Valley Railway – Locomotives
3026 Steam Loco 80 101.25 17.6 0.75 Maximum R11
speed tender
first 35 km/h
speed tender
first 40 km/h
speed tender
first 35 km/h
speed tender
first 40 km/h
42 L12 Diesel 115 122.0 18.5 0.90 1750 Ex SRA Loco R11
44 L12 Diesel 115 108 17.8 0.90 1800 Ex SRA Loco R11
49 L13 Diesel 100 81.0 15.4 0.90 875 Ex Patrick R11
(NSW 49
class)
10.30.2. Lachlan Valley Railway – Diesel rail cars

Table 164 – Lachlan Valley Railway – Diesel rail cars
CPH12 Rail Motor 80 25 43 13.6 Small Hook R12
10.30.3. Lachlan Valley Railway – Passenger rolling stock

Table 165 – Lachlan Valley Railway – Passenger rolling stock

faces (m)
ABS Dining 115 46 21.5 0.70 No 2304
EAM Sleeper 115 48 20 Slpr/20 20.3 0.30 No 1831
sitt
FS Economy 115 40 64 20. 4 0.30 Nos 2091,
2029, 2126,
2133
MCE Corridor car 115 52.9 66 22.7 0.30 No 114
RBS First 115 41.1 30 19.8 0.30 No 2160

faces (m)
OAH Twin Sleeper 115 44 20 Berths 20.3 0.5 Ex RDH
2237
OAS Twin Sleeper 115 44 20 Berths 21.5 0.5 Ex ODS
2261
OSS Shop / Lounge 115 45 N/A 21.5 0.5 Ex SDS
2271
OAP Twin Sleeper 115 46 20 Berths 23.4 0.5 Ex NAM
2331
OAM Twin Sleeper 115 46 20 Berths 23.4 0.5 Ex NAM
2336, NAM
2329
OAN Roomette/ 115 46 20 Berths 23.4 0.5 Ex LAN
Slper 2378
ORS Diner 115 46 N/A 21.5 0.5 Ex ABS
2300
OSH Bar / Lounge 115 44 N/A 20.3 0.5 Ex BHA
2223
OPV Power Van 115 44 N/A 14.5 0.5 Ex PHV
2402
10.30.4. Lachlan Valley Railway – Freight rolling stock

Table 166 – Lachlan Valley Railway – Freight rolling stock

mass (t) (MN)
K No 485 – 4 wheel open D 36 10.0 7.3 B1
wagon
L No 168 – 4 wheel open D 24 8.0 6.3 B1

wagon (ex S truck)
FHG No 31772 bogie guards A 30 24 13.1 0.70 B2
van
SWT No 12 Bogie water gin C 54 24 14.6 B1
31540 litres
10.31. Locomotive Demand Power (LDP)

10.31.1. Locomotive Demand Power – Locomotives
Table 167 – Locomotive Demand Power – Locomotives
faces (m)
LDP AC6 AC Diesel 115 134 22.0 2.25 4500 Type R11,
GT46C- R14
Ace

faces (m)
LDP10 AC6 AC Diesel 115 134 22.0 2.25 4500 Type R11,
GT46C- R13,
Ace Nos. R14
LDP10 to
LDP14
10.32. Macfield Leasing Corp

10.32.1. Macfield Leasing Corp – Freight rolling stock
Table 168 – Macfield Leasing Corp – Hopper wagons
Code Description Class Max Tare Length Draw capacity Brake Notes
gross (t) (m) (MN) type
mass (t)
PHMY Stone hopper B 76 25.3 12.9 2.2 B3 -
84 R3
92 R5
10.33. Manildra Flour

10.33.1. Manildra Flour – Locomotives
Table 169 – Manildra Flour – Locomotives
faces (m)
MM L13 Diesel 100 81 15.4 0.90 875 Ex SRA Loco R11
49 class
Converted to
driver only
(yard
restricted)
442 L11 Diesel 115 115 18.7 1.8 2000 44208, 44209 R11
10.33.2. Manildra Flour – Freight rolling stock

Table 170 – Manildra Flour – Freight rolling stock
(MN)
MBAX Covered wagon (Ex C 76 25 18.0 1.30 B3 -
WBAX) 80 R1
MHGX Grain hopper (Ex C 76 21 14.6 1.30 B2
AHGX)
MQRF Container flat (Ex C 76 21 14.9 1.30 B1
AQRF)
MGFH Grain hopper C 100 26.5 17.6 1.80 B4 1, 2, 3
1. MGFH vehicles are permitted to operate when empty, in all areas where Class C
type vehicles are permitted to run. These vehicles are only permitted to operate
when loaded up to 100 tonnes gross mass, on Class 1 track with the following
exceptions:
Section:
Berry – Bomaderry – Berry Maximum Speed: 50 km/h
Section:
Omega Tunnels (121.000 km to 125.000 km) Maximum Speed: 50 km/h
2. These vehicles are also permitted to operate, when loaded up to 81 tonnes gross
mass, in all areas where Class E vehicles are permitted to run. Refer to the
MAXIMUM SPEED OF LOCOMOTIVES AND ROLLING STOCK page for each
section in the respective Working Timetable for this information.
3. When these vehicles are loaded they are not permitted to use Berry Down Siding.
10.34. Mineral Resources Limited (MRL)

10.34.1. Mineral Resources Limited – Locomotives
Table 171 – Mineral Resources Limited – Locomotives
faces (m)
MRL AC6 Diesel 115 134 22 2.25 4500 C44aci R9,R11,
Electric AC R14
Traction 60 139 R9,R11,
R14,a
a. MRL locomotive operation above 134t up to 139t restricted as per TS TOC 2,

10.35. Museum of Applied Arts and Sciences

10.35.1. Museum of Applied Arts and Sciences – Locomotives
Table 172 – Museum of Applied Arts and Sciences – Locomotives
faces (m)
speed
tender first
40 km/h
3830 Steam Loco 115 201 23.3 0.90 Max speed R11
tender first
40 km/h

10.35.2. Museum of Applied Arts and Sciences – Passenger rolling
stock
Table 173 – Museum of Applied Arts and Sciences – Passenger rolling stock

speed loaded capacity coupling faces capacity
(km/h) mass (t) (m) (MN)
GG Gov. Gen. 115 37.2 6 Berths 20.5 0.20 Wooden body
Car restricted
service
10.36. National Rail Equipment Co (NREC)

10.36.1. National Rail Equipment Co – Locomotives
Table 174 – National Rail Equipment Co – Locomotives
faces (m)
1200 L9 Diesel 115 114 19.5 3.5 2400 3 Gensets R11, a
Electric
Genset
a. All 3 gensets shall be fitted at all times.
10.37. North West Coach Builders

10.37.1. North West Coach Builders – Passenger rolling stock
Table 175 – North West Coach Builders – Passenger rolling stock

EBS Passenger 115 40.1 42 20.38 0.30 No. 2076
first class (ex
BS 2076)
10.38. NSW TrainLink

10.38.1. NSW TrainLink – Locomotives
Table 176 – NSW TrainLink – Locomotives
faces (m)
XP N/A Diesel 160 76 17.4 0.299 2000 4500 Litres
fuel

10.38.2. NSW TrainLink – Passenger rolling stock
Table 177 – NSW TrainLink – Passenger rolling stock – Xplorer

EA Xplorer 145 58 42 1st 25.3 0.25 Driving car with
buffet
EB Xplorer 145 58 66 Econ 24.7 0.25 Intermediate car
EC Xplorer 145 57 50 Econ 25.3 0.25 Driving car with
booked luggage
Table 178 – NSW TrainLink – Passenger rolling stock – XPT

XAM XPT Car 160 48.3 18 Berths 24.2 0.25 27 seats day
travel. Crew
compartment
XFH XPT Car 160 40.1 52 Econ 24.2 0.25 Crew
compartment +
booked luggage
XBR XPT Car 160 43.6 21 Econ 24.2 0.25 Buffet car,
wheelchair
position
XF XPT Car 160 41.6 68 Econ 24.2 0.25
XL XPT Car 160 39.6 56 1st 24.2 0.25
Table 179 – NSW TrainLink – Passenger rolling stock – Double deck intercity cars -
Narrow Width Classification (Group 1)
Type of Sets Car Code Max Tare Length Length Width Seat
car numbers speed mass (t) body coupled (mm) capacity
(km/h) (m) (mm)
Motor V 8021-8031 DCM 115 61.0 23530 23.9 2928 88
Motor V 8032-8036 DTM 115 61.0 23530 23.9 2928 88
Motor V 8020, 8038- DIM 115 59.4 23530 23.9 2928 96
8092
Motor V 8093-8138 DJM 115 61.0 23530 23.9 2928 96
(Chopper
control)
Motor V 8139-8145 DKM 115 61.7 23485 23.9 2916 96
(Chopper
control)
Ctrl Trailer V 9031-9036 DTD 115 46.0 23530 23.9 2928 94
Ctrl Trailer V 9037-9044 DCT 115 46.0 23530 23.9 2928 94
#
Trailer V 9101-9184 DIT 115 44.0/45.6 23232 23.8 2928 112
Trailer V 9185-9191 DKT 115 44.3 23232 23.8 2916 112
Trailer V 9201-9207 DMT 115 40.0 23514 23.9 2915 92
Trailer V 9208-9211 DDT 115 40.0 23514 23.9 2915 96
Trailer V 9212-9215 DFT 115 40.0 23292 23.8 2915 100
car numbers speed mass (t) body coupled (mm) capacity
(km/h) (m) (mm)
Trailer V 9216 DET 115 43.0 23530 23.9 2928 100
Motor Y 8121, 8127, DJM 115 61.0 23530 23.9 2928 %
(Chopper 8128, 8134
control)
Trailer Y 9127, 9131 DIT 115 44.0 23232 23.8 2928 %
% No passengers are to be carried in these sets, crew and testing personnel only. To
run as 3 car sets.
# Not used as driving trailers – some control removed.
Table 180 – NSW TrainLink – Passenger rolling stock – Double deck outer suburban
cards – Medium Width Classification (Group 3)
Type of Sets Car numbers Code Max Tare Length Length Width Seat
car speed mass body coupled (mm) capacity
(km/h) (t) (m) (mm)
Motor Car H 5821 – 5826, ON 130 53.5 19570 20.3 3034 118
(UG) 5901 – 5949
Motor Car H 5871 – 5876, ONL 130 54.1 19570 20.3 3034 110
(With 5951 – 5999
toilet)
(UG)
Trailer H 6843 – 6854, OD 130 49.2 19570 20.4 3034 102
Control 6901 – 6999
(UG)
(UG) United Group Limited Rail
Table 181 – NSW TrainLink – Passenger rolling stock – Endeavour cars –

Type of car Sets Car Code Max Tare Length Length Width Seat
numbers speed mass (t) body coupled (mm) capacity
(km/h) (m) (mm)
Motor (Toilet) N 2801-2814 TE 145 57.8 24750 25.2 2921 82
++
Motor N 2851-2864 LE 145 56.6 24750 25.2 2921 95
(Luggage) ++
++ Note R12 applies – see 10.1 Explanation of notes for locomotive and rolling
stock data (page 176).
Table 182 – NSW TrainLink – Passenger rolling stock – Hunter cars –

(km/h) (t) (m) (mm)
Hunter Rail J 2701 – 2707 HM 145 61.0 24320 25.2 2930 @ 77
Car ++
Hunter Rail J 2751 – 2757 HMT 145 61.5 24320 25.2 2930 @ 69
Car with
Toilet ++
++ Note R12 applies – see 10.1 Explanation of notes for locomotive and rolling
stock data (page 176).
@ Each car has 2 wheel chair spaces.
10.39. Nova Coal Australia

10.39.1. Nova Coal Australia – Freight rolling stock
Table 183 – Nova Coal Australia – Freight rolling stock
Code Description Class Max Gross Tare (t) Length Draw Brake Notes
Mass (t) (m) capacity type
(MN)
PHCH *7 permanently G 840 23 *109.2 2.45 B4
coupled coal C Empty
wagons.
10.40. Pacific National

10.40.1. Pacific National – Locomotives
Table 184 – Pacific National – Locomotives
Faces
(m)
48 L13 Diesel 100 75.2 14.8 0.90* 900 4801 – 85 R11
*4801 – 125
48 L13 Diesel 100 78 14.8 1.80** 900 4886 – 165 R11
** 48126 –
165
80 L9 Diesel 115 121 19.0 1.80 2000 R11
81 L4 Diesel 115 129 21.2 2.20 3000 R11
82 L3 Diesel 115 132 22.0 2.20 3000 R11
830 L13 Diesel 100 71.4 14.8 0.90 900 R11
90 L1 Diesel 80 167 22.0 2.20 4000 R11
R14
60 139 R9, R11,
R14, a
(9301-9324) R14
60 139 R9, R11,
R14, a
AN L2 Diesel 115 130 22.0 2.20 4000 R11
BL L4 Diesel 115 128 20.7 2.20 3000  BL’s R8,R11
26,27,28,
31,33,35.
DL L5 Diesel 115 121.5 19.7 2.20 3000 DL’s 38 to R8
50.

Faces
(m)
G L4 Diesel 115 128 19.8 1.80 3000 Nos 511 to R11
543
L L6 Diesel 100 137 20.2 1.80 3000 13000 Litres R11
fuel Ex
WAGR
NR L2 Diesel 115 132 22.0 2.20 4000 R9,R11
NR L2 Diesel 115 132 22.0 2.20 4000 ECP Fitted R9, R11,
R13, b,
#, %
PL L13 Diesel 100 75.2 14.8 0.90* 900 Ex 48 class R11
locomotive
T^ L13 Diesel 100 69 13.4 1.30 875 R11
TT AC6 AC Diesel 115 134 22.0 2.25 4500 TT01 – TT08 R11,R13,
GT46C-Ace R14, $
60 139 R11,R13,
R14, a
TT100 AC6 AC Diesel 115 134 22.0 2.25 4500 TT101- R11,R13,
TT132 R14, $
60 139 GT46C-Ace R11,R13,
R14, a
X% **L7 Diesel 115 118 18.4 1.80 2000 ** L7 rating R8,R11
L9 for X46, X47
and X51
XRB L5 Diesel 115 128 18.4 1.80 3000 Non cab
slave/booster
unit. To be
marshalled
behind lead
locomotive at
all times.
XR2 L5 Diesel 115 128 18.4 1.80 3000 R11
#X100 Diesel 20 18 6.8
Shunter
#X200 Diesel 50 30 7.4
Shunter
^ These locomotives can be disregarded when calculating the maximum number of

locomotives that can be marshalled on the front of a train
% Nos 38, 46, 45, 47 and 51 only fitted with de-sanding equipment – exempt from
note R8. May operate as a single unit or in multiple unit consists
# TOC Waiver authority required for travel over TfNSW Metropolitan Heavy Rail
network tracks
 These locomotives equipped with de-sanding equipment – exempt from note R8.
May operate as single units or in multiple unit consists
a. Operation above 134t restricted as per TS TOC 2, Division Pages, North Division
Pages

b. Only locomotives NR 14, 15, 17, 31, 38, 40, 54, 55, 60, 71, 73, 78, 108, 115, 116,
and 120 fitted with ECP (note R13)
# These locomotives are permitted to operate in ECP mode with the following consist:
2 x NR (R13) Locomotives leading – 44 x RHKY wagons
% These locomotives are permitted to operate in ECP and WDP mode with the
following consist:
1 x NR (R13) locomotive – 36 x RHKY wagons – 1 x NR (R13) locomotive
1 x NR (R13) locomotive – 36 x RHKY wagons – 1 x TT/TT100 locomotive
$ These locomotives are permitted to operate in ECP and WDP mode with the
following consist:
1 x TT/TT100 locomotive – 36 x RHKY wagons – 1 x TT/TT100 locomotive
10.40.2. Pacific National – Freight rolling stock

Table 185 – Pacific National – Covered wagons
mass (t) (MN)
RBFX Box van C 76 30 23.7 1.30 B3 -
80 R1
VBBX Covered wagon C 76 22 13.1 0.90 B1 -
80 R1
VBCW Covered wagon C 76 35 23.5 1.30 B1

10.40.3. Pacific National – Coiled steel wagons
Table 186 – Pacific National – Coiled steel wagons
mass (t) (MN)
NCWF Coil C 76 21 13.1 0.75 B3
NCFF Jumbo Coil / C 76 21.5 20.5 1.80 B3 R10
Container 92 R5,R10
wagon
RCAF Coil C 76 24 15.1 1.85 B3 -
80 R1
RCAY Coil (ex VQCX) A 76 24.5 20.085 1.30 B1 -
84 R3
88 R5
RCBF Jumbo coil C 76 21 15.1 1.85 B3 -
steel/scrap steel 92 R5
container
wagon
RCDX Coil C 76 23 14.9 1.30 B1 -
80 R1
RCEF Coil (Ex VQOF) C 76 21 14.9 1.30 B2 -
80 R1
RCIX Coil C 76 22 14.6 0.90 B3 -
80 R1
RCJY Coil (Ex RQMY) A 76 25 20.1 1.30 B3 R10
84 R3, R10
92 R5, R10
RCKF Coil C 76 22 12.3 1.80 B3 -
80 R1
92 R5
RCOF Coil C 76 20 15.1 1.80 B3 -
80 R1
RCPF Coil C 76 15 11.0 0.90 B3 -
80 R1
RCQF Coil C 76 21 15.1 1.85 B3 -
92 R5
RCRX Coil C 76 25 14.6 0.90 B2 -
80 R1
RCSF Coil C 76 22 12.3 1.30 B3 -
92 R5
RCWF Coil C 76 21 13.1 0.75 B3

10.40.4. Pacific National – Track maintenance vehicles
Table 187 – Pacific National – Track maintenance vehicles
mass (t) (MN)
NDHX Sleeper carrying C 76 20.0 14.6 1.25 B3 -
wagon 80 R1
RDSF Container wagon C 72 21.0 14.6 1.05 B2
for transport of
sleepers
RDTF Container wagon C 80 21.0 14.6 1.05 B2 R1
for transport of
sleepers
RDUF Container wagon C 80 21.0 14.6 1.25 B2 R1
for transport of
sleepers
(ex RDTF)
10.40.5. Pacific National – Container flat electric operated

Table 188 – Pacific National – Container flat electric operated
mass (t) (MN)
VEKX container flat C 76 25 23.7 1.30 B2 -
electric 80 R1
operated
10.40.6. Pacific National – Flat wagons

Table 189 – Pacific National – flat wagons
mass (t) (MN)
VFCX Flat for C 76 23.7 20.7 1.30 B2 R9
pipe/logs (ex
VQLX)
VFHX Log wagons ex C 76 25 20.7 1.30 B2 -
VFNX 80 R1
VFLX Flat with C 76 26 20.7 1.30 B1
bulkheads
10.40.7. Pacific National – Grain hoppers

Table 190 – Pacific National – Freight rolling stock – grain hoppers

mass (MN)
(t)
NGDX Grain C 73 18.5 14.3 0.90 •B3
NGFF Grain C 76 22 14.6 0.75 B2

mass (MN)
(t)
NGGF Grain A 78 21 14.3 1.80 B3
When loaded from 78 up to E 81
a maximum of 81 tonnes
gross mass Class E
speeds will apply.
NGHF Grain C 76 17.8 14.4 1.80 ••B4
NGIF Grain C 76 19 15.1 0.75 •B4
NGKF Grain A 78 21.5 14.3 1.80 ••B3
gross mass Class E
speeds will apply.
NGLF Grain C 73 17 14.3 0.90 B2
NGMA Grain D 68 22 11.9 0.75 B2
NGMF Grain D 68 22 11.9 0.75 B2
NGNF Grain C 73 17 14.3 0.75 B2
NGOF Grain C 73 17 14.3 0.75 B2
NGPF Grain A 78 21 14.3 1.80 ••B4
gross mass Class E
speeds will apply.
NGRX Rice C 73 17 14.3 0.90 B3
NGUX Grain C 76 17 12.3 0.90 B2
NGVF Grain C 76 20.5 15.1 1.80 ••B4
NGWF Grain C 76 19 15.1 0.75 •B2
NGXH * 3 permanently coupled A *228 26 *51.8 2.45 ••B4 -
grain hoppers *252 R3
*276 R5, #
F *300 %
NGYF Grain (ex NGHF) C 76 19 14.4 1.80 ••B4
VHAF Hopper grain C 76 21 14.9 1.30 B3 -
80 R1
VHGF Hopper grain C 76 21 14.9 1.30 B2
VHGX Hopper Aluminium Nos 1 C 76 17 14.9 1.30 B2
to 20
VHGY Hopper grain C 76 21 14.9 1.30 B2 -
80 R1
VHHF Hopper grain C 75 23 15.5 1.30 B2
VHHX Hopper grain C 76 23 15.5 1.30 B2
VHKY Hopper grain A 76 25 15.5 2.60 ••B4 -
84 R3
92 R5
VHLY Hopper grain (ex VHGY) A 76 23.6 14.9 1.30 B2 -
84 R3
92 R5

mass (MN)
(t)
VHNY Hopper grain (ex VHEF) A 76 24 15.5 1.30 B3 -
84 R3
92 R5
VHSF Hopper sand C 76 22 13.2 1.30 B2 ^
XGAY Grain Hopper B 76 24.4 16.5 2.2 ••B3 -
84 R3
92 R5
# Maximum speed when loaded to 276 tonnes (23 tonne axle load) between Berry –
Bomaderry – Berry = 50 km/h
% Maximum speed when loaded to 300 tonnes (25 tonne axle load) gross mass on
Class 1 track = 65 km/h.
^ These vehicles are not fitted with grade control valves or fixed exhaust chokes. If
vehicles shall not exceed 20% of the train mass. No restrictions apply when EMPTY
10.40.8. Pacific National – Coal and rock/sand hoppers

Table 191 – Pacific National – Coal and rock/sand hoppers
mass (t) (MN)
BXLA Coal wagons C 92 22 16.9 0.50 •B2 R5
curved sided D 100 a
(Ex BHP) (Nos
163, 169 & 172
only)
NHAF Mineral Nos. C 76 18 15.1 0.75 B2
32901-33000
NHAF Mineral Nos. C 76 18 14.5 0.75 B2
33001-33150
NHAY Mineral No. B 76 18 14.5 0.75 B2
33002
NHBH *3 permanently C *300 23.8 *50.3 2.20 ••B3 c
coupled coal
wagons (Ex
NHFF/NHSH –
fitted with
electrical
pickups for door
activation)
NHCF Coke C Empty 23 17.1 1.80 ••B3 -
92 R5
F 100 -
NHEF Mineral C 76 18 15.1 0.90 B2

mass (t) (MN)
NHEH *4 permanently B Empty 21.9 *61.5 2.45 E1
coupled coal G *480
wagons (ECP
Brake fitted)
Not permitted
on grades
steeper than 1
in 40 when in
the loaded
condition.
NHFF *3 permanently C 300 23.8 *50.3 2.20 ••B3 c
coupled coal
wagons
NHFH *3 permanently C Empty 23 *50.3 2.20 ••B3 -
coupled coal *276 R5
wagons
F *300 -
NHHF Coal (Ex NGHF C 76 17.8 14.4 1.80 ••B4
– fitted with
electrical
pickups for door
activation)
NHJF Coal C 100 25 16.9 2.20 ••B3 c
NHKF Coal C 100 25 16.9 2.20 ••B3 c
NHMH Coal C 100 22 16.9 2.20 ••B2 c
NHOF Coke C 76 23 17.1 1.80 ••B3 -
80 R1
NHPH *8 permanently C Empty 23 *129.2 2.20 ••B4
coupled coal G *960
wagons
NHQH *8 permanently C Empty 23 *129.2 2.20 ••B4
coupled coal G *960
wagons
NHQH *4 permanently C Empty 23 *64.8 2.20 ••B4

coupled coal G *480
wagons
NHRH *7 permanently B Empty 23 *113.5 2.45 ••B4
coupled coal G *840
wagons
NHSH *3 permanently C *300 23.8 *50.3 2.20 ••B3 c
coupled coal
wagons
NHTF Coal C 76 20 15.1 1.80 ••B3
NHTH Coal C Empty 23 17.1 1.80 ••B3 -
80 -
92 R5
F 100 -
NHVF Coal C Empty 25 16.9 1.80 ••B3 -
92 R5
F 100 -
NHWH *4 permanently A Empty 25.4 *64.2 2.45 ••B4 R9
coupled coal G *480 R9
wagons

mass (t) (MN)
NHYH *4 permanently B Empty 21.9 *61.5 2.45 ••B4
coupled coal G *480
wagons
Not permitted
on grades
steeper than 1
in 40 when in
the loaded
condition.
RHCH * 2 permanently C Empty 22 *31.3 2.45 ••B4
coupled coal G *240
wagons
RHDF Mineral C 76 26.5 14.7 1.30 B2 -

92 R5
100 b
RHEH * 3 permanently C *228 21.3 *43.5 2.2 ••B4 R9
coupled *276 R5, R9
limestone
wagons F *300 c, R9
RHFH * 2 permanently B Empty 22.4 *32.5 2.45 ••B4

coupled coal G *240
wagons
RHGF Mineral C 76 21.2 14.6 1.10 B2 -
92 R5
RHHH * 2 permanently A Empty 25.0 *32.2 2.45 ••B4 R9
coupled coal G *240 R9
wagons
RHIF Aggregate C 92 20.5 11.9 1.05 B2 R5
hopper (ex
NGMA)
RHJH * 2 permanently C Empty 23 *33.6 2.2 ••B3 -
coupled coal *184 R5
wagons
F *200 -
RHJF * 3 permanently C Empty 24.3 *50.3 2.2 ••B4 -
coupled mineral * 300 c
hopper wagons
(ex NHBH)
RHJY Sand hopper A 76 22 11.9 1.05 •B2
(ex NGMA)
RHKY Mineral hopper F 200 45.4* 27.0* 1.8 # % E1 d, e, f, g
(*2 permanently C 152 d, e, f, g
coupled
wagons) B Empty d, e, f, g
a. Operation of these wagons loaded to 100 tonnes is restricted to between

Unanderra and Wongawilli.
b. These vehicles are restricted to the areas of operation and operating conditions for
G class vehicles when loaded between 92 tonnes gross and 100 tonnes gross.
c. These vehicles are not permitted to operate in the Omega Tunnels (121.000 km to
125.000 km), between Berry and Bomaderry, or between Clyde and Sandown (not
permitted in class 2 track, only permitted in class 1 track).

Notes on RHKY wagons:
# These wagons are permitted to operate in ECP mode with the following consist:
2 x NR (R13) Locomotives leading – 44 x RHKY wagons
% These wagons are permitted to operate in ECP and WDP mode with the following
consist:
1 x NR (R13) locomotive – 36 x RHKY wagons – 1 x NR (R13) locomotive
1 x TT/TT100 locomotive – 36 x RHKY wagons – 1 x TT/TT100 locomotive
d. Operation restricted to class 1 track when loaded above 168t (21t axle load).
e. Operation restricted to between Macarthur and St Marys (via Yennora or Regents

Park) and Illawarra line (up to Meeks Rd/ARTC boundary) when loaded above 152t
(19t axle loads).
f. When operating in WDP mode, the following controls shall be in place:
i. No dangerous goods to be transported.
ii. No mixing empty (or partly loaded) and loaded wagons with a train consist,
all wagons to be loaded or all wagons to be empty.
iii. WDP operation to be restricted to synchronous operation only, no

asynchronous operation permitted.
iv. Routine ECP/WDP function testing as per normal per trip checks to be in
place.
g. When loaded above 152t (19t axle loads) the following speed restrictions shall be
observed on bridges and structures:
Table 192 – RHKY wagon speed restrictions
Line Location Location Structure designation Structure Maximum

(km) Speed (km/h)
Illawarra Stanwell Park 56.727 Stanwell Creek Viaduct Underbridge 40
Illawarra Kembla Grange 93.161 Mullet Creek Underbridge 40
Illawarra Dunmore 110.994 Boral Siding Underbridge 40
Main West Auburn 18.605 Auburn Station Access Pedestrian Subway 40
Main West Granville 21.863 Parramatta Rd Underbridge 40
Main West Parramatta 23.427 Church St Underbridge 40
Main West Westmead 24.347 Grade Separation Flyover Flyover 40
Main West Seven Hills 33.011 Grade Separation Flyover Flyover 40
Main South Carramar 26.161 Prospect Creek Underbridge 40

10.40.9. Pacific National – Steel product wagons
Table 193 – Pacific National – Steel product wagons
mass (t) (MN)
RKAF * 2 permanently C *137 23 *29.8 1.30 B2
coupled long steel
wagons
RKAX * 2 permanently C *152 36.6 *29.2 1.30 B1 ^
coupled Rail pair (8
axles)
RKAY Steel product A 76 22 15.06 1.8 B3 -
wagon (ex RKHF) 84 R3
92 R5
RKCX Merchant bar C 76 23 14.9 1.30 B2/3 -
80 R1
RKBY Merchant bar (ex A 76 22 15.1 1.8 B3 -
RKDF) 84 R3
92 R5
RKCY Merchant bar A 78 24 15.1 1.85 B3 -
80 R1
RKDF Merchant bar C 76 22 15.1 1.85 B3 -
92 R5
RKEF Steel Products C 76 23 15.5 1.80 B2 -
wagon (Ex RKEX) 92 R5
RKEX Slab C 76 22 14.9 1.30 B2 -
80 R1
RKEY Steel product A 76 23 15.38 1.8 B2 -
wagon (ex RKEF) 84 R3
92 R5
RKFX Slab C 76 26 18.0 1.30 B2 -
80 R1
RKGF Hot billet C 76 20.5 15.1 1.85 B3 -
92 R5
RKGY Steel products A 76 20.5 15.06 1.85 B3 -
wagon (ex RKGF) 84 R3
92 R5
RKHF Hot billet C 76 22 15.1 1.85 B3
92 R5
RKIY Well A 76 20 21.8 1.80 B4 -
84 R3
92 R5
RKJX Slab steel (Ex C 76 22 14.9 1.30 B2 -
RKEX) 80 R1
RKKY 3 unit feedstock A 228 51 43.5 1.85 B4 -
(12 axles) 252 R3
276 R5
RKLF 2 unit Rail pair (8 C 152 40 30.4 1.30 B2 %
axles)

mass (t) (MN)
RKLX Coil container C 76 20 14.9 1.30 B1 -
80 R1
RKLY Coil container A 78 19.5 15.1 1.85 B3 -
80 R1
RKMX 2 slot container C 76 16 14.9 1.30 B3 -
80 R1
RKMY Coil container A 76 16 14.9 1.30 B2 -
wagons (ex RKMX) 80 R1
RKNF Bulk steel C 76 31 25.9 1.30 B3 -
80 R1
RKNX Coil container C 76 20 14.9 1.30 B3 -
80 R1
RKOX Bulk steel C 76 27 23.8 1.30 B3 -
80 R1
RKPF Plate steel C 76 21 18.6 0.90 B3 -
92 R5
RKQF Plate C 76 20 18.0 0.90 B3 -
92 R5
RKRF 2 unit Rail pair (8 C 152 42.4 30.4 1.30 B2 $
axles)
RKSY 3 unit slab (12 B 228 38 42.5 1.80 B4 -
axles) 252 R3
276 R5
RKTF Pipes C 76 28 23,8 1.30 B3 -
92 R5
RKTX Steel strap C 76 28.2 23.8 1.30 B3 -
80 R1
RKUX Slab C 76 22 14.9 1.30 B1 -
80 R1
RKVY Plate (tilt bed) A 76 25.5 20.8 1.85 B4 R9
84 R3, R9
92 R5, R9
RKWY Structural A 76 26 23.8 1.30 B3 -
84 R3
92 R5
RKXF Plate C 76 27 23.4 0.90 B2 -
92 R5
RKYY Plate (tilt bed) A 76 23 20.8 1.85 B4 -
84 R3
92 R5
RKZY Slab/ coil steel A 76 19 14.6 1.80 B4 -
84 R3
92 R5
^ Each individual wagon of the pair shall have a gross mass not exceeding 76 tonnes.
The maximum mass at rail for either the centre bogies in the wagon pair shall not
exceed 38 tonnes at rail
% Each individual wagon of the pair shall have a gross mass not exceeding
76 tonnes. The maximum mass at rail for either the centre bogies in the wagon pair
shall not exceed 38 tonnes at rail
$ Each individual wagon of the pair shall have a gross mass not exceeding 76 tonnes.
The maximum mass at rail for either the centre bogies in the wagon pair shall not
exceed 38 tonnes at rail
10.40.10. Pacific National – Louvered vans

Table 194 – Pacific National – Louvered vans
mass (t) (MN)
NLDF Van C 76 28 21.7 1.80 B3 -
80 R1
NLJX Van C 76 27 18.0 0.90 B3 -
80 R1
NLKY Van A 78 29 18.0 1.30 B3 -
80 R1
RLEX Van C 76 26 18.1 1.30 B1 -
80 R1
RLPY Van A 78 29 18.0 1.30 B3 -
80 R1
RLSY Van A 78 29 18.0 1.30 B3 -
80 R1
RLUY Van A 78 29 18.0 1.30 B3 -
80 R1
VLCX Louvre C 62 22 13.1 0.90 B1
VLDX Louvre C 76 26 16.8 1.30 B1
VLEX Louvre C 76 26 18.1 1.30 B1
VLNX Louvre (Newsprint, C 76 33 18.1 1.30 B1
steel flour)
10.40.11. Pacific National – Automobile carrier

Table 195 – Pacific National – Automobile carrier
mass (t) (MN)
RMBY Car carrier A 40 25 23.1 1.30 B1
RMNY Car carrier A 47 32 23.8 1.30 B3
VMAP Car carrier 6 A 30 20 17.9 1.30 B1
vehicles
VMBY Car carrier A 40 25 23.1 1.30 B1
conveys 8 or 10
vehicles

10.40.12. Pacific National – Open wagons
Table 196 – Pacific National – Open wagons
mass (t) (MN)
NOBF^ Without doors C 76 22 15.0 0.75 B3 -
80 R1
NOBX Open C 76 22 15.0 0.75 B3 -
80 R1
NOCY Open A 78 28 20.1 1.80 B3 -
80 R1
NOEF Concentrate C 74 18 11.0 0.90 B3
NOFF Ore C 76 18 11.0 1.80 B3
NOHF Ore C 72 21 13.1 0.75 B2
NOPF Concentrate C 72 21 13.1 0.90 B2
wagon, no
doors ex NOHF
ROBX Open C 76 23 14.9 1.30 B1 -
80 R1
ROCY Open A 78 28 20.1 1.80 B3 -
80 R1
ROHF Open Coil) C 76 17 10.3 1.30 B2 -
92 R5
ROKX Open C 76 28 23,7 1.30 B3 -
80 R1
ROOX Open C 76 28 23.7 1.30 B3 -
80 R1
ROQF Open C 76 17 10.3 1.30 B3 -
80 R1
ROSX Open C 76 23 14.9 1.30 B1 -
80 R1
VOBX Open without C 74 23 14.9 0.90 B1
ridge cover
VOCX Open with ridge C 76 23 14.9 0.90 B1
gear
VOFX Open C 76 23 14.9 0.90 B1 -
80 R1
^ When conveying containers all possible positions for containers within wagon shall
be occupied by either empty or loaded containers that is, 2 m x 6 m or 1 m x 12 m
container(s)

10.40.13. Pacific National – Bulk hopper wagons
Table 197 – Pacific National – Bulk hopper wagons
(MN)
NPCF Cement C 76 18 15.0 0.90 B3
NPEF Cement clinker C 76 20 15.1 1.80 B3
NPFH Limestone C Empty 23 17.1 1.80 ••B3 -
80 -
92 R5
F 100 -
NPHH Cement B Empty 24 14.5 1.80 ••B3 $
$ These vehicles are not C 100 $
permitted to operate in
the Omega Tunnels
(121.000-125.000km) and
between Berry and
Bomaderry.
NPIH Limestone C Empty 27 16.9 1.80 ••B3 -
80 -
92 R5
F 100 -
NPJH Limestone C Empty 23 17.1 1.80 ••B3 -
80 -
92 R5
F 100 -
NPKH Limestone C Empty 23 17.1 1.80 ••B3 -
80 -
92 R5
F 100 -
NPPF Limestone C 76 18 15.1 0.90 •B2
NPRF Cement B 78 20 12.6 1.80 B3 -
80 R1
NPRY Cement B 78 20 12.6 1.80 B3 -
80 R1
NPSF Flyash C 76 18 14.5 0.90 B2
NPSH Limestone and aggregate C 76 22.5 13.4 1.80 ••B3 -
hopper 92 R5
F 100 #
# Limited to operation on
Class 1 track only at a
maximum speed of 65
km/h when loaded to 100
tonnes.
NPZH Limestone C Empty 27 16.9 1.80 ••B3 -
80 -
92 R5
F 100 -
VPBX Bulk cement C 76 26 14.1 1.30 B1
VPCX Bulk cement C 76 26 14.1 1.30 B1
VPFX Bulk flour C 74 29 16.6 1.30 B1
(MN)
VPLX Bulk lime C 74 29 16.6 1.30 B1
10.40.14. Pacific National – Container flat wagons

Table 198 – Pacific National – Container flat wagons
mass (t) (MN)
NQCX Containers C 76 18 14.6 1.25 B3 R10
80 R1, R10
NQDX Containers C 76 27 23.8 0.90 B2 -
80 R1
NQEX Containers C 76 27 23.8 0.90 B2 -
80 R1
NQFF Containers C 76 20 20.5 1.80 B3 R10
92 R5, R10
NQGY Containers A 78 22 20.1 1.80 B3 R10
80 R1, R10
NQHX Concentrate C 76 18 14.6 1.25 B3 R10
containers 80 R1, R10
NQIX Containers C 76 18 14.6 1.25 B3 R10
80 R1, R10
NQIY Containers A 78 20 14.6 1.80 B3 R10
80 R1, R10
NQJF Containers C 76 20 20.5 1.80 B3 R10
92 R5, R10
NQKF Containers C 76 20 20.1 1.80 B3 R10
92 R5, R10
NQKY Containers A 78 21 20.6 1.80 B3 R10
80 R1, R10
NQOF Containers C 76 19.2 20.1 1.30 B3 R10
80 R1, R10
NQOX Containers C 76 21 20.1 1.30 B3 R10
80 R1, R10
NQOY Containers A 78 24 20.1 1.30 B3 R10
80 R1, R10
NQPY Containers A 76 21 20.1 1.30 B3 R10
80 R1, R10
NQSY Containers A 78 22 20.1 1.30 B3 R10
80 R1, R10
NQTY Containers (Ex A 78 18.6 15.1 1.80 B3 R10
NQYY) 80 R1, R10
NQVF Containers C 76 25 23.2 0.90 B2 -
80 R1
NQVX Containers C 76 25 23.2 0.90 B2 -
80 R1
mass (t) (MN)
NQYY Containers A 78 18.6 15.1 1.80 B3 R10
80 R1, R10
RQAY Containers A 78 22 20.1 1.80 B3 R10
80 R1, R10
RQBY^ Containers A 78 22 20.1 1.80 B3 R10
80 R1, R10
RQCX Containers C 76 20 20.1 1.30 B3 R10
80 R1, R10
RQCY Containers A 76 20 20.1 1.30 B3 R10
80 R1, R10
RQDW Containers A 76 24 25.7 1.30 B3 -
80 R1
RQDY Containers A 76 23 25.7 1.30 B3 -
84 R3
92 R5
RQEY 2 pack A 114 32 27.6 1.80 B2 R2, R10
articulated 120 #, R10
containers (6
axles)
RQFX Containers C 76 19 20.1 1.30 B2 R10
80 R1, R10
RQFY Containers A 78 22 20.1 1.30 B3 R10
80 R1, R10
RQGY Containers A 78 22 20.1 1.30 B3 R10
80 R1, R10
RQHY Containers A 76 20 19.3 1.80 B4 R9, R10
84 R3, R9, R10
92 R5, R9, R10
RQHY In line refuelling $
wagon (RQHY
7027)
RQIW Containers A 80 18 14.6 1.80 B4 R1, R10
RQIY Containers A 78 20 14.6 1.85 B3 R10
80 R1, R10
RQJW Containers A 78 27 25.6 1.80 B3 -
80 R1
RQJY 5 pack A 228 48 64.5 1.80 B4 R10
articulated ( 12 252 R3, R10
axles)
276 R5, R10
RQKY Containers A 76 22 20.1 1.30 B3 R10
80 R1, R10
RQLY 5 pack A 228 52 67.4 1.80 B4 R10
articulated – 252 R3, R10
single centre
well (12 axles) 276 R5, R10
RQMF Containers C 76 22 20.1 1.30 B3 R10

92 R5, R10

mass (t) (MN)
RQMY Containers A 76 22 20.1 1.30 B3 R10
84 R3, R10
92 R5, R10
RQNW Containers A 76 23 25.7 1.30 B3 -
80 R1
RQPW Containers A 78 25 25.8 1.30 B3 -
80 R1
RQQY 5 pack A 228 56 77.9 1.80 B4 R10
articulated (12 252 R3, R10
axles)
276 R5, R10
RQRX Containers C 76 27 23.4 0.90 B2 -
80 R1
RQRY 2 TEU A 76 17.4 16.0 1.80 B4 R9, R10
Containers 84 R3,R9, R10
92 R5, R9, R10
RQSY Containers A 78 22 20.1 1.30 B3 R10
80 R1, R10
RQTY Containers A 76 18 20.1 1.60 B2 R10
84 R3, R10
92 R5, R10
RQWW Containers A 78 25 25.6 1.80 B3 -
80 R1
RQWY 5 unit well (20 A 380 93 91.9 1.80 B4 R9
axles)
RQYY 5 pack A 228 68 92.1 1.80 B4 -
articulated (12 252 R3
axles)
RQZY 5 unit well (20 A 300 98 106.5 1.80 B4 R9
axles)
RRAY 5 pack A 228 53 73.1 1.80 B4 R10
articulated (12
axles)
RRCY 5 unit well (20 A 380 95 94.4 1.80 B4 R9
axles) 420 R3, R9
RRDY Containers A 76 20 20.1 1.60 B2 R10
84 R3, R10
92 R5, R10
RREY Containers A 76 18 20.1 2.20 B2 R10
84 R3, R10
92 R5, R10
RRFY 3 unit well (12 A 228 56 55.6 1.80 B4 R9
axles)
RRGY 5 pack A 228 55 73.1 1.80 B4 R10
articulated (12
axles)
RRIY Single unit Well A 76 20 21.3 1.80 B4 R9
(Ex RQZY 84 R3, R9
platform)

mass (t) (MN)
RRKY Containers A 76 22 20.1 1.30 B3 R10
80 R1, R10
RRLX Containers C 76 16.2 14.9 1.30 B3 R10
80 R1, R10
RRQY 5 pack A 228 60 77 1.80 B4 R9,R10
articulated 252 R3, R9, R10
container (12
axles)
RRRY 5 unit well (20 A 420 103 106.3 1.80 B4 R3, R9
axles)
RRSY Containers A 78 23.5 20.1 1.30 B3 R10
80 R1, R10
RRTY Containers A 76 20 20.1 1.60 B2 R10
84 R3, R10
92 R5, R10
RRWY Well A 76 20 19.4 1.80 B4 R10
RRXY 5 pack bogie A 380 99 94.5 1.80 B4 R9
well (20 axles) 420 R3, R9
460 R5, R9
RRYY 5 pack A 200 60 88.1 1.80 B4 R9
cartainer(12
axles)
RRZY 5 unit bogie well A 350 102 106.5 1.80 B4 @
(20 axles)
VQCX Container flat C 76 20 20.1 1.30 B1 R10
80 R1, R10
VQCY Container flat A 76 20 20.1 1.30 B1 R10
(Ex RQCY) 80 R1, R10
VQDW Container flat C 76 23 25.7 1.30 B2
VQGX Container flat C 76 25 23.2 1.30 B1
VQKY Container flat B 76 25 23.7 1.30 B2 -
80 R1
VQLX Container flat C 76 22 20.7 1.30 B2 R10
VQMX Container flat C 76 20 20.1 1.30 B2 R10
(Ex VQCX) 80 R1, R10
VQOF Container flat 2 C 76 19 14.9 1.3 B2 -
slot (Ex VOBX) 80 R1
VQRF Container flat C 76 20 20.1 1.30 B2 R10
rice traffic (Ex 80 R1, R10
VQCX)
VQTY Container flat A 76 20 20.1 1.30 B2 R10
(Ex VQCY) 80 R1, R10
^ When fitted with SMORGON container for long reinforcing rod, this vehicle may only
be marshalled with a trailing load for 0.90 MN draw capacity. When loaded with
normal containers or when empty, the draw capacity may revert to 1.30 (as per
NQSY)

# This vehicle when loaded from 114 tonnes gross mass (19 tonnes axle load) up to a
maximum of 120 tonnes gross mass (20 tonnes axle load) is restricted to a maximum
speed of 100 km/h on Class 1 lines.
$ In line refuelling wagon:
The In Line refuelling system consists of an ISO tankers, FUEL 4526 – 4528 loaded
onto any RQHY wagon. The following conditions will apply:
- The In Line Refuelling wagon shall not be uncoupled from the locomotive consist to
which it is attached, unless authorised by the train crew, who will follow special
procedures when this is required.
- The in line refuelling system shall only be used to refuel NR, 92 and 93 Class
locomotives.
- All other operating conditions for this wagon shall be as published in the TOC
Manual for this class of wagon.
@ May operate to a gross mass of up to 420 tonnes. However a maximum speed of

100 km/h shall apply for a gross mass exceeding 380 tonnes, each RRZY vehicle
having a gross mass exceeding 350 tonnes shall be treated as being equivalent to
one 76 tonne vehicle air brake cut out and thus will be subject to the 10% air brake cut
out rule specified in General Instruction Pages – SECTION 8 – Disabled Trains and
Defective Vehicles –Defective air brake (page 143).
10.40.15. Pacific National – Tank wagons

Table 199 – Pacific National – Tank wagons
mass (t) (MN)
NTOF Oil tanker C 76 22.6 14.5 0.90 B2
VTBX Tank bitumen C 76 31 14.0 0.90 B1
VTQX Tank white spirit C 76 27 16.4 1.30 B2
10.40.16. Pacific National – Special purpose vehicles

Table 200 – Pacific National – Special purpose vehicles
mass (t) (MN)
BTC Brake Test Car A 27 27 12.1 1.80 ••B3
L Sand carrying C 76 25.7 11.9 0.75 B2
vehicles Nos
562, 566, 569,
570 and 578
DOT Bogie Tank C 76 28 18.1 0.75 B1
wagon
NZAF Flat C 45 14 13.1 0.75 B2
mass (t) (MN)
NZWF Wheel sets C 61 19 13.1 0.75 B2
NZZA Special loads, D 183 60 22.2 0.75 B1 #
16 wheels
NZZA 530
NZZA Special loads, D 309 99 28.4 0.75 B2 #
24 wheels
NZZA 600
RZAY Relay van A 50 48 23.9 1.30 B3
RZBY Relay van A 49 47 23.9 1.30 B2
RZCY Open A 78 28 20.1 1.80 B3 -
80 R1
RZXY Wheel sets A 76 30 23.7 1.30 B3 -
84 R3
92 R5
# Speed to be governed by loading conditions. Loaded NZZA type wagons shall travel
over the UP Main line only between Edgecombe and Zig Zag, and the DOWN Main
line through Woy Woy Tunnel.
When two or more NZZA vehicles are marshalled on a train, a bogie flat vehicle of at
least 13.7 metres in length shall be marshalled between each NZZA vehicle.
10.40.17. Pacific National – Special purpose (passenger)

Table 201 – Pacific National – Special purpose (passenger)
mass (t) (MN)
FAM Crew Accom. 115 49 18 23.8 1.30 B2 No 2389
berths
10.41. Patrick PortLink

10.41.1. Patrick PortLink – Locomotives
Table 202 – Patrick PortLink – Locomotives
category speed weight (t) over capacity power
(km/h) coupling (MN)
faces (m)
18 L10 Diesel 90 120 17.9 0.75 2000 Ex R11
Westrail
NB class
Fuel 4000
litres
45 L12 Diesel 115 112 17.9 0.90 1800 Ex SRA R11
Loco
103 L12 Diesel 115 112 17.9 0.90 1800 Ex SRA R11
45 class
loco
10.41.2. Patrick Portlink – Freight rolling stock
Table 203 – Patrick – Freight rolling stock
(MN)
PQAY Container flat B 76 20.3 19.4 2.20 B3 R10
84 R3, R10
PQZY Containers (4 A 76 22.5 25.7 1.8 B4 -
slot) 84 R3
92 R5
10.42. PHC Rail Pty Ltd

10.42.1. PHC Rail Pty Ltd – Locomotives
Table 204 – PHC Rail Pty Ltd – Locomotives
category speed weight (t) over capacity power
(km/h) coupling (MN)
faces (m)
PHC AC6 AC Diesel 115 134 22.0 2.45 4500 C44aci R11,
PHC001 R14
60 139 and R11,
PHC002 R14,a
a. PHC locomotive operation above 134t up to 139t restricted as per TS TOC 2,

10.43. QUBE Logistics Rail

10.43.1. QUBE Logistics Rail – Locomotives
Table 205 – QUBE Logistics Rail – Locomotives
Code Load Descripti Max Live Length Draw Horse- Remarks Notes
category on speed weight over capacity power
faces (m)
44 L12 Diesel 115 108 17.8 0.90 1800 Nos 4471 and R11
4477
On lease from
Hunter Valley
Heritage Trust
44s - L12 Diesel 115 108 17.8 0.90 1600 Ex SAR 930- R11
961 class
45s - - L12 Diesel 115 112 17.9 0.90 1800 Ex SRA 45 R11
class
48s - - L13 Diesel 100 78 14.8 1.30 900 R11
442s - L11 Diesel 115 115 18.7 1.80 2000 Ex SRA 442 R11
class locomotive
– No 4

Code Load Descripti Max Live Length Draw Horse- Remarks Notes
category on speed weight over capacity power
faces (m)
600 L12 Diesel 115 112 17.9 0.90 1800 Ex AN locos, R11
same as SRA
45 class
80s L9 Diesel 115 121 19.0 1.80 2000 Ex Pacific R11
National 80
class
#86 ## Electric 105 118 20.1 1.80 Ex SRA Loco
See Note below
K L11 Diesel 100 110 17.64 1.80 1950 R11
14 L7 Diesel 115 131 21.0 1.50 3900 Ex Danish MZ R11
locomotive
# Notes for 86 Electric Locomotives:
1. No maintenance is to be carried out on the traction equipment unless the

pantographs are lowered, air isolated and danger tags applied to the isolating
cock.
2. No access is permitted to the roof of the locomotive under the OHW unless an
electrical permit is issued by Sydney Trains. Work performed on unwired roads
shall be outside electrical safety clearances.
3. A visual inspection of both pantographs shall be performed from the ground as

part of each vehicle preparation.
4. For single electric locomotive operation, both pantographs may be used and full
parallel control may be used.
5. For multiple electric locomotive operation, a maximum of 2 electric locomotives

may be connected to the OHW at any given time within a train. Where electric
locomotives are coupled together only a single pantograph per locomotive is
permitted. Where the 2 electric locomotives are separated by at least 70m, both
pantographs may be used.
6. The Electrical Operating Centre (phone 9379 4911) shall be advised before
raising or lowering the pantographs.
## Refer to Sydney Metropolitan Area Division Pages for loads.

10.43.2. QUBE Logistics Rail – Freight rolling stock
Table 206 – QUBE Logistics Rail – Steel product wagons
Code Description Class Max gross Tare (t) Length (m) Draw capacity Brake Notes
mass (t) (MN) type
SKNF Bulk steel C 76 31 25.9 1.30 B3
Table 207 – QUBE Logistics Rail – Open wagons
Code Description Class Max Tare Length (m) Draw Brake Notes
gross (t) capacity type
mass (t) (MN)
SBAX Open (ex WBAX) C 76 25 18.0 1.30 B3 -
80 R1
SOAX Open (ex WOAX) C 76 25 18.0 1.30 B3 -
80 R1
SOCY Open (ex A 78 28 20.1 1.80 B3 -
NOCY/ROCY) 80 R1
SOGF Open (ex AOGF/L) C 63 18.2 14.0 0.90 B1 ^
^ SOGF wagons are not fitted with grade control valves or fixed exhaust chokes. If
vehicles shall not exceed 20 per cent of the train mass. No restrictions apply when
EMPTY.
Table 208 – QUBE Logistics Rail – Hopper wagons
gross (m) (MN) type
mass (t)
SHQA Hopper (ex NHLF) D 62 19 11.9 0.75 B2
Table 209 – QUBE Logistics Rail – Container wagons
Code Description Class Max Tare (t) Length (m) Draw Brake Notes
gross capacity type
mass (t) (MN)
LOAF Open wagon C 63 18.2 14.0 0.90 B1 %
LQAY Container flat A 76 20.0 19.3 2.2 B4 R9
80 R2, R9
84 R3, R9
92 R5, R9
SQBF Container flat (ex C 76 20.0 14.9 1.30 B1 -
RKBX/ROBX) 80 R1
SQDY Container C 92 16.1 14.7 2.2 B4 R5
SQEF 80ft Container B 76 24 25.7 2.2 B3 -
84 R3
92 R5
SQEY Container C 76 24 25.7 2.2 B4 -

84 #
92 R5

Code Description Class Max Tare (t) Length (m) Draw Brake Notes
gross capacity type
mass (t) (MN)
SQGF Containers (ex C 76 17 14.0 0.90 B1 R10
AOGF)
SQKF Container flat (ex C 76 18.2 18.0 0.90 B3 -
RKQX) 80 R1
SQLY Containers (ex B 76 22 17.9 1.30 B1 R10
AFSY,RFSY) 80 R1, R10
SQMY^ Containers (ex B 76 22.2 23.7 1.30 B3 -
RQOY) (Mass 80 R1
reduced SQOY).
SQNY Containers (ex B 76 19 15.2 1.30 B2 R10
AFCY)
SQOY Containers (ex B 76 24 23.7 1.30 B3 -
@ RQOY). 80 R1
SQVF Containers C 76 25 23.2 0.90 B2 -
80 R1
SQVX Containers C 76 25 23.2 0.90 B2 -
80 R1
TQXF 40ft Container C 76 16.4 13.16 2.2 B3 R10
89.6 R5, R10
^ When these vehicles are loaded in excess of 76 tonnes gross mass they are not
permitted to operate Valley Heights to Katoomba (both directions)
@ When these vehicles are loaded in excess of 76 tonnes gross mass they are not
permitted to operate Valley Heights to Katoomba (both directions)
% Note: LOAF wagons are not fitted with grade control valves or fixed exhaust
chokes. If operating LOADED in the UP direction between Katoomba and Valley
Heights, these vehicles shall not exceed 20% of the train mass. No restrictions apply
when empty.
# When SQEY wagons are operated above 76t, the wagons shall be limited to class 1
track only, operation on class 2 track is not permitted.
10.44. Rail Experience

10.44.1. Rail Experience – Passenger rolling stock
Table 210 – Rail Experience – Passenger rolling stock
Code Description Max Max loaded Passenger Length over Draw Remarks
speed mass (t) capacity coupling faces capacity
(km/h) (m) (MN)
DF Diner 115 48 48 Diners 23.8 0.90 Nos 295
and 935

10.45. Rothbury Riot Railway & Steam Museum Group Ltd.
10.45.1. Rothbury Riot Railway & Steam Museum Group Ltd. –
Passenger rolling stock
Table 211 – Rothbury Riot Railway & Steam Museum Group Ltd. – Passenger rolling
stock
Code Description Max Max Passenger Length Draw Remarks Code Description
faces (m)
MFA Passenger 115 50 84 22.7 0.30 No 2724 MFA Passenger
Wooden
body
MH Passenger / 115 50 64 22.7 0.30 No 2711 MH Passenger /
Guard Wooden Guard
body
NDS Passenger 115 41 64 21.6 0.50 NDS Passenger
RDH Passenger 115 45 30 20.3 0.50 No 2239 RDH Passenger
10.46. Seymour Rail Heritage Centre Inc.

10.46.1. Seymour Rail Heritage Centre Inc. – Locomotives
Table 212 – Seymour Rail Heritage Centre Inc. – Locomotives
Category speed weight coupling capacity power
B74 L12 Diesel 115 123 17.8 0.90 1500 R8,R11
C501 L8 Diesel 115 134 20.6 1.80 3000 R11
10.46.2. Seymour Rail Heritage Centre Inc. – Passenger rolling stock

Table 213 – Seymour Rail Heritage Centre Inc. – Passenger rolling stock
Code Description Max speed Max loaded Passenger Length Draw Remarks
(km/h) mass (t) capacity over capacity
coupling (MN)
faces (m)
BS Radio Test 115 47.3 22.8 0.50
car
10.47. Southern Shorthaul Railroad

10.47.1. Southern shorthaul Railroad – Locomotives
Table 214 – Southern Shorthaul Railroad – Locomotives
faces (m)
442 L11 Diesel 115 115 18.7 1.80 2000 R11

faces (m)
442s L11 Diesel 115 115 18.7 1.80 2000 Ex SRA R11
442 class
No. 1, 2,
5, 6
45 L11 Diesel 115 112 17.9 0.90 1800 No 4532 R11
recoded
from 45s1
48 L13 Diesel 100 75.2 14.8 1.30 900 No R11
11,15,28,
29,43
recoded
from 48s
49 L13 Diesel 100 81 15.4 0.90 875 Ex R11
CFCLA
KL class
600 L12 Diesel 115 112 17.9 0.90 1800 No. 602 R11
Ex AN,
same as
SRA45
class
80 L9 Diesel 115 121 19.0 1.80 2000 No 8049 R11
ex PN 80
class
830 L13 Diesel 100 71.4 14.8 0.90 900 No 869 R11
B L12 Diesel 115 123 18.5 0.90 1500 R11
BRM L4 Diesel 115 130.2 18.3 1.80 3300 BRM001/ R11
BRM002
C L4 Diesel 115 134 20.6 1.80 3000 No 504- R11
507,509-
510 QES-
3 system
G L4 Diesel 115 128 19.8 1.80 3000 R11
GM(1) L13 Diesel 115 110 18.6 0.90 1500 GM 1 – R11
GM11
only
GM(12) L12 Diesel 115 116.3 18.5 0.90 1800 GM12- R11
GM47
only
RL L4 Diesel 115 134 20.0 1.80 4000 No 301- R11
307
S L12 Diesel 115 123 18.6 0.90 1800 R11
S L12 Diesel 115 116.3 18.60 0.90 1800 S312 R11
T L13 Diesel 100 69 13.4 1.30 875 R11 #
SSR AC6 Diesel 115 134 22 2.25 4500 GT46C- R11
Electric AC Ace R13
Traction R14
# These locomotives can be disregarded when calculating the maximum number of

locomotives that can be marshalled on the front of a train.

10.47.2. Southern shorthaul Railroad – Freight rolling stock
Table 215 – Southern Shorthaul Railroad – Freight rolling stock

mass (t) (MN)
BGGX Hopper Grain (ex VHGF) C 76 21 14.9 1.30 B2
BGGY Hopper Grain (ex VHGY) C 76 21 14.9 1.30 B2 -
80 R1
BGKF Hopper Grain (ex NHKF) C 76 25.7 16.87 2.20 ••B3 -
92 R5
BGSY Hopper Grain C 76 24.4 16.5 1.80 B4 -
84 a
92 R5
BGTY Hopper wagon B 76 22.2 15.49 2.20 ••B4 -
84 R3
92 R5
BGVF Hopper Grain (ex NHVF) C 76 25.7 16.9 1.80 ••B3 -
92 R5
BHKF Hopper Coal (ex NHKF) C 100 25 16.9 2.20 ••B3 b
BHVF Hopper Coal (ex NHVF) C 76 25 16.9 1.80 ••B3 -
92 R5
F 100 -
BQAY Container wagon A 76 15.9 13.1 2.20 B4 -
84 R3
92 R5
BQBY Container wagon A 76 16.6 13.4 2.20 B4 R9
84 R3, R9
BQCX Flat wagon (ex ZQNX, C 76 26 20.7 0.75 B1
VFLX)
BQDF Flat wagon (ex ZQLX, C 76 21.7 20.1 0.75 B1 c
EQAX, PT) 92 R5, c
BQEW 3 Pack Articulated A 152 38 41.2 1.80 B3 R9
Container Wagon – 8
axles (ex PQAW)
BQFY 3 TEU Container flat A 76 20.2 19.4 2.20 B3 R10
84 R3, R10
92 R5, R10
BQGX 3 TEU Container Wagon C 76 25 23.7 1.30 B1 -
(ex CQRX/GFRX)
BQIX 2 TEU Container Wagon C 76 19 14.9 1.30 B2 -
(ex VQOF/VOBX) 80 R1
BQIY 2 TEU Container Wagon B 76 16.5 14.6 1.80 ••B2 R10
(ex CQIY) 84 R3, R10
88 # #, R10
BQJX 2 TEU Flat C 76 20.3 15.2 0.90 B1 -
Wagon/Sleepers (ex RG) 80 R1
BQOX 3 TEU Container C 76 24.5 23.7 1.30 B3 -
Wagons (ex 80 R1
CQOY/EQOY)

mass (t) (MN)
BQPX 3 TEU Container Wagon C 76 23.4 23.7 1.30 B3 -
(ex AQPY/AOOX) 80 R1
PQBY 3TEU Container Wagon C 76 20.2 19.4 2.20 B4 -
84 a
92 R5
a. When loaded above 76 t, operation shall be limited to class 1 track only.
b. These vehicles are not permitted to operate in the Omega Tunnels (121.000km –
125.000km), between Berry and Bomaderry, or between Clyde and
Sandown/Carlingford (not permitted in class 2 track, only permitted in class 1
track).
c. These vehicles are not fitted with grade control values or fixed exhaust chokes. If
operating LOADED in the Up direction between Katoomba and Valley Heights,
these vehicles shall not exceed 20% of the train mass. No restrictions apply when
EMPTY.
# These vehicles shall operate on Class 1 track only when loaded up to 88 tonnes at
a maximum speed of 80 km/h. Wheel tread hollowing shall not exceed 2mm.
10.48. Specialised Container Transport (SCT)

10.48.1. Specialised Container Transport – Locomotives
Table 216 – Specialised Container Transport – Locomotives
faces (m)
G L4 Diesel 115 128 19.8 1.80 3000 R11
SCT AC6 AC Diesel 115 134 22.0 2.25 4500 Type R11,
GT46C- R14
Ace
10.48.2. Specialised Container Transport – Passenger rolling stock

Table 217 – Specialised Container Transport – Passenger rolling stock
Code Description Maximum Max Passenger Length Draw Brake Notes

Speed gross Capacity (m) capacity type
km/h mass (t) (MN)
PDAY Crew accommodation car 115 52 6 23.85 1.8 B3 R9

10.48.3. Specialised Container Transport – Freight rolling stock
Table 218 – Specialised Container Transport – Covered wagons
Code Description Class Max Tare Length Draw Brake type Notes
gross (t) (m) capacity
mass (t) (MN)
ABSY Box car A 76 30.0 23.7 1.30 B3 -
80 R1
84 R3
ARBY Refrigerated A 76 31.5 23.7 1.30 B4 -
box car 84 R3
PBSY Box van A 76 28.6 23.5 2.2 B2 R9
wagon 84 R9, R3
PBGY Box car A 76 27.1 23.5 1.80 B4 -
80 R1
84 R3
92 R5
Table 219 – Specialised Container Transport – Container wagons
(MN)
PQDY Container A 76 23 25.73 1.3 B1 -
80 R3
PQIY Container 80 B 76 21.2 25.5 1.80 B4 -
ft / 4TEU 84 R3
PQKY Container 60ft A 76 18.6 19.36 2.85 B3 R9
80 R9, R3
PQMY Containers A 76 22 20.1 1.30 B3 R10
84 R3, R10
92 R5, R10
PQQY Containers 5 A 228 59.0 77.8 2.8 B4 -
pack 252 R3
articulated (12
axles) 276 R5
RQMY Containers A 76 22 20.1 1.30 B3 R10

84 R3, R10
92 R5, R10
VQCY Container flat A 76 20 20.1 1.30 B1 R10
(ex RQCY) 80 R1, R10
VQDW Containers C 76 23 25.7 1.30 B2

10.49. Sydney Electric Train Society
10.49.1. Sydney Electric Train Society – Locomotives
Table 220 – Sydney Electric Train Society – Locomotives
faces (m)
See Note
below
See Note
below
See Note
below
# Notes for 46/86 Electric Locomotives:

cock.

4. For single electric locomotive operation, both pantographs way be used and full

## Refer to Sydney Metropolitan Area division pages for loads.

10.49.2. Sydney Electric Train Society – Passenger rolling stock
Table 221 – Sydney Electric Train Society – Single deck intercity cars – narrow width
classification (Group 1)
Type Sets Car Code Max Tare Length Length Width Seat
of car numbers speed mass (t) body (mm) coupled (mm) capacity
(km/h) (m)
Motor U 5003,5021 CF 115 50.0 19812 20.6 2946 52
Notes for 5003 and 5021:
1. These cars may be marshalled dead attached in a train consist as trailer cars with
ONE ONLY pantograph raised to power auxiliary equipment.
Under these conditions, the cut-out switch in the cabs shall be set to “Cut-out” and
labelled “Do not use”. The drivers cabs shall be locked to prevent access by
unauthorised personnel.
2. Toilets fitted to these cars shall not be used, and shall be locked at all times.
10.50. Sydney Trains

10.50.1. Sydney Trains – Passenger rolling stock
Table 222 – Sydney Trains – Double deck suburban cars –
medium width classification (group 2)
numbers speed mass body coupled (mm) capacity
(km/h) (t) (mm) (m)
Motor Car A/C Series K 3501-3580 C 115 46.9 19288 20.3 3036 108
5 [G]
Motor Car Chopper C 3581-3608 C 115 52.0 19288 20.3 3036 104
A/C [G]
Ctrl Trailers A/C K 4096-4099 D 115 42.2 19288 20.3 3036 108
Series 5 [G]
Trailer A/C Series 5 K 4171-4246 T 115 41.2 19288 20.3 3036 118
[G]
Trailer A/C [G] C 4247-4274 T 115 43.0 19288 20.3 3036 115
[G] Goninans
Table 223 – Sydney Trains – Tangara double deck suburban cars –

(km/h) (t) (mm) (m)
Motor Car Non T 5101-5285 N 115 50.1 19420 20.2 3000+ 112
Ctrl [G]
Motor Car Non T 5801-5820 N 115 53.4 19420 20.2 3000+ 112
Ctrl [G]
Motor Car Non T 5851-5870 N 115 55.1 19420 20.2 3000+ 98
Ctrl [G]

(km/h) (t) (mm) (m)
Trailer Control T 6101-6289 D 115 42.3 19420 20.3 3000+ 98
[G]
Trailer Control T 6801-6841 D 115 45.1 19420 20.3 3000+ 98
[G]
+ 3168 mm wide with doors open both sides
[G] Goninans
Table 224 – Sydney Trains – Millennium double deck suburban cars –

medium width classification (group 3a)
numbers speed mass (t) body coupled (mm) capacity
(km/h) (mm) (m)
Motor Car M 1501 – 1573 N 115 # 54.8 19430 20.2 3030 122
[D]
Trailer Car M 1001 – 1073 D 115 # 50.6 19872 20.5 3030 104
[D]
# Maximum speed limited to 115 km/h (for further information refer to TS TOC 2, Division
Pages, Section 17, Passenger Train Operating Conditions, Speed signs – maximum kilometres
per hour)
[D] Downer EDI Rail
Table 225 – Sydney Trains – Waratah double deck suburban cars –

Type of car Sets Car numbers Code Max Tare Length Length Width Seat
speed mass body coupled (mm) capacity
(km/h) (t) (mm) (m)
Motor Car A 5301, 5380, N 115 # 52.3 19393 20.2 3035 118
[D] 5303 – 5378,
5401, 5480,
5403 – 5478,
5501, 5580,
5503 – 5578,
5601, 5680,
5603 – 5678
Trailer A 6301, 6401, D 115 # 51.6 19882 20.7 3035 102
Driver Car 6303 – 6380,
[D]
6403 – 6480
Trailer Car A 6501, 6580, T 115 # 48.2 19482 20.3 3035 110
[D] 6503 – 6578,
6601, 6680,
6603 – 6678
per hour)
[D] Downer EDI Rail

Table 226 – Sydney Trains – Waratah Series 2 (SGT) double deck suburban cars –
(km/h) (t) (mm) (m)
Motor Car B 1601-1624 N 115 # 52.3 19393 20.2 3035 118
[D] 1701-1724
1801-1824
1901-1924
Trailer B 1101-1124 D 115 # 51.6 19882 20.7 3035 102
Driver Car 1201-1224
[D]
Trailer Car B 1301-1324 T 115 # 48.2 19482 20.3 3035 110
[D] 1401-1424
per hour)
[D] Downer EDI Rail
Table 227 – Sydney Trains – Special purpose single deck suburban cars –
wide width classification (Group 5)
car numbers speed mass body (mm) coupled (m) (mm) capacity
(km/h) (t)
Brake - 3653 C 80 48.0 18739 19.4 3153
Test
10.50.2. Sydney Trains – Locomotives

Table 228 – Sydney Trains – Locomotives
faces (m)
48 L13 Diesel 100 75.2 14.8 0.90 900 Ex SRA Locos – R11
4819 & 4827
scrubber
exhaust
equipped for
tunnel working
10.50.3. Sydney Trains – Special purpose rolling stock

Table 229 – Sydney Trains – Special purpose rolling stock

faces (m)
AAH Commiss Car 115 46.3 5 Berths 23.4 0.50 No 9
AAH Officers Car 115 42.7 6 Berths 22.7 0.50 No 8% End protection
fitted. Wooden car

faces (m)
AAH Kitchen+Att. 115 51.8 6 Berths 22.7 0.50 No 7% End protection
Car fitted. Wooden car
AAH Spcl Officers 115 44.9 4 Berths 22.7 0.50 No 19% End protection
Car fitted. Wooden car
AK% Track 115 46.6 22.7 0.30 Wooden body No 812
Inspection 6 berths
AK Track 115 47.8 23.8 0.50 Nos. 2382, 2383 and
Inspection 2384 Ex FAM sleeper
LIV Lab. Test Car 6 Berths 20.5 0.30 Air conditioned No
1865 Steel bodied
PAM Premier Car 115 44.7 6 Berths 22.7 0.30 No 11 Wooden body.
Restricted service
SG State Gov 115 51.5 4 Berths 21.4 0.30 Wooden body.
Car Restricted service
% Denotes wooden bodied vehicles fitted with end protection steel beams.
10.50.4. Sydney Trains – Heritage rolling stock

Table 230 – Sydney Trains – Heritage train single / double deck suburban cars – wide
width classification (group 5)
(km/h) (t) (mm) (m)
Motor - 3102 C 80 51.0 18745 19.4 3185 71
Motor - 3702, 3708 C 80 52.5 19105 19.8 3142 59
Motor - 7485 C 80 51.0 19098 19.7 3189 56
Trailer - 4554 T 80 34.0 19094 19.7 3189 72
Trailer - 4790 T 80 33.7 19105 19.8 3142 70
Trailer - 4801, 4814 T 115 33.5 19456 20.2 3143 132
Series 1
(T)
Trailer - 4279 T 80 23.4 15011 15.5 3175 58
(Wooden
body)
Control - 4673 (4052) D 80 35.5 18745 19.4 3156 63
trailer
Table 231 – Sydney Trains – Heritage train / double deck suburban cars –
(km/h) (t) (mm) (m)
Motor Car Series 4 S 3001, 3057 C 115 45.0 19288 20.2 3036 113
[G]
Motor Car Series 1 S 3805, 3814 C 115 45.4 19456 20.2 3048 112
[C]
Trailer Series 4 [G] S 4101, 4150 T 115 33.6 19120 20.2 3036 130
Superseded by TS TOC 1 v19.0, 02/09/2020 [C] Commonwealth Engineering
[G] Goninans
Table 232 – Sydney Trains – Heritage train / double deck suburban cars –
extended medium width classification (group 4)
(km/h) (t) (mm) (m)
Motor Car Series S 3748, 3765 C 115 46.6 19288 20.2 3077 112
4 [C]
Motor Car Series S 3862, 3986 C 115 45.4 19288 20.2 3077 112
2, 3 [C]
Ctrl Trailer S 4003 T 115 33.8 19288 20.2 3077 114
Series 4 [C]
Trailer Series 2 S 4013 T 115 33.8 19288 20.2 3077 129
[C]
Trailer Series 3, S 4050 T 115 33.8 19288 20.2 3077 124
4 [C]
Trailer Series 2, S 4961, 4983 T 115 33.6 19120 20.2 3077 130
3 [C]
[C] Commonwealth Engineering
Table 233 – Sydney Trains – Heritage train single deck suburban cars –
wide width classification (group 5)
(km/h) (t) (mm) (m)
Control F1 3426 C 80 50.4 18745 19.4 3156 77
Motor Car
[CE]
Motor Car F1 3218 C 80 50.4 18745 19.4 3185 71
[GD]
Trailer Car F1 4527 T 80 33.5 18745 19.4 3156 61
[GD]
Control F1 7396 C 80 50.0 18745 19.4 3156 71
Motor Car
[CE]
[GD]Government Dockyard
[CE] Clyde Engineering
a. Operation in daytime and night time hours permitted as per NTR 406.
b. Banners or temporary signage to be in place at the terminal ends of the set to provide high
visibility contrasting colours.
c. The set shall operate to the normal/general speed signs, with restrictions for wide width
rolling stock.
d. The maximum speed through level crossings shall be restricted to 25 km/h. Driver to be
vigilant of vehicles and persons through these areas.
e. All body side passenger doors shall have crew attendants monitoring them to ensure doors
are closed and secured to ensure no inadvertent opening whilst the train is in motion or
Superseded by TS TOC 1 v19.0, 02/09/2020 outside the confines of platforms. In addition crew attendants shall monitor passenger
transfers when stopping at stations.
f. The set shall operate with a driver safety system incorporating two independent safety
features. An OEP/deadman and Vigilance system meets this requirement.
g. An authorised second person shall be in place in the leading cab. An authorised person in
this case, is a second person, accompanying the vehicle driver/operator (generally a
second driver/operator), with sufficient knowledge of the vehicle to take control and bring
the vehicle to a stand in case of an emergency.
h. If recovery is required, the following conditions shall be followed:
a. The recovery set shall be an S or K set.
b. Prior to coupling the BP and MR hoses, the S or K set compressor governor cut
out setting shall be adjusted down from the normal 800 kPa to approximately 690
kPa. This shall be carried out by a qualified fitter or electrician to ensure correct
adjustment.
c. The BP and MR shall be coupled and confirmed to be continuous throughout the

consist.
d. Only the automatic air brake shall be utilised, EP is not permitted.
e. The maximum speed during recovery shall be reduced to 60 km/h outside of

platforms and 20 km/h when passing adjacent platforms.
10.50.5. Sydney Trains – Special purpose passenger rolling stock

Table 234 – Sydney Trains – Special purpose passenger rolling stock
Code Description Max Max Capacity Length over Draw Remarks Code
speed loaded coupling faces capacity
MHN Equipment 115 58.7 24.4 23.4 0.50 No 2364 MHN
van tonnes
NAM Crew 115 45.4 20 berths 23.4 0.50 No 2332 NAM
Accom.
PHN Power Van 115 54.4 6.1 tonne 23.4 0.50 No 2363 PHN
10.50.6. Sydney Trains – Freight rolling stock

Table 235 – Sydney Trains – Track maintenance vehicles

mass (t) (MN)
NACF Spoil wagon (Ex NDSF C 76 30.5 13.9 0.75 B2 1
BHP Side dump wagon)
NALF Robel Train C 46.7 19.8 15.0 2.2 B3
Generator/Compressor
Wagon (ex NDLF)
NARF Robel Train container C 67 22 14.6 0.75 B2
Wagon (1958-W)

mass (t) (MN)
NDBF Spoil wagon (Ex NDCH) C 51.3 17.3 11.7 0.75 B2
with crew work platform
NDCF Spoil C 71.4 22 13.1 0.75 B1
NDCH Spoil C 73 22 15.0 0.75 B2
NDDF DESEC carrying wagon C 76 22 19.3 2.2 B2
NDEF Robel Rail train clamp C 60 31 20.1 1.8 B3
wagon
NDFF Ballast air operated C 74 20 11.9 1.80 ••B3 2
discharge door
NDGF Concrete sleepers C 75 20.5 14.6 0.75 B3
NDHF Concrete sleepers (ex C 75 19.6 14.6 0.75 B3
NDGF)
NDIF Robel Rail Train Chute C 53.8 36.1 23.8 2.2 B3 3
Wagon
NDJF Robel Rail Train C 48.0 21.9 15.0 2.2 B3
Compensation Wagon
NDKF Robel Rail Train Clamp C 48.7 26.7 15.0 2.2 B3
Wagon
NDLF Robel Rail Train Standard C 45.9 19.8 15.0 2.2 B3
Wagon
NDMX Ex NOBX wagons C 76 22 15.0 0.75 B3
80 R1
NDNF Spoil wagon (Ex NDCH) C 54.3 17.3 11.7 0.75 B2
NDOF Ballast plough C 37 30 14.0 2.2 ••B4
NDQF Container wagon(Ex C 74 19 14.1 0.75 B2
NDXF)
NDRF Welded rail C 67 22 14.6 0.75 B2
NDRF 8 Permanently coupled rail C 512 152 116.8 0.90 B2 4
sets (32 axles)
NDRF 9 Permanently coupled rail C 576 171 131.4 0.90 B2 4
sets (36 axles)
NDRF 16 Permanently coupled C 1024 304 233.6 0.90 B2 4
rail sets (64 axles)
NDSF Spoil side dump wagons C 76 34 14.1 0.75 •B1 1
(ex BHP STB/STH)
NDTF Plasser WTW 40 tilt bed C 32 32 26 1.8 B4 5
wagon
NDUF Flat track panel transport C 60 30 29.0 1.0 B4
wagon
NDVF Container wagon C 76 19.1 15.0 2.2 B4
NDWF Container wagon for C 76 20.3 15.0 0.75 B4
transport of sleepers
NDXF Ex NOBX concrete C 76 21 15.0 0.75 B2
sleeper wagons
NDYF Container wagon fitted C 76 21 15.0 0.75 B2
with gantry rail (Ex NDXF)
NDZF Track panel wagon C 72 32 28.0 1.8 B4

mass (t) (MN)
NFGF Match wagon for NHMF C 20.4 20.4 12.5 0.75 B2
wagon
NFNF Match wagon for C 25 18 12.5 0.75 B2
BJ003/005 Ballast Cleaner
NFPF Match wagon for NHMF C 18 18 12.5 0.75 B2
wagon
NHBF Ballast C 61 19 12.4 1.80 B3
NHMF Material handling C 76 45 *22.6 2.2 B4 @
80 R1, @
92 R5, @
F 100 @
G 120 @
NHSF Side dump wagons C 76 38 12.6 1.80 ••B3
NLJF Louvre van C 50 20 14.6 0.75 B2
NZBF Ballast plough C 33 33 11.6 0.75 B2
Notes:
1. NACF and NDSF wagons – These vehicles are only permitted to operate within
the medium width area bounded by Springwood, Macarthur, Kiama, Port Kembla,
Cronulla, Bondi Junction, Carlingford/Sandown, Richmond, Newcastle
Interchange.
These vehicles do not require match wagons since conveyors are not fitted.
Where these vehicles are operated on the Goods line between ARTC Boundary
and Meeks Road, they SHALL operate under single line working conditions with
no opposing traffic on the adjacent Goods line.
Operation around the Gosford area shall adhere to the operating conditions
detailed in TS TOC 2, Section 17, Passenger train operating conditions, specific
localities 7a, operation of medium width rolling stock between Sydney and
Newcastle area.
2. NDFF wagons – OPERATION OF NDFF WAGONS OUTSIDE A WORKSITE

WHEN UNEVENLY LOADED:
These wagons shall not leave a worksite with an excessive load imbalance. This
can result in a derailment of the vehicle.
An excessive load imbalance can result when more ballast is discharged from the
outer doors on one side of the wagon than that of the other side.
Under exceptional circumstances, the worksite supervisor may arrange for an

excessively unbalanced wagon to be taken to the nearest siding for detachment
from the train in order to clear the section. In this case, the following operating
conditions shall apply:
i. The unbalanced wagon is not to exceed a maximum speed of 25 km/h.

ii. The unbalanced wagon shall not pass another unbalanced NDFF wagon
(whether stationary or in motion), on parallel lines where the load imbalance
causes both wagons to lean towards one another.
iii. The driver of the train conveying the unbalanced wagon shall be informed of the
load imbalance.
iv. Personnel on or about the track shall remain a safe distance from the unbalanced
wagon during its movement, and they shall be warned that there is danger of
derailment.
The unbalanced wagon is not to travel further than the nearest practical location in
order to clear the section.
3. NDIF wagons – Shall be transferred in the loaded condition that is with the gantry
anchored on the vehicle.
4. Welded rail (numbered 2301 to 2347 only).
5. NDTF wagons – These wagons can operate in the tare condition. The tilt
mechanism shall be locked in the travelling position (platform tilted at 60 degrees).
Loaded NDTF wagons will require a TOC Waiver to be issued after weighing and
gauge check.
@ These wagons shall be marshalled with a match wagon containing a conveyor

support coupled to the conveyor end of the vehicle.
* The conveyor extends 4.3 metres past the vehicle coupler.
Table 236 – Sydney Trains – Container wagons

mass (t) (MN)
NQAF Container wagon (ex C 74 18.4 14.6 0.75 B2
NLJF)
NQJX Container flat C 76 16.5 15.0 1.3 B3 R10
80 R1, R10
10.51. Tank Wagons – Miscellaneous

10.51.1. Tank Wagons – miscellaneous – freight rolling stock
Table 237 – Tank Wagons – miscellaneous – freight rolling stock
Code Description Owner Vehicle Class Max Tare Length Draw Brake Notes
numbers gross (t) (m) capacity type
mass (MN)
(t)
NTAF Oil tankers Ampol / 3129 – C 76 26 14.9 0.90 B1 R7
Caltex 4727
NTAF Oil tankers Ampol / 3331P C 79.3 27 16.0 0.90 B1 R1,R2
Caltex

mass (MN)
(t)
NTAF Oil tankers Ampol / 3332B C 77.2 26 18.6 0.90 B1 R1,R2
Caltex
NTAF Oil tankers Ampol / 3363L C 76.9 26.6 15.6 0.90 B1 R1,R2
Caltex
NTAF Oil tankers Ampol / 4066A C 79.8 28.5 15.0 0.90 B1 R1,R2
Caltex
NTAF Oil tankers Ampol / 4537U C 79.3 28.4 17.6 0.90 B1 R1,R2
Caltex
NTAF Oil tankers Ampol / 4538G C 79.8 28.9 17.7 0.90 B1 R1,R2
Caltex
NTAF Oil tankers Ampol / 4539P C 80.0 29.6 17.6 0.90 B1 R1,R2
Caltex
NTAF Oil tankers Ampol / 4540L C 80.0 29.7 17.7 0.90 B1 R1,R2
Caltex
NTBF Heavy Oil Ampol / 3275 – C 76 25 14.9 0.75 B1 R6, R7
tankers Caltex 4721
NTBF Bitumen BlueSco C 76 28.8 14.6 0.75 B1 R6, R7
pe Steel
NTBX Bitumen BlueSco C 76 28.8 14.6 0.75 B1 R7
pe Steel
NTBF Bitumen Boral 6637 – C 76 27 15.2 0.75 B1 R6, R7
6696
NTHF Gas Tank Boral 6410 and C 111 56 23.3 0.75 B1 ^
wagons 6411
NTAF Oil tankers BP 7217 – C 76 25 14.0 0.90 B1 R7
7317
NTHX Gas tankers Chemtra 3480 – C 76 35 15.6 0.75 B2 R7
ns 3481
NTBF Bitumen Emoleum 3433 – C 76 26 13.7 0.75 B1 R6, R7
3436
RTGX Gas tanker Incitec 008 C 76 35 18.0 0.75 B1
VTGX Gas tanker Incitec 008 C 76 36.6 18.0 0.75 B1
(Type 1)
VTGX Gas tanker Incitec 007,009 C 76 34.4 16.5 0.75 B1
(Type 2)
NTBX Bitumen Koppers 3501 – C 76 27 16.1 0.75 B1 R7
3517
NTFF Wine McWillia 3455, C 76 23 14.6 0.75 B1 R7
tankers ms 3456,
3459 –
3461
NTFF Wine Manildra 3451- C 76 23 14.6 0.75 B1 R7
tankers 3454,
3457,
3458
NTAF Oil tankers Mobil 5020 – C 76 25 13.7 0.90 B1 R7
7138
NTBF Heavy oil 5430 C 76 19 8.2 0.75 B1 R6, R7
tankers

mass (MN)
(t)
NTAF Oil tankers Shell 6015 – C 76 25 16. 5 0.90 B1 R7
8135
NTBF Heavy oil Shell 6041 – C 76 26 16. 5 0.75 B1 R6, R7
tankers 6117
^ Fitted with 6 wheel bogies, maximum permissible gross mass 111 tonnes and length
23.3 m, are permitted to run on the following routes
Sydney – Woodville Junction, Sydney – Macarthur, Sydney – Lithgow
Maximum permissible speed is subject to lower speed restrictions and other

conditions as prescribed herein and Local Appendices.
Not permitted to travel on running lines laid with lighter than 40 kg/m rail or on sidings
laid with lighter than 35 kg/m rail. On sidings with 35 kg /m rail maximum speed
restricted to 15 km/h.
Not to be unloaded in sidings used by the public or sidings adjacent to buildings or

vehicles.
10.52. The Rail Motor Society

10.52.1. The Rail Motor Society – Locomotives
Table 238 – The Rail Motor Society – Locomotives
category speed Weight over capacity power
(Km/h) (t) coupling (MN)
faces (m)
73 L14 Diesel 70 50 12.0 0.90 650 Ex SRA R11
Loco (7344)
10.52.2. The Rail Motor Society – Diesel rail cars

Table 239 – The Rail Motor Society – Diesel rail cars
Code Description Max Max Passenger Length Draw Remarks Notes

(t) faces (m)
CPH1 Rail Motor 80 25 43 13.6 Small Shall run coupled R11
Hook with CPH7. Impact
resistant front No
2 End Window.
CPH3 Rail Motor 80 25 43 13.6 Small Not to be run as R12
Hook leading/driving
car. Not fitted with
vigilance control
CPH7 Rail Motor 80 25 43 13.6 Small Shall run coupled R12
Hook with CPH1. Impact
resistant front No
1 End Window.
(t) faces (m)
HPC Rail Motor 115 34 27 16.3 Large No 402 R12
Hook
NPF Diesel Motor 115 43 48 19.2 Small No 621 R12
Auto
NTC Trailer 115 35 54 19.2 Small No 721
Auto
10.53. Toll
10.53.1. Toll – Freight rolling stock
Table 240 – Toll – Freight rolling stock
Gross (m) capacity type
Mass (t) (MN)
TQCY Container flat C 76 20.0 20.1 1.30 B1 -
80 R1
TRAY 5 pack Cartainer (12 A 228 55.0 84.8 1.80 B4 #
axles)
# The operation of these vehicles is limited to Class 1 lines , while loaded to

228 tonnes (19 tonne axle load) This vehicle may only operate on routes applicable to
Area of operation for Diagram 3 and Note R10(page 95).
10.54. Transport Equipment Company

10.54.1. Transport Equipment Company – Freight rolling stock
Table 241 – Transport Equipment Company – Freight rolling stock
Code Description Class Max gross Tare Length Draw Brake type Notes
mass (t) (t) (m) capacity (MN)
TQAY Container C 76 18.2 19.4 2.2 B3 R9
Wagon 92 R5, R9
TQBY Container C 76 18.3 19.4 2.2 B3 R9
Wagon 92 R5, R9
TQDY 40ft Container A 76 15.3 13.16 2.2 B3 R10
wagon 84 R3,R10
89.6 R5,R10

10.55. Transport Heritage NSW
10.55.1. Transport Heritage NSW – Locomotives
Table 242 – Transport Heritage NSW – Locomotives
faces (m)
1803 Steam Loco 40 29 8.5 See Z18 Class and See
(non- Notes coded as "1" in below
powered) Thomas the
Tank Engine
livery
2705 Steam Loco 60 82 16. 6 0.75 Ex SRA Loco R8,R11
Max speed
tender first 40
km/h.
3001 Steam Loco 80 101.25 17.6 0.75 Maximum speed R11
tender first 35
km/h
3526 Steam Loco 115 130.05 19.2 0.90 Ex SRA Loco R11
Max speed
tender first 40
km/h
3642 Steam Loco 115 163 20.70 0.90 Ex SRA Loco R11
Max speed
tender first 40
km/h
3801 Steam Loco 115 204.4 23.3 0.90 Ex SRA Loco R11
Max speed
tender first 40
km/h
5910 Steam Loco 80 154 20.6 0.90 Ex SRA Loco R11
Max speed
tender first 40
km/h
40 L13 Diesel % 113 17.4 0.90 1600 R11
B7-EL Brake
equipment.
#46 ## Electric 105 114 16.4 0.90 Ex SRA Loco See
See Note below below
70 Diesel 60 48.8 10.2 0.90 Ex SRA Loco R11
79 Diesel 55 40 10.7 0.90 Ex SRA Loco R11
#86 ## Electric 105 118 20.1 1.80 Ex SRA Loco See
See Note below below
D1 Diesel 18 86.4 11.5 0.90 Ex AIS Loco R11
% Max speed 80 km/h on Wide, Extended Medium and Medium tracks, 60 km/h on
Narrow electric/Non electric tracks as outlined in Diagram indicating track width
classifications (page 42) in Section 1 (page 33)
# Notes for 46/86 Electric Locomotives

cock.

4. For single electric locomotive operation, both pantographs way be used and full

## Refer to Sydney Metropolitan Area division pages for loads.
Notes for 1803:
1. Limited to between ARTC boundary at Marrickville Junction and Central / Sydney

Terminal / Eveleigh Yard and return.
2. Brakes are modified to operate as a hauled non-powered vehicle
3. The trailing load behind 1803 shall not exceed 50t
4. The locomotive shall be hauled by a suitable diesel locomotive with one suitable
carriage trailing the vehicle
5. The locomotive shall be inspected by a qualified examiner and be fit for

movement and all required inspections and maintenance during the movements
shall be carried out

10.55.2. Transport Heritage NSW – Passenger rolling stock
Table 243 – Transport Heritage NSW – Passenger rolling stock

faces (m)
ABS Diner 115 46 21.5 0.50 No 2305
ABX Pass 60 53 4 bths/ 19 22.7 0.30 No 1007. Fitted
Lnge with internal
handbrake, air tap,
and tail lamps.
BCS Club Lounge 115 41 40 23.4 0.50 No 2356, 2357,
2379
BI First / Buffet 80 25 50 15.5 0.15 No 1561
BI First 80 25 50 15.5 0.15 No 1564
CBC Pass 60 43 62 21.4 0.15 Nos 1090, 1089
CN Composite 115 44 16F + 32E 20.3 0.50 No 1747
EAM Composite 115 53 20 bths 30 22.1 0.30 No 1829 Wooden
seats body
EFS Economy 115 40 56 20 4 0.30 No 2090 Fitted with
shop.
FAM Twin. Sleeper 115 49 18 berths 23.4 0.50 No 2391
FO Economy 80 25 50 15.9 0.15 Nos 1565, 1690,
1671, 1563, 1688
FS Economy 115 40 64 20.4 0.30 Nos 2093, 2122
GMS1 Lnge/observe car 115 43 2 bths 34 20.5 0.50 Ex BS 2170
seats
HFA Economy 60 23 40 16.2 0.15 No 1171 Restricted
operation Picton –
Buxton
HFO Economy/brake 80 25 44 16.2 0.15 Nos 1566,1665
HFS Economy 115 40 56 20.4 0.30 No 2017 Guards
compartment.
HN Economy / brake 115 41 52 20.3 0.50 No 2197
HX Economy/brake 60 42 60 21.4 0.15 No 1006. Fitted
with internal
handbrake, air tap,
& tail lamps.
LAN Roomette sleeper 115 46 20 Berths 23.4 0.50 No 2352,2377
LFA Economy 60 23 58 16.2 0.15 No 942 Restricted
operation Picton –
Buxton
MBE First 115 49.2 45 22 7 0.30 No 62 Wooden
body
MCA Passenger 115 53 58 22 7 0.30 No 2 Ex MCE
Wooden body
MFS Economy 115 40 70 20.4 0.30 No 2137
NAM Twin. Sleeper 115 46 20 Berths 23.4 0.50 Nos 2338,2373.
Fitted with internal
handbrake, air tap,
and tail lamps.

faces (m)
NAM Twin. Sleeper 115 46 20 Berths 23.4 0.50 Nos 2375
PFZ First 115 47 24 20 3 0.50 No 2219
PHA Power Van 115 54 23.4 0.50 No 2394, 2396
RFN Buffet 115 44 32 20.3 0.50 No 2187
RMS Dining Car 115 46 48 23.4 0.50 Nos 2358 & 2359
SWT Water Gin 80 54 N/A 14.6 0.50 Nos 5 & 6 31540
litres capacity.
Pump fitted.
TBC First 115 47 42 22 7 0.30 No 532
VHO Guard/Service 115 55 20.2 0.30 %No 1816. Fitted
with internal
handbrake, air tap,
& tail lamps.
% = Wooden bodied vehicles fitted with end protection steel beams.
10.55.3. Transport Heritage NSW – Diesel rail cars

Table 244 – Transport Heritage NSW – Diesel rail cars

(t) faces (m)
CPH18 Rail Motor 80 25 43 13.6 Small R12
Hook
FP1 1937 Rail 30 5 9 6.6 Shall operate
Pay Bus under Manual
Block
Working
Network Rule
NSY 512
Manual block
working
NPF Diesel Motor 115 43 48 19.2 Small Auto No 623 R12
NTC Trailer 115 35 54 19.2 Small Auto No 723
10.56. Whitehaven Coal Ltd.

10.56.1. Whitehaven Coal Ltd. – Locomotives
Table 245 – Whitehaven Coal Ltd. – Locomotives
faces (m)
WH AC6 AC Diesel 115 134 22.0 2.25 4500 Type R11,
GT46C- R14
Ace

10.56.2. Whitehaven Coal Ltd. – Freight rolling stock
Table 246 – Whitehaven Coal Ltd. – Freight rolling stock

mass (t) (MN)
PHWH *2 permanently coupled coal G *240 21.8 *30.8 2.45 #E1
wagons. (ECP braked) B Empty
PHEH/PHWH/PHYH wagons and 3 x XRN class locomotives in head end power
configuration only
10.57. Winarch
10.57.1. Winarch – Freight rolling stock
Table 247 – Winarch – Freight rolling stock

mass (t) (MN)
PHYH *4 permanently coupled G *480 21.9 *61.5 2.45 B4 **
coal wagons. B Empty #E1
** Not permitted on grades steeper than 1 in 40 when in the loaded condition.
configuration only
10.58. Xstrata
10.58.1. Xstrata – Locomotives
Table 248 – Xstrata – Locomotives
faces (m)
XRN AC6 AC Diesel 115 134 22.0 2.25 4500 R9,R11,
R14
60 139 R9,R11,
R14,a
a. XRN locomotive operation above 134t up to 139t restricted as per TS TOC 2,


10.59. Xstrata Rail (NSW) Ltd.
10.59.1. Xstrata Rail (NSW) Ltd. – Freight rolling stock
Table 249 – Xstrata Rail (NSW) Ltd. – Freight rolling stock
mass (t) (MN)
PHEH *4 permanently coupled coal G *480 21.3 *61.4 2.45 #E1
wagons. (ECP braked) B Empty
configuration only.


Section 11
On-track infrastructure maintenance

vehicle data

11. On-track infrastructure maintenance vehicle data
Version April 2020
This Section of the TOC Manual lists all on track infrastructure maintenance vehicles authorised
to operate on the TfNSW Metropolitan Heavy Rail network. To gain listing in this document an
on track infrastructure maintenance vehicle shall comply with the requirements of
T HR RS 00000 ST Minimum Operating Standards for Rolling Stock or be covered by an
appropriate Concession.
A Train Operating Conditions (TOC) Waiver is required for the operation of any on track
infrastructure maintenance vehicles that are authorised, but not listed in this document.
See also Section 12 (page 285) for Road-Rail Vehicle & Trolley/Trailer Data.
11.1. Explanation of notes for on track infrastructure

maintenance vehicle data
Note: On-track infrastructure maintenance vehicles and road-rail vehicles shall
operate under MANUAL BLOCK WORKING CONDITIONS as per NSY 512 Manual
block working unless exempted by NOTE T3, which authorises a vehicle to operate
under the control of track signalling.
Table 250 – Explanation of notes for on track infrastructure maintenance vehicle data
Note Explanation
T1 Vehicle can be removed from rail using portable takeoff.
T2 Vehicle can be coupled into a train consist. Refer to specified maximum trailing load.
T3 Vehicle permitted to operate under the control of track signalling and not under block
working conditions.
T4 Maximum speed on a 1 in 30 grade 10 km/h
T6 Maximum speed of vehicle when coupled in a train consist 80 km/h
T8 Restricted to operate in areas designated WIDE in the Passenger Train Operating
Conditions pages.
T9 Vehicle can be removed from the track by hand.
T10 Maximum speed of vehicles when coupled in a train consist 60 km/h
T11 Not to travel on rail within electrified area bounded by Broadmeadow – Newcastle
Interchange – Bondi Junction – Lithgow – Richmond – Macarthur – Kiama
T12 This vehicle is restricted to a maximum speed of 20 km/h in the forward direction, and
5 km/h in the reverse direction when traversing track fitted with check rails or guard
rails such as at points, crossings, bridges and level crossings.
T13 Not in use.
Section 11 On-track infrastructure maintenance vehicle data

Note Explanation
T14 This vehicle is restricted to operation within a possession area only. All movements
shall be controlled by the possession officer. No other vehicles will be permitted to
pass these vehicles on any adjacent lines until the possession officer has been
advised that these vehicles have come to a stand and are clear of the adjacent line.
The maximum speed permitted within a possession area is 15 km/h.
T15 These vehicles comply with the ‘Narrow Square’ Rolling Stock outline in the Minimum
Operating Standards for Rolling Stock, T HR RS 00000 ST, and are NOT to operate
on the following sections of line:
Dunmore to Bomaderry, Sutherland to Cronulla, Central to North Sydney, City Circle
lines, Erskineville Junction to Bondi Junction, Clyde to Sandown/Carlingford,
Blacktown to Richmond.
T16 This vehicle is fitted with an automatic coupler and air brake coupling hoses on the
rear end and air compressor. This vehicle can be used to shunt rail vehicles.
T17 This vehicle can be marshalled within a train consist in a position consistent with its
draw capacity and the train can operate under the control of track signalling and not
under block working conditions.
The train conveying these vehicles shall operate under block working conditions
when these vehicles are marshalled as the last vehicle of the train.
T18 Vehicles identified with this note shall operate in travel mode with a driver safety
system incorporating two independent safety features. The two independent safety
features shall consist of a vigilance system (task linked preferred) plus a suitable
authorised person OR alternatively, a task linked vigilance system plus a driver
enabling device (deadman). The latter is a mandatory requirement for driver only
operation.
An authorised person in this case, is a second person, accompanying the vehicle
driver/operator, with sufficient knowledge of the vehicle to take control and bring the
vehicle to a stand in case of an emergency.
T19 In exception to Note T3 above, Block working will apply to this vehicle over
designated Sydney Metropolitan lines as shown in Locomotive Operations –
Block working of single unit diesel cars (page 59)
T20 This vehicle shall operate as the leading vehicle when travelling in a convoy with
other infrastructure maintenance vehicles. This limitation does not apply when in work
mode.
T21 This vehicle is not fitted with height restrictors to limit the travel of its moveable
elements. (For example truck and tray mounted cranes, booms on excavators, EWP’s
and cherry pickers and tipper bodies or tipping trays). This vehicle therefore can
infringe the minimum safe approach distances when working under overhead wiring
and is only permitted to work on track where an electrical permit to work has been
issued (Overhead wiring is isolated) Travel under live OHW is permitted.
T22 Trolleys do not require lights during daylight operation, however during conditions of
poor visibility, night operations and within tunnels, suitable front and rear lights shall
be fitted.
T23 This vehicle is restricted to operation on class 1 track only, operation on class 2 track
is not permitted. This vehicle is not permitted in the following areas:
Clyde – Carlingford
Rosehill – Sandown
Berry – Bomaderry
Illawarra Line – Omega Tunnels (121.000 km – 125.000 km)
T24 This vehicle is fitted with an elevated work platform (EWP) that shall not be utilised
when the vehicle is on rail. Travel of the vehicle on rail, with the EWP stowed in the
travel position, is permitted. For road/rail vehicles, the EWP may be used if the
vehicle is in road mode not utilising the rail wheels.

Note Explanation
T25 This vehicle is fitted with an elevated work platform (EWP) that is permitted to be
utilised when on rail. The EWP is not permitted to be utilised while the vehicle is in
motion (vehicle shall be stationary for EWP use). Travel of the vehicle on rail, with the
EWP stowed in the travel position, is permitted.
11.2. Abigroup
Table 251 – Abigroup
Plant Description Max Speed Loaded Length Notes Remarks

Number (km/h) Mass (t) (m)
70000 Pandrol Jackson Tamper 20 34 14.6
70006 Two axle ballast hopper 15 39.8 10.8 T14
70007 Two axle ballast hopper 15 39.8 10.8 T14
70034 Kershaw 46 – 2 Ballast 15 17.7 10.5 T14
regulator
11.3. Aurizon
Table 252 – Aurizon

MMY034 Loram rail grinder 80 796 211.6 T20 See notes below
Notes for MMY034:
The vehicle is restricted to the mainline operations only and is not permitted on the
passenger only lines. The vehicle is not permitted on the Cronulla, Richmond, East
Hills, ESR, ECRL, North Shore, Bankstown, Airport, and City Circle Lines.
11.4. Australian Rail Track Corporation

Table 253 – Australian Rail Track Corporation
Plant Number Description Max Loaded Length Notes Remarks

Speed Mass (t) (m)
(km/h)
BX0031,033 Plasser USP 3000C 50 26.5 14 T4
ballast regulator
BX043-054 Plasser PBR 203 50 22.5 11 T4
ballast regulator
CS098,100- Tamper/Compare (on 30 4 2.9
102 track) Compressor
DS005 Plasser DTS62N 80 62 19 T2 0.10 draw
dynamic track stabiliser capacity
HOX244 Permaquip ACI MkV 30 3.2
elevating work platform
ML 54- Kershaw 19.1 sleeper 30 1.4 2.85 T1 Towed by
56,58,59 trailer resleepering
machine

Plant Number Description Max Loaded Length Notes Remarks
Speed Mass (t) (m)
(km/h)
PHX68 Techniplan Fast 30 6 2.6
Clipping machine
PJ012,22,26,2 Plasser Mammut track 30 1.5 2 T1
8,29,32,33 jack
PJ 047,49,55, Plasser HGR 230 track 30 1.5 2 T1
56 jack
PJ054,57,58,6 Gemco track jack 30 3 3
0,61-64
PN 300 – 303 Nordco LS dog spike 30 5.5 5 T1
puller
SF 051 Nordco Super B lock 30 11 8 T1
spike driver
SM008, Comeng tie scarifier 30 3.5 3.6 T1
SM010
SM009 Comeng / Gemco 4
scarifier
SM015-17 Kershaw 345 scarifier 30 6.5 7 T1
SX070 Aresco tie handler 30 3
SX077,79-81 Gemco Model 30 tie 30 3 2.7 T1
handler
SX089,97-101 Comeng Aresco tie 30 3 T1
handler
SX105 – 108 Kershaw Model 47/3 tie 30 12 9 T1
handler
SX109-114 Kershaw model 12/5 tie 30 7.5 6 T1
crane
TJ048 Tamper Vibratool spot 30 5.5 5 T1
tamper
TJ060, TJ062 Plasser 07-275 turn-out 80 36.5 19
tie tamper
TJ063 – 066 Plasser PTT16 spot tie 30 11 7 T1
tamper
TJ075 Plasser 07-16 80 29 15 T4
production tie tamper
TJ085-088 Plasser 08-16 80 31 15 T4
production tie tamper
TJ089 Plasser 79-800W 80 33.5 15 T4
turnout tie tamper
11.5. Azbuild
Table 254 – Azbuild
Plant Number Description Max Speed Loaded Length Notes Remarks

(km/h) Mass (t) (m)
X11 Track Jack 4 1.6 1.9 T14

11.6. Blue Scope Steel
Table 255 – Blue Scope Steel

(km/h) Mass (t) (m)
234 Plasser 79.800W 60 33.4 12.8 T4
Tamping machine
331 Plasser PBR 201 50 22.5 10.2 T4
Ballast regulator
11.7. Brimble Rail Pty Ltd

Table 256 – Brimble Rail Pty Ltd

(km/h) Mass (t) (m)
M277 Mechanised Track 115 48 15 T3,
Patrol Vehicle (ex T18,
ML039) T19
M188 Plasser 07-275 Turnout 50 38 19 T18
Tamper (ex TJ073)
M290 Plasser 79-800W 80 33.5 15
tamper/production (ex
TJ090)
M055 Plasser USP 3000C 80 26.5 14 T4,
Ballast Regulator (ex T18
BX028)
11.8. Daracon Rail

Table 257 – Daracon Rail

(km/h) Mass (t) (m)
3579 Jackson HTT 6700 30 32 15.7
Tamper
3580 Kershaw 46-2 Ballast 30 17.7 10.6
Regulator
11.9. Downer EDI Rail

Table 258 – Downer EDI Rail

(km/h) Mass (t) (m)
TMP 05 Jackson Mk3 Tamper 22 32 15 See notes
below
Notes for TMP 05:
a. The tamper shall be limited to a maximum speed of 5 km/h when traversing points
and crossings.
b. A second ground based person shall be used to pilot the tamper when reversing.

c. Tamping tynes to be clear when in travel mode.
11.10. Harbinger Plant

Table 259 – Harbinger Plant

(km/h) Mass (t) (m)
TAMP-001 Jackson HTT 6700 15 34 15.7 T14
Tamper
REG-001 Kershaw 46-2 Ballast 15 17.7 10.5 T14
Regulator
11.11. Harsco Track Technologies

Table 260 – Harsco Track Technologies

(km/h) Mass (t) (m)
FT3 Harsco tamper 35 16 9.2
FT9 Harsco rail bending 25 6 5.4
machine
11.12. John Holland

Table 261 – John Holland

(km/h) Mass (t) (m)
RG 9 48 Stone Rail grinder 80 335 76 Shall have
two crew
members
32029 International Tractor 10 5.5 5.1 T16
340130 – PEM 807 (6 units) 6 24 2.1 T14, See notes
340140 (even numbered) T21 for 340130-
340131 – LEM 460 (6 units) 340141
6 24.2 3.5 and
340141 (odd numbered) T14, 340114
T21
340114 1 – 6 PEM807 Turnout 6 24 2.1 T14, See notes
gantry crane T21 for 340130-
7 – 12 LEM460 6 24.2 3.5 340141
Powered lifting trolley T14, and
T21 340114
411003 Plasser USP 5000 RT 90 100 26.3 T17, See notes

regulator T18 for
411003/4,
412002,
412004,
412007/8
regulator T18 for
411003/4,
412002,
412004,
412007/8

(km/h) Mass (t) (m)
41108 Plasser USP 3000C 50 39.5 15 T4,
ballast regulator T18
41112 Plasser PBR201 ballast 50 19.3 11 with broom
regulator
41113 Plasser PBR201 ballast 50 19.6 9.4 with broom
regulator
41115 Plasser PBR201 ballast 50 14.1 7.7
regulator
41119 Tamper BE-VR Ballast 50 12 7.4 See Notes
regulator for 41119
below
41134 Plasser SSP-305 80 69 28 T17, See notes
Ballast Regulator T18 for 41134/
(M518) 411001
41135 Plasser SSP-110 80 43.2 14.4 See notes
Ballast Regulator for 41135
below
411001 Plasser SSP-303 80 69 28 T17, See notes
Ballast Regulator T18 for 41134/
(M519) 411001
412001 Plasser Unimat 08- 100 98 32.3 T18

475/4S track and
crossing tamper (Serial
M520)
regulator T18 for
411003/4,
412002,
412004,
412007/8
412004 Plasser 08-16 4x4 100 70 18.2 T17, See notes
C100RT Tamper T18 for
411003/4,
412002,
412004,
412007/8
412007 Plasser 09-16 RT 80 100 30.5 T17, See notes
Tamper T18 for
411003/4,
412002,
412004,
412007/8
412008 Plasser 09-16 RT 80 100 30.5 T17, See notes
Tamper T18 for
411003/4,
412002,
412004,
412007/8
41217 Plasser Beaver 79- 50 36 13.7 T4
800W tamper
41228 Plasser 08-475/4s 80 78 28.2 T18
tamper
41264 Plasser 09-32 CSM 80 69 27.5 See notes
tamper for 41264
41268 Plasser 08-16 SH 80 40 14.6 T18
tamper

(km/h) Mass (t) (m)
42106 BHB Ballast scarifier 15 4.5 4.7 T14
42110 Comeng scarifier 10 3.5 4 T14
42116 Comeng scarifier 15 4 3.9 T14
42303 Combo sleeper 10 5.1 3.9 T14
scarifier
42312 Gemco tie extractor 15 3.3 2.7 T14 See notes
for 42312
42318 Tamper TR10 Sleeper 25 15 9.9 T11, See Notes
extractor T14+ for 42318
and 42320
below
42320 Tamper TR10 Sleeper 25 15 9.9 T11, See Notes
extractor T14 for 42318
and 42320
below
42328 Gemco sleeper inserter 15 4 2.9 T14
42637 Tamper Ride on dog 15 5.5 5.2 T14
spike puller
Notes for 340130-340141 and 340114:
When on rail the PEM807 shall be marshalled (coupled) between the LEM460 units.
Notes for 411003/4, 412002, 412004, 412007/8:
a. Maximum trailing load not to exceed 120 t.
b. When self-propelled the vehicles may be marshalled in pairs of 08-16 Tamper –

USP5000 Regulator, or 09-16 Tamper – USP5000 Regulator.
c. When locomotive hauled the vehicles shall be dead attached and shall be set in
locomotive hauled mode. That is any drives disengaged or locked out and any
other equipment set as required for locomotive hauling.
Notes for 41119:
a. This vehicle is out of gauge in width and therefore shall be stationary when being
passed by other traffic in dual track areas.
b. This vehicle shall not be passed by other traffic if the vehicle is moving or is
stationary on a track curvature of 400 metres or less.
c. Whilst operating on a work site in dual track areas, the vehicle shall cease
operations when there is a likelihood of passing traffic. Infrastructure personnel
shall ensure there is adequate clearance for a passing movement or in the case
of item 'b' above, the vehicle is to be moved to a safe location clear of the curve,
before such a movement takes place.
d. During passing movements the maximum speed for passing the stationary ballast
regulator shall be 30 km/hr for all other trains.
Notes for 41134 / 411001:

a. Operation is limited to 15 km/h when operating as a single self-propelled vehicle
or if the brush/broom end of the vehicle is not coupled to another vehicle or train.
b. Maximum trailing load not to exceed 120t.
c. When the vehicle is hauled in a train consist, the vehicle shall be prepared as per
the manufacturers procedures for operation within a train consist.
Notes for 41135:
a. When at the tare mass of 36 tonnes, the ballast regulator can traverse the entire
Metropolitan Rail Network.
b. When loaded to more than the tare mass of 36 tonnes, the ballast regulator is not
to operate between Berry – Bomaderry, Omega Tunnels, Clyde – Carlingford and
Rosehill – Sandown.
c. The maximum loaded mass shall not exceed 43.2 tonnes.
d. When broom end is leading a second crew member competent in signal

recognition and train protection procedure is required.
Notes for 41264:
When trailer end is leading a second crew member competent in signal recognition
and train protection procedure is required.
Notes for 42312:
These vehicles are out of gauge on vehicle width below platform height. Caution shall
be exercised by operators for obstacles in this area.
Notes for 42318 and 42320:
These machines may be passed by other trains on adjacent lines, at a speed not
exceeding 30 km/h. The machine shall be in the stationary non operable condition with
all its hydraulics folded in the narrow position.
This machine may pass other stationary trains located on adjacent lines at a speed
not exceeding 25 km/h.
11.13. Kennards
Table 262 – Kennards

(km/h) Mass (t) (m)
207063 Rosenquist CD500 15 5 4.9 T14
Pandrol Fast clip
machine
207064 Rosenquist CD500 15 5 4.9 T14
Pandrol Fast clip
machine

11.14. Laing O’Rourke
Table 263 – Laing O' Rourke

BTL01 Pony express track 80 57 27.6 T17 See Notes for
layer BTL01 below
BTL02 Plasser tracklayer 50 84 27 T2, See Notes for
SVM1000 T17 BTL02 below
BTM07 Pandrol Jackson 30 30.2 14.2
6700 stitch tamper
PEM 001 – 008 PEM807 6 24 2.1 T14, See notes on
Turnout gantry crane T21 PEM and LEM
LEM 001 – 008 LEM460 6 24.2 3.5 T14, See notes on
Powered lifting trolley T21 PEM and LEM
REG002 Harsco BE-AD 80 18 10.1
Ballast regulator
REG006 Knox Kershaw KBR 60 16 12.4
875 Ballast regulator
REG007 Knox Kershaw KBR 60 16 12.4
875 Ballast regulator
REG010 Knox Kershaw KBR- 30 20.2 11.2
925 Ballast Regulator
TAMP005 Aresco car shunter T16
TAMP007 Jackson 6700 Point 50 31.7 14.8
Tamper
TAMP009 Plasser 09-32 CSM 80 69 27.4 Trailing load
Tamper not to exceed
69t
TAMP030 Jackson (HTT) 6700S 30 31.8 15.9
Production Tamper
TAMP031 Jackson (HTT) 6700S 15 31.8 13.4 T14, See notes on
Production Tamper T18, TAMP031
T23,
T24
TRIP001 Nordco Trip tie 30 17.5 10.7
inserter TRIPP model
C
TRIP002 Nordco Trip tie 30 17.5 10.7
inserter TRIPP model
C
Notes for BTL01:
This vehicle is classified as out-of-gauge.
A route clearance check will be required and the exact route specified for all
movements, including working of the vehicle. All movements will be as an out of
gauge vehicle under single line working conditions, with special conditions applying. A
TOC Waiver and Special Train Notice (STN) will be required for all movements of this
vehicle.
The transfer of this vehicle shall be accompanied by supervising personnel.

The transfer of this vehicle shall be with the vehicle in non-working mode.
Unless otherwise indicated, the maximum speed of this vehicle is 80 km/h.
A minimum of one cover vehicle shall be attached to this vehicle at all times, due to
inadequate parking brake on Track Laying machine
Notes for BTL02:
The following operating conditions apply:
Where the length of the hauling train does not exceed 20 wagons, the SVM 1000 track
layer shall be marshalled as the last vehicle. In this case the SVM 1000 shall have
brakes cut in and operational. For the purposes of this note and note 2 below, any
multi-pack wagons included in the hauling train consist, shall be counted as the
number of platforms. For example, a 5 pack wagon shall be counted as 5 wagons.
Where the hauling train exceeds 20 wagons in length (See note 1 above), the SVM
1000 shall be marshalled as follows:
Locomotives / Train / SVM 1000 Track Layer (Brakes cut out) / 3 Match trucks of
minimum mass 17 tonnes each.
(This requirement is due to the SVM 1000 having a low sensitivity to changes in brake
pipe pressure. The sensitivity decreases as the train length increases.)
The air brake and hand brake shall be cut in and fully operative on all match trucks.
The brake pipe shall be continuous throughout the train.
The total unbraked mass of the hauling train, including the mass of the SVM 1000
track layer, shall not exceed 10% of the total train mass.
Notes on PEM and LEM:
When on rail the PEM807 shall be marshalled (coupled) between the LEM460 units.
Notes on TAMP031:
Due to signal visibility, this vehicle requires two operators or an operator and second
person that is competent in signal recognition.
11.15. Martinus Rail

Table 264 – Martinus Rail
Plant Description Max Loaded Length Notes Remarks

Number Speed Mass (t) (m)
(km/h)
TJ061 Plasser 07-275 50 36.5 19 - -
Turnout Tie
Tamper

11.16. McConnell Dowell
Table 265 – McConnell Dowell
Plant Description Max Loaded Length Notes Remarks

Number Speed Mass (t) (m)
(km/h)
MV0331 Plasser track jack 15 1.7 1.5 T14
MV0332 Plasser track jack 15 1.7 1.9 T14
MV8049 Robel rail threader 13 1.5 2.2 T14 This vehicle shall not
type 43.32 operate over points or
crossings as it has
double flanged wheels
z040/457 Kershaw 46-2 30 17.5 10.7 T18
Ballast regulator
z040/458 Kershaw 46-2 15 17.5 10.5 T14
Ballast regulator
z040/461 Jackson (HTT) 15 32.5 14.9 T14
6700 Tamper
z040/463 Jackson (HTT) 30 32.5 14.7
6700 Tamper
11.17. Queensland Rail

Table 266 – Queensland Rail

(km/h) Mass (t) (m)
MMK 20 Harsco sleeper crane 25 9 3.4 T14
MML 85 Harsco MBTX Sleeper 30 6.45 4.1 T14
renewer
11.18. Rhomberg Rail

Table 267 – Rhomberg Rail

M2256 Plasser 09-32 tamper 80 76 27.8 T18 $ See notes
below
M395 Plasser SSP – 100 70 28 12 T18 $ See notes
Ballast Regulator below
# M437 09-3X continuous action 80 77 23.1
mainline tamping
machine
# M438 DTS62N dynamic track 80 60 18.6
stabilizer
# M439 BT102 broom trailer 80 20 13 %Shall
operate with
M437 or M438
# M440 PT200 ballast ploughing 80 12 10 %Shall
trailer operate with
M437 or M438

M521 Plasser SSP – 303 70 65.8 28 T17, See notes for
Ballast regulator (M521) T18 M521 and
M525
M524 Plasser SSP – 09-3X 80 150 41.4 T17, Max. haul load
Tamper Regulator T18 not to exceed
120 tonnes
M525 Plasser SSP – SSP 305 80 66.2 29.1 T17, See notes for
Ballast Regulator (M525) T18 M521 and
M525
M580 Plasser SSP 303 Ballast 90 77 28.8 T17, See notes for
Regulator (M580) T18 M580
M946 Plasser Unimat 08- 80 105 33 T18 $ See notes
475/4s tamper below
PJ018 Plasser Mammut track 10 1.5 2 T14
jack
TJ097 Brad 4131 tamper 15 6.8 5.3 T14
# Instructions for the locomotive hauling of M437, M438, M439 and M440
a. Three (3) empty wagons of minimum mass 20 tonnes shall be marshalled

between the hauling locomotive and the Rhomberg Rail consist to provide braking
effort.
b. A Main Reservoir run around hose will be required to run from the hauling
locomotives to the Rhomberg Rail consist to release the spring applied brakes of
the machines.
c. The Rhomberg Rail consist will have operators on board and will be under power.
d. The braking system of the Rhomberg Rail consist is not compatible with that of
the hauling train and will be unbraked, however, the operators on board the
Rhomberg Rail consist will apply its brakes independently, if required, in
cooperation with the driver of the hauling train .
e. As the Rhomberg Rail vehicles will be manned and have spring parking brakes,
the brake retention test will not be required.
f. The crew of the hauling locomotive shall have discreet radio communication with
the crew of the Rhomberg Rail consist at all times.
g. This train shall operate under manual block working conditions.
$ Notes for M395, M946 and M2256
Self Propelled
a. This vehicle shall operate under manual block working.
Locomotive Hauled
a. When this vehicle is locomotive hauled, the train shall be block worked if this
vehicle is in the last three vehicles on the train.

b. A Rhomberg Rail Operator is to ride aboard this vehicle to monitor vehicle
movements and shall have discreet radio communication with the train crew at all
times.
c. The operator of this vehicle shall ensure the following and advise the train crew of
the hauling locomotive:
• All gearboxes have been disengaged.
• All drive axle lock outs have been engaged.
• All driver’s brake valve levers, (in all cabs) have been moved to the 'neutral'
position.
d. Normal brake retention tests shall be carried out on all train consists.
Notes for M521 and M525:
a. Maximum trailing load not to exceed 120t.
b. When the vehicle is hauled in a train consist, the vehicle shall be prepared as per
Notes for M580: When operated plough end leading, a second driver or authorised
second person competent in signal recognition is required.
11.19. Speno Rail Maintenance

Table 268 – Speno Rail Maintenance

RR24-M21 24 stone rail 80 186 52.3 T3 Couple with
grinder M22. Operates
as RR48
RR24-M22 24 stone rail 80 186 52.3 T3
grinder
RR36-M24A 36 stone rail 70 206 52.3
grinder
RR24-M30 24 stone rail 60 151 44.9 T18,
grinder T20
RR24M31A 24 stone rail 60 157.1 40.6 T3 Coupled to
grinder RR36M24A
operates as
RR60M1A
RR24MT2A 24 stone rail 50 167.7 46.9 T18
grinder
RR32A 32 stone rail 50 120 39 T3
grinder
US7 Speno flaw 80 65.6t 18.33 T18, a
detection vehicle
w/raised UT
trolley
w/lowered UT
trolley 60 18, a, b

Notes:
a. Operation under track signalling (block working not required) is only permitted
when both track circuit actuators (TCA) are functioning. If any of the TCA’s are not
functioning, the vehicle is not permitted to operate under track signalling and shall
be stopped. Operation shall then be block worked as per Block working of single
unit diesel cars TS TOC 1, Section 2.17.
b. The UT trolley shall be raised (shall not be used) when traversing the following
sections of track:
i. Between Rosehill and Camelia (Clyde-Carlingford Line)
ii. Between 152.500km and 153.00km at Bomaderry (Illawarra Line)
11.20. Swietelsky
Table 269 – Swietelsky

DR73112 Plasser 09-3X 80 129.5 34.2
Dynamic Tamper
DR73113 Plasser SSP 303 80 67 28.1 T17, See notes for
Ballast regulator T18 DR 73113
(M529)
Notes for DR 73113:


Table 270 – Sydney Trains

BJ003 Plasser UHR-RM- 60 74 27.3 T2, T17, 0.50 draw
(BJR003) 74 ballast cleaner T18 capacity and
below
BJ005 Plasser UHR-RM- 60 74 27.3 T2, T17, 0.50 draw
(BJR005) 74 ballast cleaner T18 capacity and
below
BJ006 Plasser RM 900- 80 506 131 See Notes for
HD ballast cleaner BJ006 below
BX055-056 Plasser SSP110 80 36.3 18 T2, T5, 0.10 draw
ballast regulator T7, T18 capacity

BX059 Plasser SSP 300 80 29.5 14 T2, T7, 0.10 draw
ballast regulator T18 capacity
BX060 Plasser SSP302 80 42 20.6 T2, T18 0.10 draw
ballast regulator capacity
BX061 Plasser SSP303 80 66 27.8 T17, See notes for
ballast regulator T18 BX061/62
BX062 Plasser SSP303 80 66 27.8 T17, See notes for
ballast regulator T18 BX061/62
DS001-004 Plasser DTS62N 80 62 19 T2, T18 0.10 draw
dynamic track capacity
stabiliser
GDX813, Fairmont Tamper 30 4.2 4.87 T14
814 Profile grinder
HOX172, Permaquip ACI 30 3.2
214 MkV elevating
work platform
MTPV 1 Mermec Roger 115 69 23.3 T18 See notes for
800 Mechanised MTPV 1 and
Track Patrol MTPV 2
Vehicle
MTPV 2 Mermec Roger 115 66 23.3 T18 See notes for
800 Mechanised MTPV 1 and
Track Patrol MTPV 2
Vehicle
PJ010, 013, Plasser HGR 230 10 1.5 2 T1
048, 051 track jack
PJ079 Plasser Mammut 10 1.5 2
track jack
TJ091-092 Plasser CAT 80 40.3 18 T2, T4, 0.10 draw
continuous tie T7, T18 capacity
tamper
TJ095 Plasser Unimat 09- 80 135 35.1 T18
32 tamper
TJ096 Plasser Unimat 09- 80 135 35.1 T18
32/4S tamper
TJ107-108 Plasser Unimat 08- 80 114.6 31.1 T18 See notes for
475/4S turnout TJ107-108
tamper
DVE Plasser OHW 10 50 28 8 See notes for
1,3,5,6,7 overhead wiring DVE and MVE.
drum vehicle
MVE 2 to 7 Plasser OHW 10 50 26 12 T18 See notes for
overhead wiring DVE and MVE.
main vehicle

166 XPT Bogie 2.5 14.37 5.26 The vehicle is
Transfer Trolley restricted to
operating within
the confines of
Sydenham
Maintenance
Centre (XPT
Service
Centre), to the
Dock Siding
between the
bogie store and
the main depot
building.
Notes for BJ003 and BJ005:
a. BJ003 and BJ005 are identified as BJR003 and BJR005 in TRIMS, DTPOS, AEI
tags and wayside systems that read AEI tags.
Notes for BJ006:
a. BJ006 shall operate self propelled or loco hauled.
b. Movements shall be under block working conditions unless operating in a train

with at least three (3) vehicles trailing BJ006.
c. The maximum trailing load behind BJ006 shall not exceed 1440 tonnes.
d. The maximum speed at Sefton Junction shall be 25 km/h.
e. The maximum speed on crossovers, loops, sidings and yards shall be 15 km/h.
f. For operating conditions on the Goods Line refer to ARTC for details.
g. BJ006 may travel on all UP and DOWN main lines (including relief roads, loops,
sidings, yards and crossovers) except for the following areas (BJ006 not to enter
these areas):
City Underground (City Circle), Airport Line, Central Flyovers (Flying Junctions),
Eastern Suburbs Line, Cronulla Line, Epping Chatswood Rail Link, Olympic Park
Loop
h. Sidings that do not see regular rail traffic (for example, stabling sidings, mark-off
sidings) shall be inspected before use by a person qualified to record and analyse
track parameters, checking for any potential centre throw obstacles up to 1.5 m
high.
i. Yennora Shunting Neck shall be inspected prior to use.
j. BJ006 shall not run over the turnout route of any turnouts or crossovers at or
within 20 m of platforms due to possible platform strikes.
Notes for BX061 and BX062:

Notes for MTPV1 and MTPV2:
a. These vehicles shall operate to the medium speed boards (in areas with 3 speed
boards) or normal speed boards (in areas with 2 speed boards).
b. The Geomatic camera, lighting equipment, and associated mounting frame shall
be within the rolling stock outline at all times. Wheel wear and wheel turning shall
require the packing between the vehicle body and Geomatic equipment to be
adjusted as required.
c. Operation under track signalling is only permitted when both track circuit actuators
(TCA) are functioning. If any of the TCA’s are not functioning, the vehicle is not
permitted to operate under track signalling and shall be stopped. Operation shall
then be block worked as per Block working of single unit diesel cars, TS TOC 1,
Section 2.17.
d. MTPV1 is fitted with AIMS (in. camera/lights), Track Geography System, OHW
measuring system, Rail Prof measuring system, Rail Corrugation measuring
system.
MTPV2 is fitted with AIMS (inc. camera/lights).
e. Trailing load not to exceed 72 t.
Notes for DVE and MVE:
a. DVE shall be operated with MVE.
b. MVE, DVE consist shall be last 2 vehicles in a train consist.
Notes for TJ107 and TJ108:
Tampers only permitted on the following lines (including speed restrictions):
Main West Bankstown (40 km/h max speed)
Main North Cronulla (40 km/h max speed)
Illawarra Richmond (40 km/h max speed)
Main South Carlingford (40 km/h max speed)
Old Main South East Hills (General speed boards)
North Shore Leppington
City Circle

11.22. RKR Engineering
Table 271 – RKR Engineering

25 Tracklift – Self propelled 25 8 14 11.8 T14
t.m Crane
11.23. Taylor Rail Australia Pty Ltd.

Table 272 – Taylor Rail Australia Pty Ltd.

TRA JAX Jackson 6700S Tamper 15 31.8 14.8 T14
002
TRA JAX Pandrol Model 6700S 30 34.5 13.3 T15
003 Switch tamper
TRA REG Knox Kershaw KBR 15 20.0 11.5 T14
003 925 Ballast Regulator
TRA REG Knox Kershaw KBR 15 20 11.2 T14
004 925 Ballast Regulator
TRT1 Unimat Plasser 190 20 13 8
Tamper
TRT2 Ballast regulator – 20 10.7 7.5 T15
Model 116a
TRT3 Ballast distributor 20 20 4.8 Shall be
hauled by
TRT2 ballast
regulator
6700 Jackson (HTT) 6700 22 31.8 15.9
Production Tamper
KBR925 Knox Kershaw KBR925 28 20 12
Ballast Regulator

Section 12
Road rail vehicle data
Section 12 Road rail vehicle data

12. Road rail vehicle data
Version April 2020
This Section of the TOC Manual lists all road-rail vehicles and trolleys/trailers authorised to
operate on the TfNSW Metropolitan Heavy Rail network. To gain listing in this document a
road/rail vehicle shall comply with the T HR RS 00000 ST Minimum Operating Standards for
Rolling Stock or be covered by an appropriate Concession.
All road-rail vehicles shall be recertified annually for operation on the TfNSW Metropolitan
Heavy Rail network in accordance with the T HR RS 30020 ST Road/Rail Vehicle Certification &
Re-certification.
All trolleys and trailers vehicles shall be recertified annually for operation on the TfNSW
Metropolitan Heavy Rail network in accordance with the T HR RS 30030 ST Trolley, Trailer &
Quadricycle Certification & Re-certification.
Recertification status can be checked in the TS 13000 Road/rail vehicle and small plant
recertification database.
A Train Operating Conditions (TOC) Waiver is required for the operation of any on track
infrastructure maintenance vehicles that is authorised, but not listed in this document.
12.1. Explanation of notes for on-track infrastructure track

maintenance and road-rail vehicle data
Note: On–track infrastructure maintenance vehicles and road-rail vehicles shall
operate under MANUAL BLOCK WORKING CONDITIONS as per Sydney Trains
Network Rule NSY 512 Manual block working unless exempted by NOTE T3, which
authorises a vehicle to operate under the control of track signalling.
Table 273 – Explanation of notes for on track infrastructure track maintenance and road
rail vehicle data
Note Explanation
T1 Vehicle can be removed from rail using portable takeoff.
T2 Vehicle can be coupled into a train consist. Refer to specified maximum trailing load.
T3 Vehicle permitted to operate under the control of track signalling and not under block working
conditions.
T8 Restricted to operate in areas designated WIDE in the Passenger Train Operating
Conditions pages.
T9 Vehicle can be removed from the track by hand.
T10 Maximum speed of vehicles when coupled in a train consist 60 km/h
T11 Not to travel on rail within electrified area bounded by Broadmeadow – Newcastle Interchange
– Bondi Junction – Lithgow – Richmond – Macarthur – Kiama

Note Explanation
T12 This vehicle is restricted to a maximum speed of 20 km/h in the forward direction, and 5 km/h in
the reverse direction when traversing track fitted with check rails or guard rails such as at
points, crossings, bridges and level crossings.
T13 Not in use.
T14 This vehicle is restricted to operation within a possession area only. All movements shall be
controlled by the possession officer. No other vehicles will be permitted to pass these
vehicles on any adjacent lines until the possession officer has been advised that these
vehicles have come to a stand and are clear of the adjacent line. The maximum speed
permitted within a possession area is 15 km/h.
T15 These vehicles comply with the ‘Narrow Square’ Rolling Stock outline in the Minimum
Operating Standards for Rolling Stock, T HR RS 00000 ST, and are NOT to operate on the
following sections of line:
Dunmore to Bomaderry, Sutherland to Cronulla, Central to North Sydney, City Circle lines,
Erskineville Junction to Bondi Junction, Clyde to Sandown/Carlingford, Blacktown to Richmond.
T16 This vehicle is fitted with an automatic coupler and air brake coupling hoses on the rear end
and air compressor. This vehicle can be used to shunt rail vehicles.
T17 This vehicle can be marshalled within a train consist in a position consistent with its draw
capacity and the train can operate under the control of track signalling and not under block
working conditions.
The train conveying these vehicles shall operate under block working conditions when
these vehicles are marshalled as the last vehicle of the train.
T18 Vehicles identified with this note shall operate in travel mode with a driver safety system
incorporating two independent safety features. The two independent safety features shall
consist of a vigilance system (task linked preferred) plus a suitable authorised person OR
alternatively, a task linked vigilance system plus a driver enabling device (deadman). The latter
is a mandatory requirement for driver only operation.
An authorised person in this case, is a second person, accompanying the vehicle
driver/operator, with sufficient knowledge of the vehicle to take control and bring the vehicle to
a stand in case of an emergency.
T19 In exception to Note T3 above, Block working will apply to this vehicle over designated Sydney
Metropolitan lines as shown in Locomotive Operations –
Block working of single unit diesel cars (page 59)
T20 This vehicle shall operate as the leading vehicle when travelling in a convoy with other
infrastructure maintenance vehicles. This limitation does not apply when in work mode.
T21 This vehicle is not fitted with height restrictors to limit the travel of its moveable elements. (For
example truck and tray mounted cranes, booms on excavators, EWP’s and cherry pickers and
tipper bodies or tipping trays). This vehicle therefore can infringe the minimum safe approach
distances when working under overhead wiring and is only permitted to work on track where an
electrical permit to work has been issued (Overhead wiring is isolated) Travel under live OHW
is permitted.
T22 Trolleys do not require lights during daylight operation, however during conditions of poor
visibility, night operations and within tunnels, suitable front and rear lights shall be fitted.
T23 This vehicle is restricted to operation on class 1 track only, operation on class 2 track is not
permitted. This vehicle is not permitted in the following areas:
Clyde – Carlingford
Rosehill – Sandown
Berry – Bomaderry
Illawarra Line – Omega Tunnels (121.000 km – 125.000 km)
T24 This vehicle is fitted with an elevated work platform (EWP) that shall not be utilised when the
vehicle is on rail. Travel of the vehicle on rail, with the EWP stowed in the travel position, is
permitted. For road/rail vehicles, the EWP may be used if the vehicle is in road mode not
utilising the rail wheels.
T25 This vehicle is fitted with an elevated work platform (EWP) that is permitted to be utilised when
on rail. The EWP is not permitted to be utilised while the vehicle is in motion (vehicle shall be
stationary for EWP use). Travel of the vehicle on rail, with the EWP stowed in the travel
position, is permitted.

12.2. Abergledie Contractors
12.2.1. Abergledie Contractors – Trolleys
Table 274 – Abergledie Contractors – Trolleys
Reg Plant Description Max Speed Loaded Length Notes Remarks

Number Number (km/h) Mass (t) (m)
- 6711-09 Permaquip Link 5 1.3 0.8 T9, T14, Capacity 1250 kg
Trolley T22
Trolley T22
Trolley T22
Trolley T22
12.3. Abigroup (Lendlease)

12.3.1. Abigroup (Lendlease) – Road-rail vehicles
Table 275 – Abigroup (Lendlease) – Road-rail vehicles
Reg Plant Number Description Max Speed Loaded Length Notes Remarks
- 10048 Komatsu PC 228US 15 31 9.3 T14, T21
- 10049 Komatsu PC 228US 15 31 9.3 T14, T21
- 10057 Komatsu PC138US 15 16.4 7.9 T14,T21
Hydraulic excavator
- 10058 Komatsu PC138US 15 16.4 7.9 T14,T21
Hydraulic excavator
- 70037 Sennebogan 608 15 29.7 6.9 T14,T21,
telehandler w/EWP T24
and w/crane
- 70038 Sennebogan 608 15 29.7 6.9 T14,T21,
telehandler w/EWP T24
and w/Crane
12.3.2. Abigroup (Lendlease) – Trailers

Table 276 – Abigroup (Lendlease) – Trailers

- 70040 Rail bound Trailer 15 20 5.9 T14 Trailer to be hauled
(SWL 17t) by either Abigroup
(Lendlease) road
rail vehicles 10048,
10049, and 70037
only
- 70041 Rail bound Trailer 15 20 5.9 T14 Trailer to be hauled
(SWL 17t) by either Abigroup
(Lendlease) road
rail vehicles 10057
and 10058 only

- 70042 Rail bound trailer 15 20 5.9 T14 Trailer to be hauled
(SWL 17t) by Abigroup
(Lendlease) road
rail vehicle 70038
only
12.4. Advent Excavations Pty Ltd.

12.4.1. Advent Excavations Pty Ltd. – Road-rail vehicles
Table 277 – Advent Excavations Pty Ltd. – Road-rail vehicles

66470-D Unit 1 Kubota KX057-4 15 5.5 5.9 T14
Hydraulic
Excavator
12.5. Affective Rail

12.5.1. Affective Rail – Road-rail vehicles
Table 278 – Affective Rail – Road-rail vehicles

28929C - Kubota SK80MSR- 15 10.7 7.1 T14,
2 Hydraulic T21
Excavator
- 87 Volvo ECR88 Plus 15 11.7 7.4 T14, SWL 1.3t
Hydraulic T21
Excavator
(0.7t SWL)
12.5.2. Affective Rail – Support frames

Table 279 – Affective Rail – Support frames

- 1024766 Self propelled track 5 0.65 0.83 T14, Operation of
jack trolley (manual T22 wireless mode not
operation only) permitted, only
manual operation is
permitted

12.6. Agile Arbor Pty Ltd.
12.6.1. Agile Arbor Pty Ltd. – Road-rail vehicles
Table 280 – Agile Arbor Pty Ltd. – Road-rail vehicles

ZJH 494 - Toyota Land Cruiser 79 30 3.7 6.0 T12,
series tray top T21
YOX 221 - Mitsubishi Canter 30 6.0 7.6 T12
CK-74-HF H-01 Mitsubishi Fuso Canter 25 6.5 7 T12,
w/Tipper Tray T21
12.7. Alfabs Engineering Group Pty Ltd.

12.7.1. Alfabs Engineering Group Pty Ltd. – Road-rail vehicles
Table 281 – Alfabs Engineering Group Pty Ltd. – Road-rail vehicles

BP95XL - Toyota Landcruiser 79 30 3.5 5.8 T12
Series Ute
12.7.2. Alfabs Engineering Group Pty Ltd. – Trolleys

Table 282 – Alfabs Engineering Group Pty Ltd. – Trolleys

- 6855-02 Permaquip link type B 5 2.1 1.9 T9, Capacity
trolley T14, 2000 kg
T22
T22
T22
T22
12.8. All Rail Hire Pty Ltd

12.8.1. All Rail Hire Pty Ltd. – Trolleys
Table 283 – All Rail Hire Pty Ltd – Trolleys

- HE-TR- Hercules Trolley 5 1.05 0.93 T9,
023 (1t SWL) T14,
T22
12.9. Allambie Earthworks
12.9.1. Allambie Earthworks – Road rail vehicles
Table 284 – Allambie Earthworks – Road-rail vehicles

25790-D No. 4 Volvo ECR58D 15 6.7 6.4 T14,
hydraulic excavator T21
47405-D 6 Yanmar ViO55-5 15 6.5 5.9 T12, a
- No. 5 Hitachi Zaxis 65 USB 15 8.5 7.4 T14
Excavator (SWL 0.2t)
a. Permitted to travel on rail only, work on rail is not permitted.
12.9.2. Allambie Earthworks – Trailers

Table 285 – Allambie Earthworks – Trailers

- T1 2.7t flat top rail trailer 15 2.7 2.5 T14 Shall only be
(2000kg SWL) – S/N hauled by
RT5281AN16 25790D (unit
4)
12.10. Alpha Civil

12.10.1. Alpha Civil – Road-rail vehicles
Table 286 – Alpha Civil – Road-rail vehicles

25759-D AC59 Hydrema 912 DS rail 15 18.2 6.1 T14,
dump truck T21
35120-D AC20 Hydrema 912 DS rail 15 18.2 6.1 T14,
dump truck T21
35121-D AC21 Hydrema 912D dump 15 18.8 6.1 T14,
truck T21
55736-D AC36 Hydrema 912ES dump 15 18.5 6.3 T14,
truck T21
66152-D AC52 Hydrema 912ES dump 15 18.5 6.3 T14,
truck T21

12.11. Anric Developments Pty Ltd.
12.11.1. Anric Developments Pty Ltd. – Road-rail vehicles
Table 287 – Anric Developments Pty Ltd. – Road-rail vehicles

03965-C 65 Hitachi Zaxis 60 USB 15 10.1 6.4 T14
hydraulic excavator
12306-C 06 Hamm 3414 smooth 5 16.1 6.1 T14
drum roller
15527-D 27 Hitachi Zaxis 75US 15 11.5 7.5 T14
USB hydraulic
excavator
16877-D 77 Hitachi Zaxis 60 USB 15 10.1 6.4 T14
hydraulic excavator
hydraulic excavator
16917-D 17 Hydrema 912DS Rail 15 18.2 6.2 T14,T21
dump truck
hydraulic excavator
hydraulic excavator
25705D 05 Hitachi Zaxis ZX 65 15 8.3 3.9 T14
USB Hydraulic
Excavator
27548D 48 Hitachi Zaxis ZX 65 15 8.3 3.9 T14
USB Hydraulic
Excavator
32855-D 55 Hitachi Zaxis 65 USB 15 9 6.3 T14
Excavator
Excavator
Excavator
Excavator
Excavator
40025-D 25 Hitachi Zaxis 135 US 15 22 7.3 T14
Excavator
42028-D 28 Hitachi Zaxis 135 US 12 22 7.3 T14
Excavator
Excavator
Excavator
Excavator
Excavator

Excavator
Excavator
70637-D 37 Liebherr A922 Rail 15 26.6 8.9 T14, a, b
Excavator
(3.8t SWL for Class 1
28.7 T14,
and 2 track, 5.9t SWL
T23, a, b
for Class 1 track only)
78129-D 29 Liebherr A922 Rail 15 26.6 8.9 T14, a, b
Excavator
(3.8t SWL for Class 1
28.7 T14,
and 2 track, 5.9t SWL
T23, a, b
for Class 1 track only)
82694-D 94 Hitachi Zaxis ZX75 15 13.1 4.3 T14
Excavator (1.1t SWL)
87610-D 10 Colamr T10000FSC 15 56.2 11.2 T14,
Rail Loader (SWL 15t) T21, T23
87613-D 13 Colamr T10000FSC 15 56.2 11.2 T14,
Rail Loader (SWL 15t) T21, T23
97889-C 89 Yanmar Vi0 55-5B 20 6.5 6.0 T14
Hydraulic Excavator
Notes:
a. High traction mode shall not be used when on rail.
b. Rail axle lockouts shall not be engaged (locked) when travelling on rail. Axle
lockouts can only be engaged (locked) when stationary and shall be released
(unlocked) to resume travel.
12.11.2. Anric Developments Pty Ltd. – Trailers

Table 288 – Anric Developments Pty. Ltd. – Trailers

- T1 2.7 t Rail Trailer 12 2.7 2.5 T14, b See notes below
(2t SWL)
- T2 2.7 t Rail Trailer 12 2.7 2.5 T14, j, f See notes below
(2t SWL)
- T3 HarryBilt 10t Rail 15 10 4.3 T14, e See notes below
bound trailer
(8.4t SWL)
- T4 2.7t Rail Trailer 12 2.7 2.4 T14, c See notes below
(2t SWL)
- T5 2.7t Rail Trailer 12 2.7 2.5 T14, d, f See notes below
(2t SWL)
- T6 5t Rail Trailer 15 5.5 2.5 T14 To be hauled by
(4.95t SWL) any Anric
Developments
Hitachi Zaxis USB
65 Excavator
- T7 23t Rail Trailer 15 23 5 T14, See notes below
(20t SWL) T23, a,
g
- T8 23t Rail Trailer 15 23 5 T14, See notes below
(20t SWL) T23, a,
g
- T9 Rail Trailer 15 23 6 T14, h See notes below
TR020-02-NSB
(S/N 18027)
(20t SWL)
TR020-02-NSB
(S/N 18028)
(20t SWL)
TR020-02-NSB
(S/N 18029)
(20t SWL)
TR020-02-NSB
(S/N 18030)
(20t SWL)
- T13 Rail Trailer 15 5.5 2.5 T14, i See notes below
ARRT5T003
(4.95t SWL)
ARRT5T005
(4.95t SWL)
ARRT5T002
(4.95t SWL)
ARRT5T004
(4.95t SWL)
- T17 ARRT5T Rail 15 5.5 2.5 T14, k See notes below
Trailer (SWL 5t)
Trailer (SWL 5t)
Trailer (SWL 5t)
Trailer (SWL 5t)
Trailer (SWL 5t)
Notes:
a. This trailer shall only be hauled by the following vehicles:
Hitachi Zaxis 135 Excavator with registration 40025-D (plant no. 25)
Liebherr A922 Excavator with registration 70637-D (plant no. 37)
b. This trailer shall only be hauled by the following vehicles:
c. This trailer shall only be hauled by the following vehicles:
d. This trailer shall only be hauled by the following vehicles:
e. This trailer shall only be hauled by the following vehicles:
f. This trailer may be hauled in a dual configuration with the following vehicles only:

g. This trailer may be hauled in a dual configuration with the following vehicles only:
h. This trailer may be hauled with the following vehicles only:
Hitachi Zaxis 135 with registration 40025-D (plant no. 25)
Hitachi Zaxis 135 with registration 40028-D (plant no. 28)
i. This trailer shall only be hauled by the following vehicles:
j. This trailer shall only be hauled by the following vehicles:
k. This trailer shall only be hauled by the following vehicles:

12.12. Ardosa Earthworks Pty Ltd.

12.12.1. Ardosa Earthworks Pty Ltd. – Road-rail vehicles
Table 289 – Ardosa Earthworks Pty Ltd. – Road-rail vehicles

91804-C Unit 4 Yanmar Vi055-5 15 6.7 6.0 T12
Excavator
27146-D 5 Hyundai R55W 15 6.5 6.1 T14
Excavator
92975-D No. 2 Hitachi Zaxis 65 15 8.5 6.1 T14 SWL 0.2t
USB Hydraulic
Excavator
12.12.2. Ardosa Earthworks Pty Ltd. – Trailers

Table 290 – Ardosa Earthworks Pty Ltd. – Trailers

- T1 Flat top rail trailer 15 2.7 2.5 T14 To be hauled by
(2t SWL) 27146D/plant 5 and
92975-D/plant No. 2
only
12.13. Arrow Rail and Plant Equipment

12.13.1. Arrow Rail and Plant Equipment – Road-rail vehicles
Table 291 – Arrow Rail and Plant Equipment – Road-rail vehicles

RAILER - Ford Louisville 15 22.5 10.3 T14,
L8000 6x4 Tray T21
Top w/Crane

12.14. Aurecon
12.14.1. Aurecon – Support frames
Table 292 – Aurecon – Support frames

- AUR01 Amberg 5 0.056 1.3 T9, T14
Technologies
GRP3000 Survey
Trolley
12.15. Aurizon
12.15.1. Aurizon – Road-rail vehicles
Table 293 – Aurizon – Road-rail vehicles

BIO-6HF RRV789 Mitsubishi Fuso 30 7.5 8.3 T12
12.16. Australian Rail Track Corporation (ARTC)

12.16.1. Australian Rail Track Corporation (ARTC) – Road-rail vehicles
Table 294 – Australian Rail Track Corporation (ARTC) – Road-rail vehicles

BU16VO AR128 Toyota Land 25 3.9 5.9 a, T12
Cruiser 79 Series
Ute
Notes:
a. The maximum speed shall be reduced by 10 km/h when traversing curves (for
example, a 55 km/h speed boarded curve shall be traversed at 45 km/h).
12.16.2. Australian Rail Track Corporation (ARTC) – Trolleys

Table 295 – Australian Rail Track Corporation (ARTC) – Trolleys

- ARTC- Permaquip Link 5 1.3 0.8 T9, T14, Capacity 1250 kg
TRX389- Trolley T22
DBO

12.17. Autech
12.17.1. Autech – Road-rail vehicles
Table 296 – Autech – Road-rail vehicles

1JX-7KQ 60931 Autech VM8000 25 13 7.8
grinding truck
12.18. Azbuild Pty Ltd.

12.18.1. Azbuild Pty Ltd. – Road-rail vehicles
Table 297 – Azbuild Pty Ltd. – Road-rail vehicles

02708-C 8 Yanmar ViO75A 15 9.3 6.2 T14
Hydraulic
Excavator
22544-D - Hitachi Zaxis 15 20.5 8.7 T14,
ZX170W-3 T21
Hydraulic
Excavator
09998-C 98 Yanmar ViO55 15 5.95 5.2 T14
Hydraulic
Excavator
11020-D - Yanmar ViO55 15 5.95 5.2 T14
Hydraulic
Excavator
96649-C EX9 Yanmar ViO55 12 5.95 6.0 T14
Hydraulic
Excavator
96651-C EX10 Yanmar ViO55 12 5.95 6.0 T14
Hydraulic
Excavator
96646-C EX11 Yanmar ViO55 15 5.95 6.0 T14
Hydraulic
Excavator
29572-D 72 Yanmar ViO75 13 8 6.4 T14,
Hydraulic T21
Excavator
72622-D 22 Yanmar ViO55 15 7 5.2 T14
Hydraulic
Excavator
12.18.2. Azbuild Pty Ltd. – Trailers

Table 298 – Azbuild Pty Ltd. – Trailers

- TRR021 Flat top rail trailer 12 5.5 4.2 T14, a
(2TRT3) (SWL 4t)

- TRR0026 Flat top rail trailer 12 4.1 4.2 T14, a
(SWL 3t)
Notes:
a. This trailer shall only be hauled by 29572-D, 22544-D, 09998-C, 11020-D
12.19. Ben’s Rail & Civil Pty Ltd.

12.19.1. Ben’s Rail & Civil Pty Ltd. – Road-rail vehicles
Table 299 – Ben’s Rail & Civil Pty Ltd. – Road-rail vehicles

- HV51 Hyundai 80CR-9 12 8.8 6.5 T14, T21
Hydraulic Excavator
13809-D HV19 Hyundai Robex 140W-9 15 15.5 7.8 T14, T21
Hydraulic Excavator
Hydraulic Excavator
Hydraulic Excavator
12.19.2. Ben’s Rail & Civil Pty Ltd. – Trailers

Table 300 – Ben’s Rail & Civil Pty Ltd. – Trailers

- BRT001 Flat top rail trailer 15 6.96 3.1 T14 To be hauled
(6000kg SWL) by Hyundai
140W-9
(rego/plant
28489D /
HV20 and
61893-D /
HV24 )
12.20. BJ Rail Welding Solutions

12.20.1. BJ Rail Welding Solutions – Trolleys
Table 301 – BJ Rail Welding Solutions – Trolleys

- 6711-09 Permaquip Link Trolley 5 1.3 0.8 T9, T14, Capacity
T22 1250 kg

12.21. Brefni Excavations & Earthmoving
12.21.1. Brefni Excavations & Earthmoving – Road-rail vehicles
Table 302 – Brefni Excavations & Earthmoving – Road-rail vehicles

34381-D - Yanmar ViO75A Hydraulic 15 8.9 6.7 T12, T21
Excavator
12.22. Brison Contracting

12.22.1. Brison Contracting – Road-rail vehicles
Table 303 – Brison Contracting – Road-rail vehicles

- Unit 8 Kobelco 70 SR 15 7.6 7.3 T14, T21
hydraulic excavator
- 040 Komatsu PC-88MR 15 15.9 6.8 T14, T21
Excavator
12.22.2. Brison Contracting – Trailers

Table 304 – Brison Contracting – Trailers

- TTR-09 Flat Top Rail trailer 15 12.8 4.35 T14 To be hauled
(TTR-009) by Komatsu
(SWL 10.6t) PC88R unit
40 only
- TTR-10 Flat Top Rail trailer 15 12.8 4.35 T14 To be hauled
(TTR-010) by Komatsu
(SWL 10.6t) PC88R unit
40 only
12.23. Broadspectrum
12.23.1. Broadspectrum – Road-rail vehicles
Table 305 – Broadspectrum – Road-rail vehicles

AM11UI Mascot Mitsubishi Canter flat top 30 4.5 5.6 T12,
truck w/crane T21
BB88FD ECRL Ford Ranger dual cab ute 30 3.0 5.4 T12
CQ36BL - Mitsubishi Fuso Canter 30 6.5 7.2 T12
7/800 4x4
S526AMR - Isuzu D-Max ute 30 2.9 5.5 T12
S528AMR TS-108 Isuzu D-Max ute 30 2.9 5.5 T12
SB98DX - Isuzu FTS 800 Truck 15 13.5 7.9 T14
12.23.2. Broadspectrum – Trolleys

Table 306 – Broadspectrum – Trolleys

- 4850/05 Permaquip Link 5 1.3 0.8 T9, T14, 1250 kg
Trolley T22 capacity
- 4624/07 Permaquip Link 5 1.3 0.8 T9, T14, 1250 kg
Trolley T22 capacity
12.24. CA Rail
12.24.1. CA Rail – Trolleys
Table 307 – CA Rail – Trolleys

- HE-TR- Hercules Trolley 5 1.05 0.93 T9, T14, 1000kg
024 T22 capacity
12.25. Can Do Earthmoving

12.25.1. Can Do Earthmoving – Road-rail vehicles
Table 308 – Can Do Earthmoving – Road-rail vehicles

- No. 3 Kubota KX080-3 hydraulic 14 9.3 6.0 T14
excavator
- No. 2 Kubota KX080-3 hydraulic 14 9.4 6.0 T14
excavator
- No. 4 KX80-3 Kubota hydraulic 15 9.3 7.2 T14
excavator
12.26. Cavanagh Crane and Transport

12.26.1. Cavanagh Crane and Transport – Road-rail vehicles
Table 309 – Cavanagh Crane and Transport – Road-rail vehicles

YXB 731 - Mitsubishi flat top truck 20 9.3 6.6 T12,
w/EWP T21, T24

12.27. Celtic Civil Pty Ltd.
12.27.1. Celtic Civil Pty Ltd. – Road-rail vehicles
Table 310 – Celtic Civil Pty Ltd. – Road-rail vehicles

18238-D Unit 52 Hydrema 912D Dump 15 18.5 6.3 T14, T21
Truck
25113D Unit 49 Hydrema 912C Dump 15 17.3 6.3 T14, T21
Truck
18237-D Unit 51 Hydrema 912D Dump 15 17.5 6.3 T14, T21
Truck
12.28. Centrogen
12.28.1. Centrogen – Road-rail vehicles
Table 311 – Centrogen – Road-rail vehicles

AF87FS VMX-2 Mitsubishi Canter 4X4 30 5.5 6.7 T12
Road-rail Tray Top Truck
with Weed Spraying Rig.
AQ40PE VMX-3 Mitsubishi Canter weed 30 6.0 7.2 T12
Sprayer.
BT66VZ VMX-4 Mitsubishi Canter SWL 4x4 30 6.9 6.6 T12
12.29. Cleanaway
12.29.1. Cleanaway – Road-rail vehicles
Table 312 – Cleanaway – Road-rail vehicles

CB-92-SB VS00159 MAN 6x4 Vacuum 25 19.4 9.1 T12, T21
Truck
BQ09HO VS00132 Mitsubishi Fuso 15 19 10.7 T14, T21
2427 6x4 Cab
chassis w/vacuum
tank & pump
equipment
YGY388 DC00017 Mitsubishi (FK600 15 9.8 8.5 T12
4x2) 4 Pantech
Drain Cleaner

12.30. CNL Transport Pty Ltd.
12.30.1. CNL Transport Pty Ltd. – Road-rail vehicles
Table 313 – CNL Transport Pty Ltd. – Road-rail vehicles

AD87PF CNL002 Toyota Land Cruiser LC 75 30 3.1 6.9 T12
Ute
ASZ76R - Toyota HiLux 4WD Dual 50 2.73 5.23 T12 With fire
cab ute fighting
plant
BC23FA CNL 007 Toyota Hilux ute 30 2.7 6.3 T12
12.31. Coleman Rail

12.31.1. Coleman Rail – Road-rail vehicles
Table 314 – Coleman Rail – Road-rail vehicles

XV-29-AK Danny Liebherr A922 Excavator 15 22 9 T14, a, b
Galagher (SWL 0.48t)
XV-25-HZ 4039 Liebherr A922 Excavator 15 22 9 T14, a, b
(SWL 0.48t)
Notes:
12.32. Commworx Pty Ltd

12.32.1. Commworx Pty Ltd – Trolleys
Table 315 – Commworx Pty Ltd – Trolleys

- 6699-05 Permaquip Link Trolley 5 1.3 0.8 T9, T14, 1250kg
T22 SWL

12.33. Corfad Civil and Construction
12.33.1. Corfad Civil and Construction – Road-rail vehicles
Table 316 – Corfad Civil and Construction – Road-rail vehicles

- COR31 Kobelco SK135SR 15 17.3 7.7 T14
Hydraulic excavator
- COR32 Kobelco SK135SR 15 17.3 7.7 T14
Hydraulic excavator
AW-47-XS COR35 Mitsubishi Canter Crew 30 6.9 6.8 T12
Cab w/tail gate loader
62379-D Unit 7 Yanmar ViO55-5B 15 6.5 5.9 T14, T21
Hydraulic Excavator
- Unit 440 Cat 308C SR Rega 10 8.5 6.5 T14, T21
Hydraulic Excavator
76057-D HV22 JCB HD110WT T4 15 14.5 5.9 T14, T21
Excavator
77378-D Unit 24 Liebherr A922 Excavator 15 25.5 7 T14, a, b
(SWL 3t)
Notes:
12.33.2. Corfad Civil and Construction – Trolleys

Table 317 – Corfad Civil and Construction – Trolleys

- HE-TR- Hercules Trolley (1t SWL) 5 1.05 0.93 T9, T14,
017 T22
018 T22
25 T22
26 T22
27 T22

12.33.3. Corfad Civil and Construction – Support frames
Table 318 – Corfad Civil and Construction – Support frames

- TR0008 MEC 1081315H Support 5 0.45 0.9 T9, T14,
frames (0.05t SWL) T22
- TR0009 MEC 1081315H Support 5 0.45 0.93 T9, T14,
frames (0.05t SWL) T22
12.34. CPB Contractors

12.34.1. CPB Contractors – Road-rail vehicles
Table 319 – CPB Contractors – Road-rail vehicles

CN87NH CNL002 Toyota Landcruiser 79 30 3.9 5.5 T12
Series dual cab
CN88NH CNL005 Toyota Landcruiser 79 30 3.9 5.5 T12
Series dual cab
12.34.2. CPB Contractors – Trolleys

Table 320 – CPB Contractors – Trolleys

- M132099 Robel 51.12 Trolley 5 0.73 0.8 T9, T14, 700kg
T22 Capacity
12.35. CR Kennedy
12.35.1. CR Kennedy – Support frame
Table 321 – CR Kennedy – Support frame

- CRK01 Amberg Technologies 5 0.056 1.25 T9, T14,
GRP 5000 3D survey T22
equipment

12.36. Daracon Engineering
12.36.1. Daracon Engineering – Road-rail vehicles
Table 322 – Daracon Engineering – Road-rail vehicles

- 3813 Hitachi Zaxis ZX65 15 9.3 6.2 T14
USB-5A Hydraulic
12.37. Di Mattia Transport Pty Ltd.

12.37.1. Di Mattia Transport Pty Ltd. – Road-rail vehicles
Table 323 – Di Mattia Transport Pty Ltd. – Road-rail vehicles

09090-C HV008 Yanmar ViO 80 15 9.7 7.1 T14
hydraulic excavator
31505-D HV007 Volvo ECR58D 15 6.7 6.4 T14
hydraulic excavator
36407-D HV010 Doosan DX160 15 23.2 7.3 T14, T21
Excavator
37814-D HV015 Doosan DX160 15 23.2 7.3 T14, T21
Excavator
- HV16 Hyandai Robex 170W-9 13 23.7 7.5 T14, T21
Wheeled Excavator
(SWL 2.6t)
42985-D HV017 Volvo ECR58D 14 7.53 5.2 T14, T23
Excavator
42986-D HV018 Volvo ECR58D 14 7.53 5.2 T14, T23
Excavator
72582-D HV021 Volvo ECR58D 15 7 6.5 T14
hydraulic excavator
72583-D HV022 Volvo ECR58D 15 7 6.5 T14
hydraulic excavator
77527-D HV011 Liebherr A922 15 25.5 7 T14, a, b
Excavator (SWL 3t)
Notes:

12.37.2. Di Mattia Transport Pty Ltd. – Trailers
Table 324 – Di Mattia Transport Pty Ltd. – Trailers

- T1 Rail Trailer 12 2.7 3.4 T14 To be hauled by 31505-
(SWL 2t) D (HV007), 09090-C
(HV008), 42985-D
(HV017), 42986-D
(HV018), 72582-D
(HV021), 72583-D
(HV022) only
- T2 Rail Trailer 12 20 7.5 T14 To be hauled by 36407-
(SWL 16.7t) D (HV010), 37814-D
(HV015), and 77527-D
(HV011) only
- T3 Rail Trailer 15 2.7 2.5 T14 To be hauled by 42986-
(SWL 2t) D (HV018), 31505-D
(HV007), 42985-D
(HV017), 72582-D
(HV021), 72583-D
(HV022) and 09090-C
(HV008) only
T4 Rail Trailer 15 20 7.4 T14 To be hauled by 36407-
(TTR-068) D (HV010), 77527-D
(SWL 17.5t) (HV011), 37814-D
(HV015) only
T5 Rail Trailer 15 2.7 3.4 T14 To be hauled by 31505-
(5281ANDMT5) D (HV007), 09090-C
(SWL 2t) (HV008), 42985-D
(HV017), 42986-D
(HV018), 72582-D
(HV021), 72583-D
(HV022) only
12.38. Dirt Monster Pty Ltd

12.38.1. Dirt Monster Pty Ltd – Road-rail vehicles
Table 325 – Dirt Monster Pty Ltd – Road-rail vehicles

97543-D 1 Hitachi ZX65 USB-3 15 8.24 6.1 T14
Hydraulic Excavator
(SWL 0.4t)
12.39. Down Under Pipeline Surveyors

12.39.1. Down Under Pipeline Surveyors – Road-rail vehicles
Table 326 – Down Under Pipeline Surveyors – Road-rail vehicles

BP40CD Vac Unit Mitsubishi FV458 Table Top 15 19.3 8.9 T14, T21
truck with crane and
Vacuum Unit
12.39.2. Downer EDI Works – Trolleys
Table 327 – Downer EDI Works – Trolleys

- 4102-03 Permaquip Link Trolley 5 1.3 0.8 T9, T14, SWL
T22 1250kg
- 4102-05 Permaquip Link Trolley 5 1.3 0.8 T9, T14, SWL
T22 1250kg
12.39.3. Downer EDI Works – Support frames

Table 328 – Downer EDI Works – Support frames

- 108T093 Melvelle support frame 5 0.45 0.9 T9, T14
0115
- 108T094 Melvelle support frame 5 0.45 0.9 T9, T14
0115
12.40. DPW Plant Hire Pty Ltd.

12.40.1. DPW Plant Hire Pty Ltd. – Road-rail vehicles
Table 329 – DPW Plant Hire Pty Ltd. – Road-rail vehicles

18579-D 7 Sennebogan 608 Mk1 15 28.9 6.9 T14, T21,
telehandler w/ 600kg EWP, T25
3m boom, winch, forks, rhino
hook
hook
hook
71971-C 3 Dieci Pegasus 40.18 10 17.0 9.0 T14,T21,
telehandler w/300kg trilateral T25
EWP, 1.3m box jib, rhino
hook, LC forks, 1.4m lattice
jib/winch
90421-C 2 Dieci Pegasus 40.18 15 21.8 9.2 T14, T21,
telehandler w/300kg trilateral T25
EWP, 1.3m box jib, rhino
hook, LC forks, 1.4m lattice
jib/winch
96000-C 1 Dieci Pegasus Telehandler 15 22.5 9.5 T14, T21,
w/EWP w/Forks T25
97314-C 4 Dieci Montecchio 15 22.5 9.0 T12,T21,
Telehandler w/EWP T25

- 12 Manitou 160ATJ & ART17 12 13.1 6.9 T14, T21
MEWP
MEWP
MEWP
MEWP
MEWP
12.40.2. DPW Plant Hire Pty Ltd. – Trailers

Table 330 – DPW Plant Hire Pty Ltd. – Trailers

- RT-01 20t rail bound trailer 10 20 7.5 T14 Trailer only to be
(16.8t SWL) hauled by DPW
Sennebogan
telehandlers
18579-D (unit 7),
37822-D (unit 8),
and 22899-D (unit 9)
- RT-02 20t rail bound trailer 10 20 7.5 T14 Trailer only to be
(16.7t SWL) hauled by DPW
Sennebogan
telehandlers
18579-D (unit 7),
37822-D (unit 8),
and 22899-D (unit 9)
- RT-03 20t rail bound trailer 10 20 9.6 T14 Trailer to be hauled
(16.7t SWL) by DPW
Sennebogan
telehandler 18579-D
(unit 7), 37822-D
(unit 8), and 22899-
D (unit 9)
12.41. Earthtrack Solutions

12.41.1. Earthtrack Solutions – Road-rail vehicles
Table 331 – Earthtrack Solutions – Road-rail vehicles

- C104 Komatsu PC138US Excavator 15 19.1 7.5 T14,
T23
82221-D C105 Komatsu PC138US-8 15 17.8 7.5 T14,
Excavator T23
- C106 Hyundai Robex 170W-9 15 27 8 T14,
Excavator T23
- C109 Liebherr A922 Wheeled 15 22 9 T14, a,
Excavator b

1LZ5MH C110 Liebherr A922 Wheeled 15 22 9 T14, a,
Excavator b
ING5QP C111 Liebherr A922 Wheeled 15 22 9 T14, a,
Excavator b
XV72DZ C112 Liebherr A922 Wheeled 15 22 9 T14, a,
Excavator (0.48t SWL) b
XV03IE C113 Liebherr R914 Tracked 15 21 8.6 T14
Notes:
12.41.2. Earthtrack Solutions – Trailers

Table 332 – Earthtrack Solutions – Trailers

- J105 Rail Trailer 15 16 5 T14 To be hauled by
(SWL 14.06t) C109 (Lieherr A922)
(S/N TTR-064) or C105 (Kamatsu
PC138US-8) only
12.42. EMS Group

12.42.1. EMS Group – Road-rail vehicles
Table 333 – EMS Group – Road-rail vehicles

CB50GZ LV36 Toyota Landcruiser single cab 30 3.7 5.9 T12
ute
YMV-453 VEH01 Mitsubishi Canter Dual Cab 30 5.5 6.7 T12,
w/Crane T21
12.43. Evolution Plant Hire Pty Ltd.

12.43.1. Evolution Plant Hire Pty Ltd. – Road-rail vehicles
Table 334 – Evolution Plant Hire Pty Ltd. – Road-rail vehicles

AU29KB - Isuzu NPR400 Road-rail 30 7.5 6.9 T12,
crane truck T21
BF64KN - Isuzu NPR300 Dual cab 3 30 6.2 6.7 T12,
way tipper w/crane T21
12.44. Fixquip Pty Ltd

12.44.1. Fixquip Pty Ltd – Road-rail vehicles
Table 335 – Fixquip Pty Ltd – Road-rail vehicles

82663-D FQ02 Hydrema 912DS Rail Dump 15 18.2 6.5 T14,
Truck T21
83471-D FQ03 Hydrema 912DS Rail Dump 15 18.2 6.5 T14,
Truck T21
12.45. Fogarty Plant Hire

12.45.1. Fogarty Plant Hire – Road-rail vehicles
Table 336 – Fogarty Plant Hire – Road-rail vehicles

37159-D - Hydrema 910 Dump Truck 15 17 6 T14,
T21
12.46. For Rail Services

12.46.1. For Rail Services – Road-rail vehicles
Table 337 – Fogarty Plant Hire – Road-rail vehicles

CU-69- CNL005 Toyota Hilux Ute 30 2.7 6.4 T12
FD
12.47. Fortade Earthmoving Pty Ltd.

12.47.1. Fortade Earthmoving Pty Ltd. – Road-rail vehicles
Table 338 – Fortade Earthmoving Pty Ltd. – Road-rail vehicles

09014C FE07 Komatsu CD60-1 Crawler 15 15.5 4.7 T14,
Carrier T21
25526D FE14 Kobelco SK135SR 15 14.5 8 T14,
T21

5244-T FE36 Hitachi Zaxis 170W Wheeled 15 22.5 8.5 T14,
Excavator (SWL 1.2t) T21
12.48. Fortmoy Excavations

12.48.1. Fortmoy Excavations – Road-rail vehicles
Table 339 – Fortmoy Excavations – Road-rail vehicles

55886-D 651 Hitachi 170W Wheeled 15 25.5 7.9 T14,
Excavator T21
68084-D No. 1 Hitachi 65 USB Hydraulic 15 8.5 7.4 T14
Excavator
Excavator
Excavator
92583-D FE117 Hitachi 170W Wheeled 15 24.35 7.9 T14
12.48.2. Fortmoy Excavations – Trailers

Table 340 – Fortmoy Excavations – Trailers

- T1 Rail Trailer 15 2.7 3.4 T14 To be hauled by
(2TRTFM1) No.1/68084-D,
(SWL 2t) No.2/70555-D, and
No.3/75321-D
(2TRTFM2) No.1/68084-D,
(SWL 2t) No.2/70555-D, and
No.3/75321-D
(2TRTFM3) No.1/68084-D,
(SWL 2t) No.2/70555-D, and
No.3/75321-D
- T4 Rail Trailer 15 16 4 T14 To be hauled by
(TRR-0087)) plant no 651 / rego
(SWL 14.25t) 55886-D only

12.49. Galco Group
12.49.1. Galco Group – Road-rail vehicles
Table 341 – Galco Group – Road-rail vehicles

XV34KS F3 Liebherr A922 Wheeled 15 22.8 9 T14, a,
Excavator (SWL 1.3t) b
- HR2 Liebherr A922 Wheeled 15 22 9 T14, a,
Excavator b
1MS4WT HR3 Liebherr A922 Wheeled 15 22 9 T14, a,
Excavator b
- HR4 Liebherr A922 Wheeled 15 22 9 T14, a,
Excavator b
- HR5 Liebherr R914 Tracked 15 19.9 8.6 T14
XV11KS HR11 Liebherr A922 Wheeled 15 22.8 9 T14, a,
- TE1 Komatsu PC138-US11 15 20 7.2 T14,
Notes:
12.50. Ganis Civil Contracting

12.50.1. Ganis Civil Contracting – Road-rail vehicles
Table 342 – Ganis Civil Contracting – Road-rail vehicles

03874-C 650 Hydrema 912C dump truck 15 18.4 6.3 T14,
T21
56453-D 4 IHI 55NX hydraulic excavator 15 6 4 T14,
T21
83085-D 651 Hydrema 912C2 dump truck 15 18.5 6.1 T14,
T21
87662-D Unit 1 Hitachi Zaxis 65USB 15 8.5 7.4 T14
Hydraulic Excavator

12.50.2. Ganis Civil Contracting – Trailers
Table 343 – Ganis Civil Contracting – Trailers

- T1 Flat Top Rail Trailer 15 2.8 2.5 T14 To be hauled by
(2TRTFM1) Unit1/87662-D only
(SWL 2t)
12.51. Geomatic Technologies

12.51.1. Geomatic Technologies – Road-rail vehicles
Table 344 – Geomatic Technologies – Road-rail vehicles

ZUE-311 - Hino 500 Series FD 1024 30 11 8.4 -
12.52. Georges Loader Hire

12.52.1. Georges Loader Hire – Road-rail vehicles
Table 345 – Georges Loader Hire – Road-rail vehicles

- 145 Liebherr A914 Wheeled 15 20.5 6.8 T14,
12.53. Goldsprings Equipment Hire

12.53.1. Goldsprings Equipment Hire – Road-rail vehicles
Table 346 – Goldsprings Equipment Hire – Road-rail vehicles

- E39 Yanmar ViO 80 Hydraulic 15 9.3 6.8 T14,
excavator T21
8361-T E42 Yanmar ViO 80 Hydraulic 15 9.3 6.8 T14,
excavator T21
31919-D - Hydrema 912D dump truck 15 18.5 6.2 T14,
T21
- E49 CAT 308E Hydraulic 10 9.8 7.3 T14,
Excavator T21
- E48 CAT 308E Hydraulic 15 9.8 7.3 T14,
Excavator T21
M52 Hydrema 912ES 15 18.5 6.0 T14,
Articulated Dumptruck T21
(SWL 10t)

12.53.2. Goldsprings Equipment Hire – Trolleys
Table 347 – Goldsprings Equipment Hire – Trolleys

- 6823-06 Permaquip link trolley 5 1.3 0.7 T9, T14, 1250 kg
T22 Capacity
12.54. Hand Rail Services

12.54.1. Hand Rail Services – Road-rail vehicles
Table 348 – Hand Rail Services – Road-rail vehicles

- 015 Volvo EW145B Excavator 5 14.5 7.8 T14,
T21
- COR29 Liebherr A922 Wheeled 15 22.8 9 T14, a,
97854-D COR30 Kubota KX080-3 hydraulic 14 9.0 4.2 T14,
excavator T21
Notes:
12.55. HCH Group

12.55.1. HCH Group – Trolleys
Table 349 – HCH Group – Trolleys

- 6823-06 Permaquip type B trolley 5 2.1 1.9 T9, T14, 2000 kg
T22 Capacity
12.55.2. HCH Group – Support frames

Table 350 – HCH Group – Support frames

- 3170419 MEC 1081246-1435-BH 5 0.45 0.9 T9, T14 -
Support frame (0.05t SWL)

12.56. High Range Crane Forks
12.56.1. High Range Crane Forks – Road-rail vehicles
Table 351 – High Range Crane Forks – Road-rail vehicles

01347-C 33 Manitou MTR 2150 10 17 7.3 T14,T21,
Telehandler w/EWP T24
11861-C 24 DIECI Telehandler 8 17 10.0 T14,
w/EWP T21, T24
78947-C 30 Manitou MRT2540 8 19.5 7.4 T14,
Telehandler w/EWP T21, T24
98561-C 31 Manitou Crane / EWP 8 19 9.5 T14,
T21, T24
01349-C 34 Dieci Pegasus 40.17 15 16.7 6.0 T14,
Telehandler w/ T21, T24
Crane/Forks w/EWP
32259-D 35 Dieci Pegasus 50.21 10 19 6.6 T14,
Telehandler w/ T21, T24
Crane/Forks w/EWP
86835-D 48 Manitou MRT-X 2470 + 10 28.8 7.7 T14, T21
Privilege ST3A S1
Telehandler MEWP
w/Crane/Forks
(SWL 3.83t)
BT43NV NW086 Isuzu 900 Truck w/Crane 15 15 9.24 T14, T21
- Unit 50 Manitou ATJ160 EWP 12 13.1 6.9 T14, T21
- Unit 51 Manitou ATJ160 EWP 12 13.1 6.9 T14, T21
12.56.2. High Range Crane Forks – Trailers

Table 352 – High Range Crane Forks – Trailers

- T1 13.5t Rail Trailer 10 13.5 5 T14 To be hauled by
(10t SWL) 98561-C (unit 31),
01347-C (unit 33)
- TRR-028 20t Rail Trailer 10 20.2 5.5 T14, To be hauled by
(17.5t SWL) T23 98561-C (unit 31),
01347-C (unit 33),
32259-D (unit 35)
12.57. Hili Excavations

12.57.1. Hili Excavations – Road-rail vehicles
Table 353 – Hili Excavations – Road-rail vehicles

- EXC07 Yanmar ViO55-6B 15 7.1 6.2 T14, T21
Hydraulic Excavator
- EXC10 Yanmar ViO55-6B 15 7.1 6.2 T14, T21
Hydraulic Excavator
12.57.2. Hili Excavations – Trailers

Table 354 – Hili Excavations – Trailers

- T02 Hercules 5t Rail Trailer 15 5 2.7 T14, a
(4t SWL)
(4t SWL)
(4t SWL)
(4t SWL)
Notes:
a. This trailer shall be hauled by Yanmar Excavators EXC07, EXC10 only.
12.58. Howell Rail

12.58.1. Howell Rail – Road-rail vehicles
Table 355 – Howell Rail – Road-rail vehicles

XV73CQ E18 Liebherr A922 Excavator 15 22 9 T14, a, b
ZK529 E12 Cat M316 Wheeled 15 17 8.6 T14,
Excavator T21, T23
XFZ-466 E8 Cat 316D Wheeled 15 17 8.55 T14
Excavator (SWL 1t)
Notes:

12.59. ILMS
12.59.1. ILMS – Road-rail vehicles
Table 356 – ILMS – Road-rail vehicles

BG73UB - Toyota Landcruiser 79 20 3.8 5.8 T12
series ute
12.60. Infraworks
12.60.1. Infraworks – Road-rail vehicles
Table 357 – Infraworks – Road-rail vehicles

- EX01 Kobelco SK80MSR 15 10.7 7.1 T14, T21
Hydraulic Excavator
INF 000 INF000 Isuzu FVZ 6x4 Tilt tray 15 24.0 11.1 T14, T21
truck with crane
INF 002 INF002 Isuzu FVR950 long tilt tray 15 16.0 11.5 T14, T21
truck w/crane w/MEWP
INF 003 INF003 Isuzu FVR950 long tilt tray 15 16.0 11.1 T14, T21
truck with crane
INF 004 INF004 Isuzu FVR950 long table 15 16.0 10.9 T14, T21
top truck w/crane
INF 005 INF005 Isuzu FVR950 long table 15 16.0 10.6 T12,
top truck w/crane w/EWP T21, T24
INF 007 INF007 Mitsubishi FM 515M table 15 14.3 10.0 T14,
top truck w/crane w/EWP T21, T24
INF 008 INF008 Isuzu FVR950 6.4 x 2.4 15 16.0 10.1 T14, T21
table top truck w/MEWP
INF 010 INF010 Mitsubishi FM 618 truck 15 12.05 7.8 T14, T21
w/MEWP
INF 012 INF012 Isuzu FVR550 truck 15 10.4 7.8 T14, T21
w/MEWP
INF 013 INF013 Isuzu FRR550 truck 15 10.4 7.8 T14, T21
w/MEWP
INF 014 INF014 Isuzu FSS550 4 x 4 15 10.0 7.7 T14, T21
w/MEWP
INF 033 INF033 Isuzu 750 truck w/MEWP 15 13 8.5 T14, T21
INF 034 INF034 Hino truck w/vacuum unit 15 15 6.7 T14, T21
INF-037 INF037 Hino TT w/EWP 15 9.5 6.9 T14,
T21, T24
INF-100 INF100 IVECO Acco w/EWP and 15 16.9 11.9 T14,
w/Crane T21, T25

12.61. Innes Bobcat Pty Ltd.
12.61.1. Innes Bobcat Pty Ltd. – Road-rail vehicles
Table 358 – Innes Bobcat Pty Ltd. – Road-rail vehicles

39768-D 8 Kobelco SK80MSR Road- 15 9.7 6.8 T14
rail excavator
12.62. J & W Mills Contracting Pty Ltd.

12.62.1. J & W Mills Contracting Pty Ltd. – Road-rail vehicles
Table 359 – J & W Mills Contracting Pty Ltd. – Road-rail vehicles

AN08GQ - Hino FG 3 way tipper 30 9.8 7.0 T14, T21
BA67UP - Isuzu NQR T/T truck 15 8 6.9 T12, T21
w/Hiab
12.63. JDM Plant Hire

12.63.1. JDM Plant Hire – Road-rail vehicles
Table 360 – JDM Plant Hire – Road-rail vehicles

39179-D JDM79 Hydrema 912ES dump 15 18.5 6.2 T14, T21
truck
61536-D HV025 Hydrema 912D dump truck 15 18.5 6.1 T14, T21
86860-D JDM60 Hydrema 912E dump truck 15 19.4 6.2 T14, T21
12.64. John Holland

12.64.1. John Holland – Road-rail vehicles
Table 361 – John Holland – Road-rail vehicles

- 323057 Komatsu PC138 US-8 19 18.8 8.2 T21
Hydraulic excavator
- 323060 Komatsu PC138 US-8 19 18.8 8.2 T21
Hydraulic excavator
- 323064 Yanmar Vi0 Hydraulic 15 9.7 7.1 T14
excavator
- 323067 Kobelco SK70SR-2 15 10.5 6.5 T14
Hydraulic excavator

- 323068 Kobelco SK70SR-2 15 10.5 6.5 T14
Hydraulic excavator
- 323069 Kobelco SK70SR-2 15 10.5 6.5 T14
Hydraulic excavator
- 323070 Kobelco SK70SR-2 15 10.5 6.5 T14
Hydraulic excavator
- 323072 Kobelco SK70SR-2 15 10.5 6.5 T14
Hydraulic excavator
- 323073 Kobelco SK70SR-2 15 10.5 6.5 T14
Hydraulic excavator
- 323074 Kobelco SK70SR-2 15 10.5 6.5 T14
Hydraulic excavator
- 323085 Kobelco SK70SR – 2 15 10.5 6.5 T14
Hydraulic excavator
ULV-064 326267 Isuzu NPR400 Truck 30 6.7 7.0 T12
1DS2-117 326358 MAN TGS41 8 Wheeler 15 32.6 11 T14,T21
Welding Truck
BP27HF 326381 Isuzu FSS 550 crew cab 30 11 8.4 T12,T21
tray back w/crane
CP-92-FX 326386 Isuzu FSS 550 crew cab 30 11 8.4 T12,T21
Tray back w/crane
BQ06ZT 326385 Isuzu FSS 550 crew cab 30 11 8.4 T12,T21
Tray back w/crane
BQ18DK 326382 Isuzu FSS 550 crew cab 30 11 8.4 T12,T21
Tray back w/crane
BQ33MY 326383 Isuzu FSS 550 crew cab 30 11 8.4 T12,T21
Tray back w/crane
BQ35MY 326384 Isuzu FSS 550 crew cab 30 11 8.4 T12,T21
Tray back w/crane
- 348118 OHW1 Manitou 160 ATJ 9 9.0 7.5 T14,
Telehandler EWP T21, T25
- 348119 OHW2 Manitou 160 ATJ 9 9.0 7.5 T14,
- 348121 Manitou 160 ATJ 9 9.3 7.1 T14,
JHOHW1 348122 Mercedes Atego EWP 15 16 9.2 T14,T21,
T23,T24
1HR-7ST 348129 Mercedes Atego 1629 4X4 15 16 10.2 T14,
w/EWP T21, T25
CG68BA M119831 Mitsubishi Fuso w/EWP 15 6.5 7.5 T12,
T21, T24
CE91YD M123347 Toyota Landcruiser Single 70 3.9 5.7 T12
Cab Ute
CE73FH M123348 Toyota Landcruiser Single 70 3.9 5.6 T12
Cab Ute
Cab Ute
CE05MD M123350 Toyota Landcruiser Single 70 3.9 5.6 T12
Cab Ute
Cab Ute

Cab Ute
Cab Ute
CF56ET M123354 Toyota Landcruiser Single 70 3.9 5.6 T12
Cab Ute
Cab Ute
CF14JF M123356 Toyota Landcruiser Dual 70 3.9 5.8 T12
Cab Ute
CE89YD M123357 Toyota Landcruiser Dual 70 3.9 5.7 T12
Cab Ute
CF08JF M123358 Toyota Landcruiser Single 70 3.9 5.6 T12
Cab Ute
CE06MD M123359 Toyota Landcruiser Dual 70 3.9 5.7 T12
Cab Ute
Cab Ute
CE04MD M123361 Toyota Landcruiser Single 70 3.9 5.6 T12
Cab Ute
Cab Ute
Cab Ute
Cab Ute
Cab Ute
Cab Ute
Cab Ute
CE15JF M123368 Toyota Landcruiser Dual 70 3.9 5.8 T12
Cab Ute
Cab Ute
Cab Ute
Cab Ute
Cab Ute
Cab Ute
Cab Ute
Cab Ute
Cab Ute
- M132609 Manitou 160ATJ MEWP 12 13.1 6.9 T14, T21

- M134839 Manitou 160ATJ & ART 12 3.1 6.9 T14, T21
17TH MEWP
- M134840 Manitou 160ATJ & ART 12 3.1 6.9 T14, T21
17TH MEWP
CA79TR M119805 Mitsubishi Fuso w/EWP 15 6.5 7.5 T12,
T21, T24
- M135316 Manitou ATJ160 MEWP 12 13.1 6.9 T14, T21
12.64.2. John Holland – Trailers

Table 362 – John Holland – Trailers

- 323090 Rail bound trailer (7t 15 8.4 4.9 T14 To be hauled by
323091 SWL.) 323067-323070,
323093 323072-323074,
323096 323077, 323079,
323097 323085 only.
323099
323100
323103
323104
12.64.3. John Holland – Trolleys

Table 363 – John Holland – Trolleys

- 427048 ROBEL 51.12 5 0.73 0.8 T9, T14, 700 kg Capacity
Trolley T22
Trolley T22
Trolley T22
- M103840 Permaquip link 5 1.3 0.8 T9, T14, 1250 kg
trolley (4759/01) T22 Capacity
- M123175 Permaquip Link 5 1.3 0.8 T9, T14, 1250 kg
Trolley (5766-02) T22 Capacity
- M132296 Permaquip link 5 1.3 0.8 T9, T14, 1250 kg
trolley (6711/05) T22 Capacity
- M132297 Permaquip Link 5 1.3 0.8 T9, T14, 1250 kg
Trolley (6711/06) T22 Capacity
- M135272 Robel 51.12 Trolley 5 0.73 0.9 T9, T14, 700kg Capacity
T22
- M135273 Robel 51.12 Trolley 5 0.73 0.9 T9, T14, 700kg Capacity
T22

- KSR-RT- Geismar self 5 5.6 1.6 T14, T22,
01 powered rail T23
threader
- KSR-RT- Geismar self 5 5.6 1.6 T14, T22,
02 powered rail T23
threader
- M103806 Flat top rail hand 5 0.73 1.2 T9, T14,
trolley T22
12.64.4. John Holland – Support frames

Table 364 – John Holland – Support frames

- 0131213 Melvelle Support Frame 5 0.45 0.9 T9, T14
(1081312H)
(1081312H)
(1081312H)
(1081312H)
(1081312H)
(1081312H)
(1081312H)
(1081312H)
- TR007 Melvelle Support Frame 5 0.45 0.9 T9, T14
(1081315H)
(1081315H)
(1081315H)
- 108R- Melvelle Support Frame 5 0.45 0.9 T9, T14
0900215 (1081315C)
0910215 (1081315C)
0920215 (1081315C)
0930215 (1081315C)
- 108T- Melvelle Support Frame 5 0.45 0.9 T9, T14
1010215 (1081312H)
1020215 (1081315H)
1030215 (1081315H)

1040215 (1081315H)
1050215 (1081315H)
1070215 (1081315H)
1080215 (1081315H)
1090215 (1081315H)
1100215 (1081315H)
1110215 (1081315C)
1120215 (1081315H)
- M128678 Melvelle Support Frame 5 0.45 0.9 T9, T14,
T22
T22
T22
T22
T22
T22
T22
T22
T22
T22
T22
T22
T22
T22
T22
T22
T22

T22
T22
T22
T22
T22
T22
T22
T22
T22
T22
T22
T22
- M132513 Amberg Survey Trolley (GPR 5 0.05 0.75 T9, T14, 23 kg
System FX) T22 Capacity
12.65. Jordan Rail

12.65.1. Jordan Rail – Road-rail vehicles
Table 365 – Jordan Rail – Road-rail vehicles

1AQ2UO 805 Hitachi 170W 15 23.5 7.4 T14, T21
Wheeled Excavator
- 815 Komatsu PC138US- 13 19.5 7.2 T14
8 Excavator
1LU-4KY 817 Hitachi 170W 15 19 8.2 T14, T21
Wheeled Excavator
1OB- 819 Liebherr A992 15 22 8.4 T14, a, b
2GK Excavator
XV73DZ 820 Liebherr A992 15 22 9 T14, a, b
Excavator
(0.48t SWL)
- 821 Mecalac 8MCR RR 15 10.2 4.2 T14
Hydraulic Excavator
- 822 Mecalac 8MCR RR 15 10.2 4.2 T14
Hydraulic Excavator

XV82ID 823 Liebherr A992 15 22 9 T14, a, b
Excavator
(0.48t SWL)
Notes:
12.66. K B Site Services Pty Ltd.

12.66.1. K B Site Services Pty Ltd. – Road-rail vehicles
Table 366 – KB Site Services Pty Ltd. – Road-rail vehicles

BW58HM - Isuzu NPS 300 30 6 6.6 T12, T21
Truck
12.67. Kennards Hire

12.67.1. Kennards Hire – Road-rail vehicles
Table 367 – Kennards Hire – Road-rail vehicles

- 1051269 Monitor Lifts RR14 8 13.1 7.4 T14, T21
EVO MEWP
- 1058894 Manitou ATJ160 12 13.1 6.9 T14, T21
MEWP
12.67.2. Kennards Hire – Trolleys

Table 368 – Kennards Hire – Trolleys

- KSR-LT- Key Source LT- 5 0.73 0.81 T9, T14, Capacity 700 kg
104 700A trolley T22
- KSR-LT- Key Source LT- 5 0.73 0.81 T9, T14, Capacity 700 kg
105 700A trolley T22
- 190220 Robel 51.12 trolley 5 0.73 0.9 T9, T14, Capacity 700 kg
T22
T22
T22

T22
T22
T22
- 025/299 Giesmar self 5 5.6 1.6 T9, T14,
powered rail T22
threader
- 025/300 Giesmar self 5 5.6 1.6 T9, T14,
powered rail T22
threader
- 1013940 Robel 51.12 Trolley 5 0.74 0.9 T9, T14, Capacity 700 kg
T22
T22
T22
T22
T22
T22
T22
T22
T22
T22
T22
T22
T22
T22
- 190055 Permaquip link type 5 2.1 1.9 T9,T14, Capacity 2000
B trolley T22 kg
B trolley T22 kg
- 1006029 Permaquip link type 5 2.1 1.9 T9, T14, Capacity 2000
B trolley T22 kg
B trolley T22 kg
B trolley T22 kg
B trolley T22 kg
B trolley T22 kg
- 1006034 Permaquip Link 5 1.3 0.8 T9, T14, Capacity 1250
Trolley T22 kg
Trolley T22 kg
Trolley T22 kg
Trolley T22 kg
- 4841/01 Permaquip link type 5 2.1 1.9 T9,T14, Capacity 2000
B trolley T22 kg
- 4841/02 Permaquip link type 5 2.1 1.9 T9,T14, Capacity 2000
B trolley T22 kg
B trolley T22 kg
- 5354/01 Permaquip Link 5 1.3 0.8 T9, T14, Capacity 1250
Trolley T22 kg
Trolley T22 kg
Trolley T22 kg
Trolley (5425/01) T22 kg
Trolley T22 kg
- 5427/01 Permaquip link type 5 2.1 1.9 T9, T14, Capacity 2000
B trolley T22 kg
- 5427/02 Permaquip link type 5 2.1 1.9 T9, T14, Capacity 2000
B trolley T22 kg
- 4588/01 Permaquip Ironman 5 1.6 1.1 T9, T14, SWL 1500 kg
Trolley T22 each, use in
pairs only
pairs only
pairs only
pairs only
pairs only
Trolley T22 kg
Trolley T22 kg
Trolley T22 kg

Trolley T22 kg
- 1028845 Hercules Flat Top 5 1.05 0.93 T9, T14, Capacity 1000
Trolley T22 kg
Trolley T22 kg
Trolley T22 kg
Trolley T22 kg
Trolley T22 kg
Trolley T22 kg
Trolley T22 kg
Trolley T22 kg
Trolley T22 kg
Trolley T22 kg
Trolley T22 kg
Trolley T22 kg
- 1039382 STEL Split Trolley 5 2.14 1.94 T9, T14, Capacity 2000
T22 kg
- 1039345 STEL Split Trolley 5 1.3 0.75 T9, T14, Capacity 1250
T22 kg
- T9, T14, Capacity 2000
1039346 STEL Link Trolley 5 2.1 1.94
T22 kg
T22 kg
T22 kg
T22 kg
T22 kg
T22 kg
T22 kg
T22 kg
T22 kg
T22 kg

T22 kg
T22 kg
T22 kg
T22 kg
T22 kg
T22 kg
T22 kg
T22 kg
T22 kg
T22 kg
T22 kg
T22 kg
T22 kg
T22 kg
T22 kg
T22 kg
T22 kg
T22 kg
12.67.3. Kennards Hire – Support frames

Table 369 – Kennards Hire – Support frames

- 108T- Melvelle Support 5 0.45 0.9 T9, T14,
1130415 Frame (1081312H) T22
- 108T- Melvelle Support 5 0.45 0.9 T9, T14,
1140415 Frame (1081312H) T22
- 2730218 MEC Support Frame 5 0.45 0.9 T9, T14,
T22
T22

T22
T22
T22
T22
T22
T22
T22
T22
T22
T22
T22
T22
- 3230519 MEC 108132-H 5 0.45 0.9 T9, T14,
Support Frame T22
(0.05t SWL)
- 3240519 MEC 108132-H 5 0.45 0.9 T9, T14,
Support Frame T22
(0.05t SWL)
- 3410719 MEC 1081311-H 5 0.45 0.9 T9, T14,
Support Frame T22
- 3420719 MEC 1081311-H 5 0.45 0.9 T9, T14,
Support Frame T22
- 3430719 MEC 1081311-H 5 0.45 0.9 T9, T14,
Support Frame T22
- 3440719 MEC 1081311-H 5 0.45 0.9 T9, T14,
Support Frame T22
- 3450719 MEC 1081311-H 5 0.45 0.9 T9, T14,
Support Frame T22
- 3460719 MEC 1081311-H 5 0.45 0.9 T9, T14,
Support Frame T22
- 3470719 MEC 1081311-H 5 0.45 0.9 T9, T14,
Support Frame T22
- 3480719 MEC 1081312-H 5 0.45 0.9 T9, T14,
Support Frame T22
(0.05t SWL)
- 3490719 MEC 1081312-H 5 0.45 0.9 T9, T14,
Support Frame T22
(0.05t SWL)

- 3500719 MEC 1081312-H 5 0.45 0.9 T9, T14,
Support Frame T22
(0.05t SWL)
- 3510719 MEC 1081312-H 5 0.45 0.9 T9, T14,
Support Frame T22
(0.05t SWL)
- 3520719 MEC 1081312-H 5 0.45 0.9 T9, T14,
Support Frame T22
(0.05t SWL)
- 3530719 MEC 1081312-H 5 0.45 0.9 T9, T14,
Support Frame T22
(0.05t SWL)
- 3540719 MEC 1081312-H 5 0.45 0.9 T9, T14,
Support Frame T22
(0.05t SWL)
- 3550719 MEC 1081312-H 5 0.45 0.9 T9, T14,
Support Frame T22
(0.05t SWL)
- 3560719 MEC 1081312-H 5 0.45 0.9 T9, T14,
Support Frame T22
(0.05t SWL)
- 3570719 MEC 1081312-H 5 0.45 0.9 T9, T14,
Support Frame T22
(0.05t SWL)
- 3580719 MEC 1081312-H 5 0.45 0.9 T9, T14,
Support Frame T22
(0.05t SWL)
- 3590719 MEC 1081312-H 5 0.45 0.9 T9, T14,
Support Frame T22
(0.05t SWL)
- 3600719 MEC 1081312-H 5 0.45 0.9 T9, T14,
Support Frame T22
(0.05t SWL)
- 3610719 MEC 1081312-H 5 0.45 0.9 T9, T14,
Support Frame T22
(0.05t SWL)
- 3620719 MEC 1081312-H 5 0.45 0.9 T9, T14,
Support Frame T22
(0.05t SWL)
- 3630719 MEC 1081312-H 5 0.45 0.9 T9, T14,
Support Frame T22
(0.05t SWL)
12.68. Laing O’Rourke

12.68.1. Laing O’Rourke – Road-rail vehicles
Table 370 – Laing O’Rourke – Road-rail vehicles

- PCR001 Pettibone 445E 15 14.16 4.3 T14,
T21
63442D BHOE007 JCB 5CX 15 11.5 7.9 T14,
Backhoe Loader T21
- BOOM 010 JLG 450AJ 7 8.3 7.2 T14,
Series 2 Boomlift T21,
EWP T24
- BOOM 011 JLG 450AJ 7 8.3 7.2 T14,
EWP T24
- BOOM 012 JLG 450AJ 7 8.3 7.2 T14,
EWP T24
- BOOM 036 Monitor RR14 8 13.1 7.4 T14,
EVO wheeled T21
EWP
- BOOM 037 Monitor RR14 8 13.1 7.4 T14,
EVO wheeled T21
EWP
- BOOM 038 Monitor RR14 8 13.1 7.4 T14,
EVO wheeled T21
EWP
AP62LR CMT351 Isuzu FVZ 1400 25 24.0 10.9 T14, + Scissor lift SCL001
6x4 tray top T21, or SCL003
w/crane w/EWP T24
- EXRM 004 Caterpillar 308 15 9.4 7.0 T14,
DCR excavator T21
- EXRM 005 Caterpillar 308 15 9.4 7.0 T14,
DCR excavator T21
- EXRM 006 Caterpillar 305 15 7 6.0 T14
CCR excavator
- EXRM 007 Caterpillar 305 15 7 6.0 T14
CCR excavator
- EXRM 009 Hitachi Zaxis 15 10.1 7.3 T14
ZX85USB-5A
Hydraulic
Excavator
- EXRM 010 Hitachi Zaxis 15 10.1 7.3 T14
ZX85USB-5A
Hydraulic
Excavator
- EXRM011 Hitachi Zaxis 15 10.1 7.3 T14
ZX85USB-5A
Hydraulic
Excavator
- EXRM012 Cat 308 15 11.3 6.6 T14,
Hydraulic T21
Excavator
- EXRM 013 Cat 308 15 11.3 7.4 T14,
Hydraulic T21
Excavator
(SWL 0.65t)
- EXRM 014 Cat 308 15 11.3 6.6 T14,
Hydraulic T21
Excavator
- EXRM 015 Cat 308 15 11.3 7.4 T14,
Hydraulic T21
Excavator
(SWL 0.65t)

- EXRM 016 Cat 315 15 19.9 8 T14,
Hydraulic T21
Excavator
(SWL 1.1t)
- EXRM 017 Cat 315 15 19.9 8 T14,
Hydraulic T21
Excavator
- EXRM 018 Cat 315 15 19.9 8 T14,
Hydraulic T21
Excavator
- EXRM 019 Cat 315 15 19.9 8 T14,
Hydraulic T21
Excavator
- EXRM 020 Cat 315 15 19.9 8 T14,
Hydraulic T21
Excavator
- EXRM 021 Cat 315 15 19.9 8 T14,
Hydraulic T21
Excavator
(SWL 1.1t)
XSQ284 TRUK030 Isuzu FVY1400 15 18.3 10.8 T14,
Truck w/crane T21
BQ24XI UTE 288 Toyota HiLux ute 30 3.3 5.8 T12
12.68.2. Laing O’Rourke – Trolleys

Table 371 – Laing O’Rourke – Trolleys

- TROL 008 Permaquip Link 5 1.3 0.8 T9, Capacity 1250 kg
trolley T14,
T22
trolley T14,
T22
trolley T14,
T22
trolley T14,
T22
trolley (Type B) T14,
T22
T22
T22
T22

- 6442-01 Permaquip Link 5 2.1 1.9 T9, Capacity 2000 kg
T22
trolley T14,
T22
trolley T14,
T22
trolley T14,
T22
trolley T14,
T22
T22
T22
T22
trolley T14,
T22
T22
T22
12.68.3. Laing O’Rourke – Support frames

Table 372 – Laing O’Rourke – Support frames

- 108R- Melvelle Support 5 0.45 0.9 T9,
0111113 Frame T14,
(1081315H)
0180214 Frame T14,
(1081315H)
0190214 Frame T14,
(1081315H)
0200214 Frame T14,
(1081315H)
0210214 Frame T14,
(1081315H)

0290214 Frame T14,
(1081315H)
0640714 Frame T14,
(1081315H)
0720814 Frame T14,
(1081315H)
0760914 Frame T14,
(1081315H)
0770914 Frame T14,
(1081315H)
0780914 Frame T14,
(1081315H)
0790914 Frame T14,
(1081315H)
- SEL-002 Melvelle Support 5 0.45 0.9 T9,
Frame T14,
(1081315H)
12.69. Land & Marine Pty Ltd.

12.69.1. Land & Marine Pty Ltd. – Road-rail vehicles
Table 373 – Land & Marine Pty Ltd. – Road-rail vehicles

30268-D - Barford SXR6000 8 10 5.2 T14
Articulated Dump Truck
12.70. Linmag Australia

12.70.1. Linmag Australia – Road-rail vehicles
Table 374 – Linmag Australia – Road-rail vehicles

GM 880 SF 02 W- Linsinger MAN TGS 15 48 18.3 T14
GT FS Truck 26.480 Milling Truck
GM 754 (prime mover and trailer)
ET
SB55KG OLR-001 Linsinger MAN TGS 15 48 18.3 T14
26.480 Milling Truck
(prime mover and trailer)

12.71. Londonderry Auto Electrics
12.71.1. Londonderry Auto Electrics – Road-rail vehicles
Table 375 – Londonderry Auto Electrics – Road-rail vehicles

47912-D - Hydrema 912ES dump 15 18.5 6 T14,
truck T21
90209-D AL09 Hydrema 912ES dump 15 18.3 6.5 T14,
truck (10t SWL) T21
12.72. LRD Haulage

12.72.1. LRD Haulage – Road-rail vehicles
Table 376 – LRD Haulage – Road-rail vehicles

CP35XK - Mack Cement Agitator 15 22.2 8.7 T14
LL-226 184 Mack MBR600 cement 15 22.2 7.8 T14
mixer
LL-663 199 Mack MBR600 cement 15 22.2 7.8 T14
mixer
12.73. Lycopodium Infrastructure Pty Ltd

12.73.1. Lycopodium Infrastructure Pty Ltd – Road-rail vehicles
Table 377 – Lycopodium Infrastructure Pty Ltd – Road-rail vehicles

EDB-92Q LR03 Toyota Landcruiser 79 70 3.9 5.7 T12, a
Series GCL Dual Cab Ute
Notes:
a. Speeds in curves shall be reduced by 10 km/h (a 75 km/h speed curve shall be

traversed at 65 km/h)
12.74. Lynchy Constructions

12.74.1. Lynchy Constructions – Road-rail vehicles
Table 378 – Lynchy Constructions – Road-rail vehicles

75672-D 1 Yanmar ViO55 Hydraulic 15 5 6.4 T14
Excavator

12.75. Lynton Surveys
12.75.1. Lynton Surveys – Support frames
Table 379 – Lynton Surveys – Support frames

- 5 Amberg GRP5000 Survey 5 0.05 1.25 T9, T14,
Trolley T22
12.76. M & J Trading Pty Ltd.

12.76.1. M & J Trading Pty Ltd. – Road-rail vehicles
Table 380 – M & J Trading Pty Ltd. – Road-rail vehicles

AO48ZU HIR004 Hino Ranger Table Top 30 21.5 10.25 T12,
truck w/EWP T21,
T24
CD78FP HIR003 Isuzu FTS750 Dual Cab 15 13 8.6 T12,
Truck w/MEWP T21
CI-85-EL HIR006 Isuzu 750 truck w/Crane 20 13 8.6 T12,
T21
HIR-002 HIR002 Hino GH1J Truck w/Tray 30 13 9.8 T12,
w/Crane T21
UMS098 HIR005 Mitsubishi FK Dual cab 30 11.0 9.3 T12,
T/Top w/EWP T21,
T24
12.77. M & R & S Stringer

12.77.1. M & R & S Stringer – Road-rail vehicles
Table 381 – M & R & S Stringer – Road-rail vehicles

86572-D Unit 2 Volvo ECR58D Hydraulic 15 7.8 7.2 T14
12.78. Manco Rail

12.78.1. Manco Rail – Road-rail vehicles
Table 382 – Manco Rail – Road-rail vehicles

XV28FZ 15800 Isuzu FSR MEWP Truck 15 12 8.1 T21
(SWL 0.64t)

XV29FZ 15801 Isuzu FSR MEWP Truck 15 12 8.1 T21
(SWL 0.64t)
12.79. Martinus Rail

12.79.1. Martinus Rail – Trolleys
Table 383 – Martinus Rail – Trolleys

- HE-TR- Hercules flat top trolley 5 1.05 0.93 T9,T14, Capacity
013 T22 1000 kg
014 T22 1000 kg
015 T22 1000 kg
016 T22 1000 kg
12.80. McConnell Dowell

12.80.1. McConnell Dowell – Road-rail vehicles
Table 384 – McConnell Dowell – Road-rail vehicles

- EX0015 Doosan DX140W 10 17.5 7.0 T14, T21
excavator
- EX0035 Doosan DX170W 10 18.6 8.5 T14, T21
excavator
12.80.2. McConnell Dowell – Trolleys

Table 385 – McConnell Dowell – Trolleys

019 T22 1000 kg
020 T22 1000 kg
021 T22 1000 kg
022 T22 1000 kg

12.81. McLeod Rail Pty Ltd.
12.81.1. McLeod Rail Pty Ltd. – Trolley
Table 386 – McLeod Rail Pty Ltd. – Trolley

- MRWP2 Two piece trolley 5 0.62 14 T9, T14, SWL
T22 500kg
12.82. Melvelle Equipment Corp

12.82.1. Melvelle Equipment Corp – Support frames
Table 387 – Melvelle Equipment Corp – Support frames

0240214 (1081315H)
0250214 (1081315H)
0260214 (1081315H)
0760814 (1081315H)
0770814 (1081315H)
0780814 (1081315H)
0861014 (1081315H)
0871014 (1081315H)
- 163- Melvelle Support Frame 5 0.45 0.9 T9, T14
0740714 (1081315H)
- 163- Melvelle Support Frame 5 0.45 0.9 T9, T14
0750714 (1081315H)
(1081315H)
12.83. Metwest Engineering Pty Ltd.

12.83.1. Metwest Engineering Pty Ltd. – Road-rail vehicles
Table 388 – Metwest Engineering Pty Ltd. – Road-rail vehicles

ZHM116 HRT6 Hino Merlin w/ T/T or w/ 15 9.70 7.2 T12
agitator
95045–C - Yanmar Vi0 50 excavator 10 6.1 6.6 T14

CTU15A - Hino Dutro T/T Truck 15 4.5 6.4 T12,
w/EWP T21, T24
12.83.2. Metwest Engineering Pty Ltd. – Trolleys

Table 389 – Metwest Engineering Pty Ltd. – Trolleys

- MWE-PE- Robel 51.12 trolley 5 0.73 0.9 T9, T14, 700kg
TT-11 T22 SWL
TT-12 T22 SWL
TT-13 T22 SWL
TT-14 T22 SWL
12.84. Mikcon Pty Ltd.

12.84.1. Mikcon Pty Ltd. – Road-rail vehicles
Table 390 – Mikcon Pty Ltd. – Road-rail vehicles

81638-C - Komatsu PC78UU-6 15 9.4 6.1 T14
Hydraulic Excavator
12.85. Mini Excavator Sales

12.85.1. Mini Excavator Sales – Road-rail vehicles
Table 391 – Mini excavator Sales – Road-rail vehicles

- CR89 ECM ES95HR Excavator 15 11.2 5.8 T14, T21
12.86. MJK Earthmoving Pty Ltd

12.86.1. MJK Earthmoving Pty Ltd – Road-rail vehicles
Table 392 – MJK Earthmoving Pty Ltd – Road-rail vehicles

16505-C Unit 10 CAT 305 CCR Hydraulic 15 5.5 6.0 T14
Excavator
18179-D Unit 7 Caterpillar 305E excavator 15 6.7 5.4 T14

28188-D 10 CAT 305E CR Hydraulic 15 6.5 7.9 T14
Excavator
52790-D No. 20 Yanmar ViO45 Hydraulic 15 6.3 7.2 T14
Excavator
94783-C Unit 4 Komatsu PC40 Hydraulic 15 6.0 5.0 T14
Excavator
12.86.2. MJK Earthmoving Pty Ltd – Trailers

Table 393 – MJK Earthmoving Pty Ltd – Trailers

- T1 2.7t flat top rail trailer 15 2.7 2.5 T14, a
(2000kg SWL) – S/N
RT5281AN15
- T2 2.7t flat top rail trailer 15 2.7 2.5 T14, b
(2000kg SWL) – S/N
RT5281AN16
Notes:
a. This trailer (T1) shall only be hauled by the following vehicles:
Caterpillar 305E Excavator with registration 18179D (plant no. unit 7)
Caterpillar 305E CR Excavator with registration 28188D (plant no. 10)
Caterpillar 305E CR Excavator with registration 16505C (plant no. unit 10)
Yanmar ViO45 Excavator with registration 52790D (plant no. No. 20)
Komatsu PC40 Excavator 94783-C (unit 4)
b. This trailer (T2) shall only be hauled by the following vehicles:
Caterpillar 305E CR Excavator with registration 28188D (plant no. 10)
Yanmar ViO45 Excavator with registration 52790D (plant no. No. 20)
Komatsu PC40 Excavator 94783-C (unit 4)
12.87. Morgans Excavation and Rail

12.87.1. Morgans Excavation and Rail – Trailers
Table 394 – Morgans Excavation and Rail – Trailers

- T1 Rail Trailer (2t SWL) – S/N 15 2.7 3.5 T14, a
RT5281SE1
Notes:
a. Trailer shall only be hauled by Hyundai Robex 55-7 Excavator (27767D / No. 1)
12.88. MP Rail
12.88.1. MP Rail – Trolleys
Table 395 – MP Rail – Trolleys

- 4189/01 Permaquip Link trolley 5 1.3 0.8 T9, T14, Capacity
T22 1250 kg
T22 1250 kg
T22 1250 kg
T22 1250 kg
T22 1250 kg
T22 1250 kg
- TR320 Permaquip Link trolley 5 1.3 0.8 T9, T14, Capacity
T22 1250 kg
- TR321 Permaquip Link trolley 5 1.3 0.8 T9, T14, Capacity
T22 1250 kg
12.89. Multi Civil & Rail Pty Ltd.

12.89.1. Multi Civil & Rail Pty Ltd. – Road-rail vehicles
Table 396 – Multi Civil & Rail Pty Ltd. – Road-rail vehicles

27767-D No. 1 Hyundai Robex 55-7 15 6 6.3 T14, T21
Excavator
AU55DA 006 Hino 500 Series 1024 30 10.4 9.5 T12, T21
Crew tray back truck
w/crane
AY23PX MCR002 Isuzu NPS table top truck 15 6.0 7.7 T12
with welder
EAA-87Q CNL010 Toyota Landcruiser 79 30 3.9 6.4 T12
Series Dual Cab w/Fire
Equipment
QXY856 - Mitsubishi Canter Tray Top 30 6.0 7.2 T12
XLL122 - Land Rover Defender Dual 30 3.5 5.9 T12
cab ute
YCT397 MCR01 Isuzu FSR 500 Crew cab 30 9.5 7.3 T12, T21
Tipper
ZIE366 - Mitsubishi FK617 table top 30 9.8 9.2 T12
truck
ZKS473 Unit 5 Isuzu NPS table top truck 30 6.0 7.7 T12
with welder

12.89.2. Multi Civil & Rail Pty Ltd. – Trolleys
Table 397 – Multi Civil & Rail Pty Ltd. – Trolleys

T22 1250 kg
T22 1250 kg
T22 1250 kg
- TR-701 Permaquip Link Trolley 5 1.3 0.8 T9, T14, Capacity
T22 1250 kg
- TR-708 Permaquip Link Trolley 5 1.3 0.8 T9, T14, Capacity
T22 1250 kg
12.90. Naughtons Earthmoving Excavators and Trailers

12.90.1. Naughtons Earthmoving Excavators and Trailers – Road-rail
vehicles
Table 398 – Naughtons Earthmoving Excavators and Trailers

- EX02 Komatsu PC138US-2 15 16.4 7.4 T21
12.90.2. Naughtons Earthmoving Excavators and Trailers – Trailers

Table 399 – Naughtons Earthmoving Excavators and Trailers – Trailers

- RT01 Cheiftan Rail Trailer 15 20 5.3 T14 To be
(18t SWL) hauled by
Komatsu
PC138US
-2 (EX02)
- RT02 Cheiftan Rail Trailer 15 20 5.3 T14 To be
(18t SWL) hauled by
Komatsu
PC138US
-2 (EX02)
12.91. Next Generation Contractors

12.91.1. Next Generation Contractors – Road-rail vehicles
Table 400 – Next Generation Contractors – Road-rail vehicles

XN19BA 19 Scania P400 8x4 w/Tray 15 27.5 11.3 T14, T21
w/Crane
12.92. Novocastrian Scaffolding & Access Equipment Pty Ltd
12.92.1. Novocastrian Scaffolding & Access Equipment Pty Ltd –
Trolleys
Table 401 – Novocastrian Scaffolding & Access Equipment Pty Ltd – Trolleys

Type B T22 SWL
Type B T22 SWL
12.93. NRT Infrastructure JV

12.93.1. NRT Infrastructure JV – Road-rail vehicles
Table 402 – NRT Infrastructure JV – Road-rail vehicles

CN08VQ M131899 Isuzu FXZ1500 Truck 15 23 11 T14
CN91HQ M131900 Isuzu FXZ1500 Truck 15 23 11 T14
12.93.2. NRT Infrastructure JV – Trailers

Table 403 – NRT Infrastructure JV – Trailers

- M131901 23t Rail Trailer (20t SWL) 15 23 6 T14 To be
hauled by
M131900
only
- M131902 23t Rail Trailer (20t SWL) 15 23 6 T14 To be
hauled by
M131899
only

12.93.3. NRT Infrastructure JV – Trolleys
Table 404 – NRT Infrastructure JV – Trolleys

- M129241 Permaquip Link Trolley 5 1.3 0.8 T9, T14, Capacity
T22 1250kg
T22 1250kg
T22 SWL
T22 SWL
T22 SWL
T22 SWL
T22 SWL
T22 SWL
T22 SWL
T22 SWL
T22 SWL
T22 SWL
T22 SWL
T22 SWL
T22 SWL
T22 SWL
T22 1250kg
T22 1250kg
T22 1250kg
T22 1250kg
T22 1250kg
T22 1250kg
T22 1250kg

T22 1250kg
T22 1250kg
T22 1250kg
T22 1250kg
T22 1250kg
T22 1250kg
T22 1250kg
T22 1250kg
T22 SWL
T22 SWL
T22 SWL
T22 SWL
T22 SWL
T22 SWL
Type B T22 SWL
Type B T22 SWL
Type B T22 SWL
Type B T22 SWL
12.93.4. NRT Infrastructure JV – Support frames

Table 405 – NRT Infrastructure JV – Support frames

- KH1 Robel Hand Grinder 5 0.13 1.6 T9, T14,
Support Frame T22
- M130138 Melvelle Support Frame 5 0.45 0.9 T9, T14
108T Type
108T Type
108T Type

108T Type
108T Type
108T Type
- M132065 Robel 50.07 Support 5 0.15 0.75 T9, T14,
Frame T22
12.94. NSRU Alliance

12.94.1. NSRU Alliance – Support frames
Table 406 – NSRU Alliance – Support frames

- M130102 Leica GRP System FX 5 0.03 1.24 T9, T14,
measurement trolley (GRP T22
1000 model)
12.95. O’Halloran Management Services Pty Ltd.

12.95.1. O’Halloran Management Services Pty Ltd. – Road-rail vehicles
Table 407 – O’Halloran Management Services Pty Ltd. – Road-rail vehicles

99617-D 109 Hitachi Zaxis ZX65 USB 15 9.5 6.8 T14, T21
Tracked Excavator
(SWL 0.75t)
76076-C H00046 Manitou MRT 1542 N 15 13.5 9.3 T14, T24
w/EWP
20066-D 274 Hydrema 912DS Rail 15 18.2 6.2 T14, T21
Dump truck
AH32WS Troopy Toyota Land Cruiser troop 30 3.2 5.5 T12
carrier
AI82RN - Hino FG Table top crane 15 15.0 10.1 T12, T21 Lazy axle
truck shall be
raised
when
operating
on rail
SWU922 - Isuzu 750 FSR Crew cab 15 13.0 7.8 T14, T21
tipping truck
XJB058 - Mitsubishi Canter Dual cab 15 5.5 6.7 T14, T21
3 way tipper with crane
YTT262 Isuzu 750 tipper with crane 30 11.7 7.8 T12, T21
27178-D No. 1 Hyundai Robex 60CR-9 15 6.5 6.0 T14
Hydraulic excavator
YXT971 209 Hino FM 6x4 tipper with 15 20.0 9.10 T14, T21
crane
95174-C Unit 70 Kobelco 70SR Excavator 15 8.0 6.0 T12
27179-D Unit 75 Kobelco SK70SR-2 15 10.5 6.5 T14
Hydraulic Excavator
76397-D BF 429 Yanmar ViO 55 Hydraulic 15 7.3 6.1 T14
Excavator
MEWP
12.95.2. O’Halloran Management Services Pty Ltd. – Trailers

Table 408 – O’Halloran Management Services Pty Ltd – Trailers

- TR01 Flat Top Rail Trailer 15 5 3.1 T14 To be hauled
(4.275t SWL) by Unit 75 /
(TRR-0089) 27179-D only
12.96. On Call Excavations

12.96.1. On Call Excavations – Road-rail Vehicles
Table 409 – On Call Excavations – Road-rail Vehicles

14418-D K55 Kubota U55-4 SG Road 15 6.7 6.23 T14
Rail excavator
60064D 1 Hitachi Zaxis 65 USB-5A 15 7.4 6.4 T14
Hydraulic Excavator
76238-D Unit 3 Hitachi Zaxis 65 USB 15 8.5 7.4 T14
Hydraulic Excavator
95894-D 4 Hitachi Zaxis ZX65 USB-3 15 8.5 6.1 T14
Hydraulic Excavator
(SWL 0.4t)
12.96.2. On Call Excavations – Trailers

Table 410 – On Call Excavations – Trailers

- T1 Rail Trailer (2000kg SWL) 15 2.7 2.5 T14 To be hauled
(S/N LRT5281AN19) by Hitachi
Excavator
(60064D)
only
- T3 Rail Trailer (2000kg SWL) 15 2.7 3.5 T14 To be hauled
(S/N 2TRT5281ANOC) by Hitachi
Excavator
(76238-D /
unit 3) only

12.97. Onrail Plant Hire Pty Ltd.
12.97.1. Onrail Plant Hire Pty Ltd. – Road-rail vehicles
Table 411 – Onrail Plant Hire Pty Ltd. – Road-rail vehicles

04472-C - Hydrema 912D dump truck 15 18.5 6.1 T14, T21
09981-C - Hydrema 912D dump truck 15 18.5 6.1 T14, T21
18488-C E08 Yanmar Vi 050-3 Hydraulic 15 6.7 6.0 T12
excavator
19507 D - Hydrema 912D articulated 15 18.5 6.3 T14, T21
dumper
27501-D Unit 20 Yanmar ViO80 hydraulic 15 9.4 6.9 T14, T21
excavator
27502-D - Hydrema 912D Dump 15 18.5 6.1 T14, T21
Truck
35420-D Unit 22 Yanmar ViO80-1 hydraulic 15 9.6 6.9 T14, T21
excavator
43718-D E15 Komatsu PC138US-8 15 18.5 7.8 T14, T21
Excavator
53043-D E12 Yanmar ViO55-6B 15 7.1 6.1 T12, T21
hydraulic excavator
53083-D D08 Hydrema 912ES dump 15 18.5 6 T14, T21
truck
53084-D D09 Hydrema 912ES dump 15 18.5 6 T14, T21
truck
53099-D E16 Komatsu PC138-US 15 18.5 7.8 T14, T21
65549-D E23 Yanmar ViO80 Excavator 15 10.2 7.1 T14, T21
65550-D E24 Yanmar ViO80 Excavator 15 10.2 7.1 T14, T21
69619-D - Hydrema 912D articulated 15 18.5 6.1 T14, T21
dumper
72861-D D04 Hydrema 912D Dump 15 18.8 6.1 T14, T21
Truck
83470-D D11 Hydrema 912E Dump 15 18.5 6.3 T14, T21
Truck (SWL 8.1t)
84271-D E19 Komatsu PC138US-8 15 18.5 7.8 T14, T21
Excavator
93514-C Unit 5 Yanmar Vi075 hydraulic 15 8.0 6.4 T14
excavator
93515-C Unit 1 Yanmar Vi050 mini 15 5.9 5.0 T14
excavator
93589-D D16 Hydrema 912ES 15 18.5 6.0 T14, T21
Articulated Dumptruck
(SWL 10t)
DQY-12C U-06 Toyota Landcruiser dual 30 3.9 5.8 T12
cab ute (SWL 0.7t)
EDT-43T U-07 Toyota Landcruiser dual 30 3.9 5.8 T12
cab ute (SWL 0.8t)

12.97.2. Onrail Plant Hire Pty Ltd. – Trailers
Table 412 – Onrail Plant Hire Pty Ltd. – Trailers

- T01 Rail Trailer (TRR-039) 15 16.5 4.3 T14, To be hauled
(SWL 14.75 t) T23, by 43718-D
(E15),
53099-D
(E16) or
84271-D
(E19) only
- T2 Rail Trailer (TTR-046) 15 5.73 4.6 T14 To be hauled
(SWL 5t) by 27501D /
Unit 20, or
35420D / unit
22 only
- T3 Rail Trailer (TTR-076) 15 5.7 4.6 T14 To be hauled
(SWL 5t) by E23
(65549-D) or
E24 (65550-
D) only
12.98. P & M Galea

12.98.1. P & M Galea – Road-rail vehicles
Table 413 – P & M Galea – Road-rail vehicles

PM8818 PM029 Mitsubishi FM657 Sucker 15 16 7.7 T14, T21
Truck
PM8828 PM047 Hino FG Vacuum Truck 15 23 6.5 T14,T21
CJ75RD PM058 Hino Tipper Truck 30 13.9 6.94 T12
12.99. Paliwane Pty. Ltd.

12.99.1. Paliwane Pty. Ltd. – Road-rail vehicles
Table 414 – Paliwane Pty. Ltd. – Road-rail vehicles

09990-C RQ90 Hydrema 912DS 15 18.5 6.1 T14, T21
Articulated dump truck
10211-C RQ11 Hydrema 912C Articulated 15 18.4 6.1 T14, T21
dump truck
16164-C RQ64 Hydrema 912D Articulated 15 18.5 6.1 T14, T21
dump truck
16595-D RQ95 Hydrema 912D Articulated 15 18.5 6.1 T14, T21
dump truck
54377-D RQ77 Hydrema 912E Articulated 15 18.5 6.2 T14, T21
dump truck

60318-D RQ18 Hydrema 912ES 15 20.4 6.4 T14, T21
82537-D RQ37 Hydrema 912ES 15 20.4 6.4 T14, T21
82538-D RQ38 Hydrema 912ES 15 20.4 6.4 T14, T21
dump truck (SWL 10t)
dump truck (SWL 10t)
12.100. Pan Civil

12.100.1. Pan Civil – Trolleys
Table 415 – Pan Civil – Trolleys

- 6546-06 Permaquip Type B Trolley 5 2.1 1.9 T9, T14, Capacity
T22 2000 kg
12.101. Precise Excavations

12.101.1. Precise Excavations – Road-rail vehicles
Table 416 – Precise Excavations – Road-rail vehicles

92808-D P1 Hitachi Zaxis ZX85 USB-3 15 11.3 7.4 T14
Hydraulic Excavator (SWL
0.9t)
12.101.2. Precise Excavations – Trailers

Table 417 – Precise Excavations – Trailers

- T1 Flat Top Rail Trailer 2TRT 15 2.7 2.5 T14 To be hauled
(2TRTSJ1) (SWL 2t) by 92808-
D/P1 only

12.102. Prestons Hire
12.102.1. Prestons Hire – Road/rail vehicles
Table 418 – Prestons Hire – Road/rail vehicles

- Unit 58 Monitor Lifts RR14 EVO 15 13.9 7.4 T14, T21
Wheeled MEWP
(0.4t SWL)
- SE059R Monitor Lifts RR14 EVO 15 13.9 7.4 T14, T21
Wheeled MEWP
(0.4t SWL)
- Unit 60 Monitor RR14 EVO 3- 15 13.9 7.4 T14, T21
400MEWP (SWL 0.4t)
- Unit 61 Monitor RR14 EVO 3- 15 13.9 7.4 T14, T21
400MEWP (SWL 0.4t)
12.103. Quickway Constructions Pty Ltd.

12.103.1. Quickway Constructions Pty Ltd. – Trolleys
Table 419 – Quickway Constructions Pty Ltd – Trolleys

T22 1250 kg
T22 1250 kg
T22 1250 kg
T22 1250 kg
T22 1250 kg
T22 1250 kg
T22 1250 kg
12.104. Rail and Civil Services

12.104.1. Rail and Civil Services – Road-rail vehicles
Table 420 – Rail and Civil Services – Road-rail vehicles

13562-C Unit 1 Hydrema 912D Articulated 15 18 6.1 T14,T21
dump truck

21097-D Unit 3 Hydrema 912 DS rail 15 18.2 6.2 T14, T21
dump truck
12.105. RailCon
12.105.1. RailCon – Trolleys
Table 421 – RailCon – Trolleys

T22 1250 kg
T22 1250 kg
12.106. Rail Maintenance Services

12.106.1. Rail Maintenance Services – Road/rail vehicles
Table 422 – Rail Maintenance Services – Road/rail vehicles

1MJ5WY 225 Toyota 70 Series 30 3.9 6.1 T12
Landcruiser w/Tray
w/Boxes (SWL 0.55t)
- 243 Manitou 160 ATJ + E3 10 13.7 7.7 T14, T21
MEWP (SWL 0.4t)
- 244 Manitou 160 ATJ + E3 10 13.7 7.7 T14, T21
MEWP (SWL 0.4t)
XV03CL 250 Liebherr R914 Tracked 15 21 8.6 T14
XV83ID 253 Liebherr A922 Excavator 15 22 9 T14, a, b
(0.48t SWL)
XV00IE 254 Liebherr R914 Tracked 15 21 8.6 T14
XV01IE 255 Liebherr R914 Tracked 15 21 8.6 T14
XV18IV 256 Liebherr A922 Excavator 15 22 9 T14, a, b
(0.48t SWL)
XV15IV 259 Liebherr A922 Excavator 15 22 9 T14, a, b
(0.48t SWL)
Notes:

12.107. RailQuip Pty Ltd
12.107.1. RailQuip Pty Ltd – Road-rail vehicles
Table 423 – RailQuip Pty Ltd – Road-rail vehicles

43732-D RQ32 Hydrema 912E dump truck 15 18.5 6.2 T14,T21
12.108. Railworks Aust Pty Ltd.

12.108.1. Railworks Aust Pty Ltd. – Road-rail vehicles
Table 424 – Railworks Aust Pty Ltd – Road-rail vehicles

36803-D - Volvo ECR88 Excavator 15 9 7 T14, T21
80052-D Unit 16 Volvo EW160E Excavator 15 20.6 8.4 T14, T21
12.108.2. Railworks Aust Pty Ltd. – Trailers

Table 425 – Railworks Aust Pty Ltd. – Trailers

- 17 Rail Trailer (TRR-079) 15 16 4.3 T14 To be hauled
(SWL 14.25 t) by 80052-D
(Unit 16) only
12.109. Rawfilm Pty Ltd.

12.109.1. Rawfilm Pty Ltd. – Road-rail vehicles
Table 426 – Rawfilm Pty Ltd – Road-rail vehicles

- K135 Kobelco SK 135SR 10 14.5 7.0 T14
Hydraulic excavator
12.110. Rhomberg Rail

12.110.1. Rhomberg Rail – Road-rail vehicles
Table 427 – Rhomberg Rail – Road-rail vehicles

AY58XC - Mitsubishi Fuso Canter 30 6 6.8 T12
Truck

- RRA010 Yanmar ViO55 Hydraulic 15 7.3 6.1 T14
Excavator
12.110.2. Rhomberg Rail – Trolleys

Table 428 – Rhomberg Rail – Trolleys

- 6442-04 Permaquip Type B Trolley 5 2.1 1.9 T9, T14, 2000kg
T21 Capacity
T21 Capacity
T21 Capacity
- Hergie-01 Hergie Track Measuring 5 0.02 0.5 T9, T14, -
Trolley (EMBC101) T21
Trolley (GMW328) T21
- RRA-TJ- Track Jack Rail Trolley 5 0.6 1.3 T14, T22 -
01_01
- RRA-TJ- Track Jack Rail Trolley 5 0.6 1.3 T14, T22 -
01_02
12.110.3. Rhomberg Rail – Support frames

Table 429 – Rhomberg Rail – Support frames

T22
T22
- 3180419 MEC 1081246-1435-BH 5 0.45 0.9 T9, T14,
Support Frame (0.05t T22
SWL)

12.111. RKR Engineering
12.111.1. RKR Engineering – Road rail vehicles
Table 430 – RKR Engineering – Road-rail vehicles

- 5 RKR Engineering All 5 8 5.5 T14,
Terrain Access Rail T21, T24
Trolley w/EWP
CF91GW RRT1501 Isuzu FSR 850 Truck 15 14 10.4 T14,
w/EWP (Platform) T21, T25
XN15HO RRCT201 Isuzu FSR 850 Truck 15 14 10.3 T14, T21
8 w/Crane (SWL 5.7t)
12.111.2. RKR Engineering – Trailers

Table 431 – RKR Engineering – Trailers

- TT3600- RKR Rail Trailer (15t 15 16.5 4.8 T14 To be hauled
15-HP-1 SWL) by RKR plant
number 5 or
RKR Truck
CF91GW
(RRT1501)
12.112. Scibos Plant Hire

12.112.1. Scibos Plant Hire – Road/rail vehicles
Table 432 – Scibos Plant Hire – Road/rail vehicles

91544-D No. 7 Yanmar ViO55-6B 15 6.9 6.0 T14
Hydraulic Excavator
12.112.2. Scibos Plant Hire – Trailers

Table 433 – Scibos Plant Hire – Trailers

- T1 Flat Top Rail Trailer 15 2.7 2.5 T14 To behauled
2TRT (2TR2528CS1) by No. 7 /
(2t SWL) 91544-D only

12.113. Sentinel Constructions
12.113.1. Sentinel Constructions – Road-rail vehicles
Table 434 – Sentinel Constructions – Road-rail vehicles

BM18MH - Isuzu FSR 850 Long 15 12.7 10.1 T14
Series (Sucker Truck)
12.114. Sheridan & Sons Pty Ltd.

12.114.1. Sheridan & Sons Pty Ltd. – Road-rail vehicles
Table 435 – Sheridan & Sons Pty Ltd – Road-rail vehicles

- SRR-01 Manitou 160ATJ&ART 12 13.1 6.9 T14,
17TH MEWP T21
17TH MEWP T21
17TH MEWP T21
01RAIL SRR-04 Toyota Landcruiser 78 15 3.5 5.7 T12
Series Wagon
14RAIL SRR-05 Toyota Landcruiser 78 15 3.5 5.6 T12
Series Wagon
2LIFTU SRR-06 Hino GT1J Crew Cab 15 13 9.1 T14,
Truck w/EWP T21,
T24
2RAIL SRR-52 Isuzu NPR300 truck with 20 6.2 6.4 T12,
tipper T21
38769D SRR-07 Dieci Pegasus 45.19 15 21.74 9.6 T14,
Railmaster Telehandler T21,
w/EWP T25
4METRO SRR-47 Isuzu 900 dual cab 3 way 15 15 9.1 T14,
tipper w/crane T21
4RAIL SRR-08 Isuzu 750 4 x 4 T/T Truck 30 13 9.6 T12,
w/EWP T21,
T24
4SUCIN SRR-09 Isuzu 1400 tipper truck 15 24.0 10.0 T14,
w/crane T21
58577-D SRR-46 Dieci Pegasus 45:19 15 21.74 7.4 T14,
Railmaster telehandler T21,
w/EWP T24
8MTRAY SRR-48 Isuzu FVR950 w/Tray 15 16.5 10.8 T14
94130-C SRR-10 Manitou MRT telehandler 15 15 7.5 T14,
w/EWP T21,
T24
99TIM SRR-11 Toyota Hilux T/T Ute 30 3.0 5.4 T12

AY44AW SRR-13 Isuzu FVR 900 T/T Truck 15 15 9.8 T14,
w/EWP T21,
T24
BC63AV SRR-14 Mitsubishi Canter dual cab 30 5.0 7.0 T12
table top
BC92RZ SRR-15 Mitsubishi Canter Single 30 4.5 6.7 T12
Cab 4 x 4
BSAFE SRR-16 Isuzu FSS T/T Truck 30 10 7.8 T12,
w/crane T21
ES1112 SRR-20 Hino FG tilt tray truck 30 13.9 9.8 T12,
T21
FORAIL SRR-49 Isuzu FTS750 Truck 15 13 8 T14,
w/Crane T21
HIRAIL SRR-21 Toyota Landcruiser troop 30 3.2 5.45 T12
carrier
HYRAIL SRR-22 Isuzu FTS 700 4x4 30 12.5 9.3 T12,
w/Crane T21
IBLAST SRR-25 ISUZU FXZ 1500 Truck 15 22.5 8.2 T14,
w/3 way Tipper or w/7000L T21
Tank
IMIX SRR-23 Isuzu FVZ1400 w/fixed 15 24 8.5 T14,
tray or w/agitator or T21
w/vacuum unit
INRAIL SRR-12 Holden Rodeo dual cab 30 2.9 5.6 T12
ute
IRAIL SRR-24 Isuzu NPS300 tray top 30 16.0 10.1 T12,
truck with crane T21
ISUC4U SRR-37 Hino GS-22 6 x 4 15 16.2 9.9 T14
JACKAS SRR-26 Hino Ranger truck 20 23.0 11.3 T12,
T21
MADDAZ SRR-19 Hino GT1322 w/tipper tray 15 13 8.6 T12,
w/crane T21
METRO1 SRR-51 Isuzu FTS 800 T/T Truck 15 13.5 8.2 T14
MUCKEM SRR-27 International 1850D Ttop 30 24.0 9.2 T12,
truck with hiab crane T21
OHW SRR-32 Mitsubishi FS500 15 24.8 9.5 T14,
T21,
T23
ONRAIL SRR-28 Isuzu FVZ 1400 bogie 20 24.0 9.7 T12,
drive tipping truck w/crane T21
RAILM8 SRR-18 ISUZU 300 Table Top 20 6 6.6 T12,
Truck w/EWP T21,
T24
RAILON SRR-29 Isuzu FVR 900 flat top 30 16.0 10.8 T12,
truck T21
RAILWY SRR-30 Holden Rodeo Dual cab 30 3.0 5.1 T12
ute
RENTUS SRR-42 Mitsubishi Canter Truck 15 5.5 6.7 T12,
w/Crane T21
RKC615 SRR-31 Mitsubishi Canter 4x4 w/3 30 5.0 5.9 T12,
way tipper T21

SM296 SRR-54 Isuzu SRB422 tabletop 30 10.5 7.6 T12
truck with hiab crane
SM756 SRR-33 Hino table top truck 30 13.50 9.7 T12,
T21
SS4X4 SRR-34 Nissan Patrol cab chassis 30 3.4 5.6 T12
with tray
SS5567 SRR-35 Isuzu 300 4 x 4 truck 15 6.0 6.6 T14,
w/EWP T21,
T25
SS5568 SRR-36 Isuzu 300 4 x 4 truck 15 6.0 6.6 T14,
w/EWP T21,
T24
TRAINU SRR-38 Mitsubishi Fuso Rosa Bus 15 6.3 8.8 T14
URAIL SRR-45 Ford Ranger T/T 4wd ute 30 3.0 5.4 T12
UPRAIL SRR-49 Isuzu 800 T/T truck 15 13.5 8.8 T14,
w/EWP T21,
T24
VACUV8 SRR-40 Kia Combi bus 30 5.0 6.6 T12
WERAIL SRR-17 Isuzu FTR 900M Tipper 15 15 7.8 T14,
Truck w/Crane T21
WHYW8 SRR-50 Iveco Stralis 450 8x4 T/T 15 27.5 11 T14,
Truck w/Crane T21,
T23
XIH678 SRR-41 Mitsubishi Canter T/T 20 5.5 6.7 T12
XMX771 SRR-43 Hino FD flat top truck 15 8.8 9.4 T14
XNQ757 SRR-44 Mitsubishi Canter Dual 15 5.5 6.3 T12,
Cab 3 way tipper T21
YKT828 SRR-55 Mitsubishi Canter 4x4 Dual 30 5.5 6.4 T12
cab w/tool box
12.114.2. Sheridan & Sons Pty Ltd. – Trailers

Table 436 – Sheridan & Sons Pty Ltd. – Trailers

- RTX-2001 Philmor Rail Trailer 8 22.5 6.65 T14 To be hauled by
(20t SWL) Dieci 38769D
(plant SRR07),
Dieci 03918C
(plant no. 7),
Manitou 33985D
(plant no. unit 10)
and IBLAST
(SRR25)
- RTX-2002 Philmor Rail Trailer 8 22.5 6.65 T14 To be hauled by
(20t SWL) Dieci 38769D
(plant SRR07),
Dieci 03918C
(plant no. 7),
Manitou 33985D
(plant no. unit 10)
and IBLAST
(SRR25)

12.115. SKY’s the Limit Plant Hire
12.115.1. SKY’s the Limit Plant Hire – Road-rail vehicles
Table 437 – SKY’s the Limit Plant Hire – Road-rail vehicles

03918-C 7 Dieci Pegasus 10 20 10.1 T14,
telehandler w/EWP T21,
T24
33985-D Unit 10 Manitou MRT2540 15 21.5 10 T14,
Telehandler w/EWP T21,
T24
12.116. SLS Transport

12.116.1. SLS Transport – Road-rail vehicles
Table 438 – SLS Transport – Road-rail vehicles

83165–C Unit 3 Yanmar Vi0-40 15 6.2 5.9 T14,
Hydraulic excavator T21
- SLS008 Case CX80C 10 13.4 7.3 T14
Excavator
12.116.2. SLS Transport – Trailers

Table 439 – SLS Transport – Trailers

- SLS014 HarryBilt 4m Rail 10 11.75 4 T14, a
Trailer (10t SWL)
Notes for SLS014:
a. Trailer to be hauled by Case CX80C (SLS008) only.
12.117. Specialised Force

12.117.1. Specialised Force – Trolleys
Table 440 – Specialised Force – Trolleys

- LT1500AI Bison Products 5 1.61 1.4 T9, 1500kg SWL
N-1 Trakrat DK1500 T14,
Trolley T22

12.118. Speno Rail Maintenance
12.118.1. Speno Rail Maintenance – Road-rail vehicles
Table 441 – Speno Rail Maintenance – Road-rail vehicles

1BXL076 SP86 Toyota Land Cruiser 45 3.5 5.5 T12, a See note 'a' below
100 series
1CPC115 SP06 Toyota Land Cruiser 30 3.56 5.8 T12
79 series, 4 x 4,
Single cab chassis
w/tray
1CYO983 SP73 Toyota Land Cruiser 30 3.76 6.0 T12
ute with tray back
CL-36-TJ HRR8-4A Hino Switch and 25 22.5 11.0 T12
Utility grinder
1DUP280 SP12 Toyota Land Cruiser 40 3.6 5.5 T12, a See note 'a' below
76 series wagon
1DUY045 SP82 Toyota Land Cruiser 50 3.5 5.7 T12, a See note 'a' below
76 series wagon
1DUY046 SP81 Toyota Land Cruiser 50 3.5 5.7 T12, a See note 'a' below
76 series wagon
CM33MS FL-17 Speno Hino FD 30 9.9 7.4 T12
1026 truck
1ECW254 FL-5 Unimog rail flaw 30 10.0 9.0 T12
detection vehicle
CO 29 DD FL-18 Mercedes Unimog 30 12 7.5 T12
U400
8DU838 FL-6 Unimog rail flaw 30 10 10.0 T12
detection vehicle
8ZI807 FL-8 OKA Ultrasonic Rail 30 7.0 9.0 T12
Flaw detector
vehicle
Notes for 1BXL-07, 1DUY045, 1DUY046 and, 1DUP280:
a. The maximum speed shall be reduced by 10 km/h when traversing curves, for
example, a 40 km/h speed sign curve shall be traversed at 30 km/h.
12.119. Stanton Sales & Hire

12.119.1. Stanton Sales & Hire – Road-rail vehicles
Table 442 – Stanton Sales & Hire – Road-rail vehicles

56462-D HRA265 Takeuchi TB250 10 6.5 6.3 T14,
hydraulic excavator T21

12.120. Swietelsky
12.120.1. Swietelsky – Trolleys
Table 443 – Swietelsky – Trolleys

- 5886-06 Permaquip Link 5 1.3 0.8 T9, T14, Capacity 1250
Trolley T22 kg
12.120.2. Swietelsky – Support frames

Table 444 – Swietelsky – Frames

- DR77001 Trimble Gedo 5 0.02 0.9 T9, T14, -
Measurement T22
Trolley
- DR77002 Trimble Gedo 5 0.02 0.9 T9, T14, -
Measurement T22
Trolley

12.121.1. Sydney Trains – Road-rail vehicles
Table 445 – Sydney Trains – Road-rail vehicles

AE 65 NS TI461 Pettibone Mag 441B 15 5.6 10.1 T14
rail handling crane
AM 62 PF - Mitsubishi Canter 4 30 6.9 6.6 T12
x 4 Dual cab tray top
AM 63 PF - Mitsubishi Canter 4 30 6.9 6.6 T12
x 4 Dual cab tray top
AW 74 RZ - Mitsubishi Canter 30 6.9 6.8 T12
crew cab
BA 94 BC - Mitsubishi Canter 30 6.9 6.8 T12
4WD crew cab
w/crane
BA 95 BC - Mitsubishi Canter 30 6.9 6.8 T12
4WD crew cab
w/crane
BB 51 CB - Mitsubishi Canter 30 6.9 6.5 T12
4WD tray back
w/crane
BE 63 XX - Mitsubishi Canter 30 6.9 6.9 T12
4WD crew cab tray
back
BE 71 XX - Mitsubishi Canter 30 6.9 6.9 T12
4WD crew cab tray
back

BF 57 RN - Mitsubishi Canter 30 6.9 6.9 T12
4WD crew cab With
crane
BN 78 VI RRV1603 Mercedes Atego 15 17.0 8.1 T14,
1629A OHW Maint. T21,
Vehicle w/EWP T25
BN 79 VI RRV1604 Mercedes Atego 15 17.0 8.1 T14,
Vehicle w/EWP T25
BR 51 BJ RRV1608 Mercedes Atego 15 17.0 8.1 T14,
Vehicle w/EWP T25
Vehicle w/EWP T25
Vehicle w/EWP T25
Vehicle w/EWP T25
BV84CM - Isuzu FVY 1400 15 24 11.4 T14 See notes 1 and 2
Tray Back w/ Fan for BV-84-CM
Lift
BW92MG - Isuzu FVY 1400 tray 15 24 11.2 T14,
back w/crane T21
BW93BE - Mitsubishi Fuso 30 6.5 7.0 T12
FGB71 crew cab
truck
CN-58-AZ - Mitsubishi Canter 30 6.6 6.9 T12
4WD tray top
NUZ 400 TI532 Pettibone Mag 441D 15 5.6 10.1 T14
rail handling crane
WGE 675 TI473 Pettibone Mag 441B 15 5.6 14.1 T14
rail handling crane
ZHH 136 - Isuzu FSS593A 30 8.4 7.5 T12
Emergency Unit
- Unit 7 Case 660 Shunting 12 4.6 4.5 T12 See notes 1 to 4 for
Tractor unit 7
- 17 Linmac ST300 30 6.5 6.9 T12 See notes 1 and 2
Shunter for Linmac ST300
18 Linmac ST300 30 6.5 6.9 T12 See notes 1 and 2
Shunter for Linmac ST300
- EV121 Case CX47 Road- 5 4.6 5.3 T14
rail excavator
- EV124 Case CX50 Road- 5 5.9 5.1 T14
rail excavator
- EV125 to Takeuchi TB250 15 6.3 5.5 T14
EV127 Hydraulic excavator
- FMCMPS Trackmobile Viking 8 15.6 3.9 See notes 1 and 2
V01 Shunter for FMCMPSV01
- FMCMPS Case 660 Shunting 12 4.6 4.5 T12 See notes 1 to 4 for
V02 Tractor FMCMPSV02

- LOK Zephir LOK 6.110S 10 19.2 6.9 See notes 1 and 2
6.110S Shunter for LOK 6.110S
- LOK Zephir LOK 22.520 10 40 7.5 See notes 1 and 2
22.520 Shunter for LOK 22.520
- RR001 Isuzu NPS75‐155 25 6.7 7.0 T12
4x4 Crew Cab
w/Tray w/Crane
- RR002 Isuzu NPS75‐155 25 6.7 7.0 T12
4x4 Crew Cab
w/Tray w/Crane
w/Toolbox
- RR003 Isuzu NPS75‐155 25 6.7 7.0 T12
4x4 Crew Cab
w/Tray w/Crane
w/Toolbox
- RR005 Isuzu NPS75‐155 25 6.7 7.0 T12
4x4 Crew Cab
w/Tray w/Tailgate
w/Toolbox
- RR006 Isuzu NPS75‐155 25 6.7 6.7 T12
4x4 Crew Cab
w/Tray w/Tailgate
w/Tool box
- RR007 Isuzu NPS75‐155 25 6.7 7.0 T12
4x4 Crew Cab
w/Tray w/Tailgate
w/Tool box
- RR008 Isuzu NPS75‐155 25 6.7 7.0 T12
4x4 Crew Cab
w/Tray w/Tailgate
w/Tool box
- RR009 Isuzu NPS75‐155 25 6.7 7.0 T12
4x4 Crew Cab
w/Tray w/Tailgate
w/Tool box
- RR010 Isuzu NPS75‐155 25 6.7 7.0 T12
4x4 Crew Cab
w/Tray w/Tailgate
w/Tool box
Notes for BV-84-CM:
1. Operation restricted to Medium or Wide areas only as per TOC Manual TS TOC 1
Section 1.10.
2. This vehicle is not fitted with height restrictors to limit the travel of the fan lift and
although the vehicle is within the medium rolling stock outline, its height infringes
the minimum safe approach distances when working and travelling under
overhead wire (OHW). This vehicle is therefore only permitted to work and travel
on rail where an electrical permit to work has been issued (OHW is isolated).
Notes for LOK 6.110S, LOK 22.520 and Linmac ST300:
1. Operation only within UGL Unipart Auburn Yard up to Signal AN68 and between
the buffer stop on the shunting neck and Signal AN68.
2. Block working required for operation outside of UGL Unipart Auburn Yard
(outside – of Signal AN68)
Notes for Unit 7 (Case 660 Shunter):
1. The shunter shall not shunt more than 4 cars.
2. The shunter shall not shunt more than 206 t.
3. The shunter shall not exceed 8 km/h when shunting.
4. The shunter is restricted to the following areas of operation:
a. Mortdale Maintenance Centre (1 and 2 roads from Sydney end of

shunting shed at 17.464km to buffer stops).
b. Hornsby Maintenance Centre (Loop road from 20 pts to buffer stops, 3

road from 35.104km to front of shed, and 2 road from 35.059km to buffer
stops).
c. Flemington Maintenance Centre (Loop and 1 – 4 roads from 15.163km to

the buffer stop, roads 21 – 26 from 15.097km to buffer stops on 25 road).
Notes for FMCMPSV01 (Trackmobile Viking Shunter):
2. The shunter is restricted to the following areas of operation within the confines of
Flemington Maintenance Centre:
a. Loop Road.
b. 1, 2, 3, and 4 road (betweenF15+163km to Lidcombe buffer stop).
c. 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, and 26 road (from F15+097km to country end buffer
stop on 25 road).
Notes for FMCMPSV02 (Case 660 Shunter):
2. The shunter shall not shunt more than 211 t.
3. The shunter shall not exceed 3 km/h when shunting.
4. The shunter is restricted to the following areas of operation:
a. Mortdale Maintenance Centre (1 and 2 roads from Sydney end of

shunting shed at 17.464km to buffer stops).
b. Hornsby Maintenance Centre (Loop road from 20 pts to buffer stops).
c. Flemington Maintenance Centre (Loop and 1 – 4 roads from 15.163km to

the buffer stop, roads 21 – 26 from 15.097km to buffer stops on 25 road).

12.121.2. Sydney Trains – Trolleys
Table 446 – Sydney Trains – Trolleys

- 0840 Robel 51.12 trolley 5 0.74 0.9 T9, Capacity 700 kg
T14,
T22
- 4841/04 Permaquip Type B 5 2.1 1.9 T9, Capacity 2000 kg
trolley T14,
T22
trolley T14,
T22
- 5888-03 Permaquip Type B 5 2.1 1.9 T9, Capacity 2000 kg
trolley T14,
T22
Trolley T14,
T22
Trolley T14,
T22
Trolley T14,
T22
Trolley T14,
T22
- 6823/01 Permaquip Link 5 1.3 0.8 T9, Capacity 1250 kg
Trolley T14,
T22
- M153685 Robel 51.12 trolley 5 0.74 0.9 T9, Capacity 700 kg
T14,
T22
12.121.3. Sydney Trains – Support frames

Table 447 – Sydney Trains – Support frames

- 108T-008 Melvelle Support 5 0.45 0.9 T9,
Frame (1081315H) T14
Frame (1081315H) T14
Frame (1081315H) T14
0101113 Frame (1081315H) T14
0120114 Frame (1081315H) T14
0130114 Frame (1081315H) T14

0141113 Frame (1081315H) T14
0151113 Frame (1081315H) T14
0161113 Frame (1081315H) T14
0170214 Frame (1081315H) T14
0270214 Frame (1081315H) T14
0280214 Frame (1081315H) T14
0310414 Frame (1081315H) T14
0320414 Frame (1081315H) T14
0330414 Frame (1081315H) T14
0340414 Frame (1081315H) T14
0350514 Frame (1081315H) T14
0360514 Frame (1081315H) T14
0370514 Frame (1081315H) T14
0380514 Frame (1081315H) T14
0390514 Frame (1081315H) T14
0400614 Frame (1081315H) T14
0440614 Frame (1081315H) T14
0450614 Frame (1081315H) T14
0460614 Frame (1081315H) T14
0470614 Frame (1081315H) T14
0480614 Frame (1081315H) T14
0490614 Frame (1081315H) T14
0500614 Frame (1081315H) T14
0510614 Frame (1081315H) T14
0520614 Frame (1081315H) T14

0530614 Frame (1081315H) T14
0540614 Frame (1081315H) T14
0550614 Frame (1081315H) T14
0560614 Frame (1081315H) T14
0570614 Frame (1081315H) T14
0580614 Frame (1081315H) T14
0590614 Frame (1081315H) T14
0600614 Frame (1081315H) T14
0610614 Frame (1081315H) T14
0620714 Frame (1081315H) T14
0630714 Frame (1081315H) T14
0650714 Frame (1081315H) T14
0660714 Frame (1081315H) T14
0670714 Frame (1081315H) T14
0980714 Frame (1081315H) T14
0690714 Frame (1081315H) T14
0700714 Frame (1081315H) T14
0710714 Frame (1081315H) T14
0730814 Frame (1081315H) T14
0800914 Frame (1081315H) T14
0810914 Frame (1081315H) T14
0820914 Frame (1081315H) T14
0830914 Frame (1081315H) T14
0840914 Frame (1081315H) T14
0881214 Frame (1081315H) T14

0891214 Frame (1081315H) T14
- 3051218 Melvelle Support 5 0.45 0.9 T9,
Frame T14
12.121.4. Sydney Trains – Quadricycles

Table 448 – Sydney Trains – Quadricycles

- 1006 MEC FP-192-AA- 12.5 0.75 2.0 T9,
1435 Quadricycle T14
12.122. Tag Hire

12.122.1. Tag Hire – Road-rail Vehicles
Table 449 – Tag Hire – Road-rail vehicles

- EWP001 Neotec Manitou 15 12.94 7.7 T14,
Skyrailer 400RR T21
MEWP
Skyrailer 400RR T21
MEWP
Skyrailer 400RR T21
MEWP
Skyrailer 400RR T21
MEWP
Skyrailer 400RR T21
MEWP
Skyrailer 400RR T21
MEWP
Skyrailer 400RR T21
MEWP
Skyrailer 400RR T21
MEWP
Skyrailer 400RR T21
MEWP
Skyrailer 400RR T21
MEWP

Skyrailer 400RR T21
MEWP
12.123. Taylor Rail

12.123.1. Taylor Rail – Road-rail Vehicles
Table 450 – Taylor Rail – Road-rail vehicles

WXX-898 WXX-898 Mitsubishi Canter 30 5.5 5.6 T12,
4x4 T/T Truck T21
w/Hiab
12.123.2. Taylor Rail – Trolleys

Table 451 – Taylor Rail – Trolleys

Trolley T14,
T22
Trolley T14,
T22
Trolley T14,
T22
Trolley (Type B) T14,
T22
Trolley (Type B) T14,
T22
12.123.3. Taylor Rail – Support frames

Table 452 – Taylor Rail – Support frames

- 108T- Melvelle Support 5 0.45 0.9 T9,
0901214 Frame (1081315H) T14
- 108T- Melvelle Support 5 0.45 0.9 T9,
0911214 Frame (1081315H) T14

12.124. Tenex Rail and Excavations
12.124.1. Tenex Rail and Excavations – Road-rail vehicles
Table 453 – Tenex Rail and Excavations – Road-rail vehicles

1MV-6VZ Unit 6 Liebherr A922 15 22 9 T14, a,
Wheeled b
Excavator
- Unit 7 Liebherr A922 15 22 9 T14, a,
Wheeled b
Excavator
XV27AK Unit 3 Liebherr A922 15 22 9 T14, a,
Wheeled b
Excavator
(SWL 0.48t)
Notes:
12.125. Terranean Tech

12.125.1. Terranean Tech – Support frames
Table 454 – Terranean Tech – Support frames

- 1 Amberg 5 0.56 1.3 T9, T14,
Technologies T22
GRP5000
Measurement
Trolley (SN 3862)
12.126. Terranova Plant Hire Pty. Ltd.

12.126.1. Terranova Plant Hire Pty. Ltd. – Road-rail vehicles
Table 455 – Terranova Plant Hire Pty. Ltd. – Road-rail vehicles

76108C Unit 7 Dieci Montecchio 15 20.1 9.5 T14,
Telehandler T21,
w/EWP (SWL 2.1t) T24
47251D Unit 8 Manitou 15 20.2 7.1 T21,
Telehandler MRT T24
2540 w/EWP

12.127. TJM Earthworks
12.127.1. TJM Earthworks – Road-rail vehicles
Table 456 – TJM Earthworks – Road-rail vehicles

28170D TJM004 Volvo ECR58D 15 6.7 6.4 T14
hydraulic
excavator
- Unit 30 Liebherr A922 15 22.8 9 T14, a,
Wheeled b
Excavator
Notes:
12.128. TfNSW (Country Regional Network)

12.128.1. TfNSW (Country Regional Network) – Road-rail vehicles
Table 457 – TNSW (Country Regional Network) – Road-rail vehicles

BU78FO - Iveco Daily van 45 6.7 7.2 T12 The maximum speed
when traversing curves
to be reduced by 10
km/h
12.129. Traxion
12.129.1. Traxion – Trolleys
Table 458 – Traxion – Trolleys

- TR-703 Permaquip Link 5 1.3 0.8 T9, T14, Capacity 1250
Trolley T22 kg
- TR-707 Permaquip Link 5 1.3 0.8 T9, T14, Capacity 1250
Trolley T22 kg
- 035 LT700 Trolley 5 0.74 0.8 T9, T14, Capacity 700
T22 kg

12.130. Tree Serve
12.130.1. Tree Serve – Road-rail vehicles
Table 459 – Tree Serve – Road-rail vehicles

48136-D Unit 1 Takeuchi TB250 10 6.3 6.3 T14, T21
excavator
ZGE-135 P47 Hino FGIJ 4x2 15 15 7.2 T14, T21
Tipping Truck
95046-C X4 Komatsu PC50UU- 15 5.5 5.4 T14, T21
2E Excavator
12.130.2. Tree Serve – Trailers

Table 460 – Tree Serve – Trailers

Y-62587 C15 Trailer Mounted 15 4.95 7 T14, a
Chipper
a. This trailer shall only be hauled by Hino Truck ZGE-135
12.131. Tutt Bryant

12.131.1. Tutt Bryant – Road-rail vehicles
Table 461 – Tutt Bryant – Road-rail vehicles

16883-D EE07E111 Yanmar Vi0 80 Hydraulic 15 9.3 6.8 T14,
Excavator T21
05133C EE07E104 Yanmar Vi0 80 Hydraulic 15 9.7 7.1 T14,
Excavator T21
32210D EE07E118 Yanmar ViO-80 Hydraulic 15 9.4 6.7 T14
Excavator
12.132. United Group Infrastructure

12.132.1. United Group Infrastructure – Road-rail vehicles
Table 462 – United Group Infrastructure – Road-rail vehicles

AE84HR UGL 01 Isuzu NPR293B crew cab 15 4.5 6.6 T12
TT truck
Isuzu NPR293B crew cab 15 4.5 6.6 T14, Scaffold #
TT truck w/ scaffold T21 UGL S01

AP25YE UGL 02 Isuzu NPR293B crew cab 15 4.5 6.8 T12
TT truck
AP26YE UGL 03 Isuzu NPR293B crew cab 15 4.5 6.8 T12
TT truck
CH74MA UGL 04 Mitsubishi Fuso tray back 15 24 11.7 T14,
truck with crane T21
AP48YE UGL 05 Isuzu FTR900L TT truck 15 15 9.8 T14,
with crane T21
CM50QE HR-004 Isuzu FXZ 1500 15 23 10.5 T14,
T21
CM57QE HR-005 Isuzu FXZ 1500 15 23 10.5 T14,
T21
- OHW002 Manco Manitou 15 13.2 6.9 T14,
160ATJ+E3 MEWP (0.4t T21
SWL)
CN37HS SJVMR Isuzu NPR190 Dual Cab 15 7.5 8.2 T12
005 Truck
- SJVMR Isuzu NPR 75 Crew Cab 30 7.5 8.1 T12,
006 w/platform T24
CN45VO SJVMR Isuzu NPR 75 Crew Cab 15 7.5 8.1 T14
007
CN17VQ SJVMR Isuzu NPR75 Crew Cab 30 7.5 8.1 T12
008 Truck
CO92CD SJVHR Isuzu FXZ1500 Truck 15 23 10.5 T14,
006 w/Crane and w/EWP T21,
T24
CN09VQ SJVHR Isuzu FXZ1500 w/EWP 15 23 10.5 T14,
007 T21,
T25
CO73WB SJVHR Isuzu FXZ1500 w/side 15 23 10.8 T14,
008 platform T21,
T24
CO74WB SJVHR Isuzu FXZ1500 w/side 15 23 10.8 T14,
009 platform T21,
T24
CP30CP SJVHR Isuzu FYH 2000 w/Crane 15 25.2 10.6 T14,
010 (SWL 9.1t) T21
CQ47HI SJVMR0 Isuzu NPR75 Crew Cab 15 7.5 8.1 T14
11 Truck
- UGLRAD Isuzu FXZ1500 Truck 15 23 11.1 T14,
001 w/Crane T21
CO83GB UGLRAD Isuzu FXZ1500 Truck 15 23 10.5 T12,
002 w/Crane T21
CN31VQ UGLRAD Isuzu NPR65 Crew Cab 15 7.5 8.1 T12,
003 Truck w/side platform T21,
T24
CQ85TO UGLRAD Isuzu 165 260 w/MEWP 15 13.6 7.6 T14,
004 T21

12.132.2. United Group Infrastructure – Trailers
Table 463 – United Group Infrastructure - Trailers

- SJVTR001 Flat Top Rail Trailer 15 20 6.12 T14 To be hauled by
(17.15t SWL) Isuzu FXZ 1500
(CM57QE) or
Mitsubishi Fuso
(UGL04,
CH74MA) only
(CN09VQ/
SJVHR007) only
(CO92CD/
SJVHR006) only
(CO92CD/
SJVHR006 or
CN09VQ/
SJVHR007) and
Isuzu
FYH2000/SJVH
R010 only
(CO73WB, plant
SJVHR008)
(CO74WB, plant
SJVHR009)
12.133. Weedmasters
12.133.1. Weedmasters - Road-rail vehicles
Table 464 – Weedmasters – Road-rail vehicles

BQ36UH - Hino FT trayback spray 30 10.0 8.0 T12
truck


TNSW Operating Condition

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

TNSW Operating Condition

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

TNSW Operating Condition

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Superseded by TS TOC 1 v19.

Train Operating Conditions (TOC)

© State of NSW through Transport for NSW 2020

For queries regarding this document, please email the ASA at

© State of NSW through Transport for NSW 2020

© State of NSW through Transport for NSW 2020 Page 3 of 376

• deploying TfNSW's Authorised Engineering Organisation (AEO) framework

• continuously improving TfNSW’s Asset Management Framework

About this document

• TS TOC.1: 2020 issue 1; this document

• TS TOC.2: 2020 issue 1

© State of NSW through Transport for NSW 2020 Page 4 of 376

• TS TOC.3: 2020 issue 1

© State of NSW through Transport for NSW 2020 Page 5 of 376

© State of NSW through Transport for NSW 2020 Page 6 of 376

2.14. Locomotive load categories ............................................................................................................. 52

© State of NSW through Transport for NSW 2020 Page 7 of 376

6.2. Full mechanical inspection................................................................................................................... 97

© State of NSW through Transport for NSW 2020 Page 8 of 376

8.9. Defective brake pipe .......................................................................................................................... 148

© State of NSW through Transport for NSW 2020 Page 9 of 376

10.16. CIMC Rolling Stock Australia......................................................................................................... 196

© State of NSW through Transport for NSW 2020 Page 10 of 376

10.59. Xstrata Rail (NSW) Ltd. ................................................................................................................. 262

© State of NSW through Transport for NSW 2020 Page 11 of 376

12.18. Azbuild Pty Ltd. .............................................................................................................................. 298

© State of NSW through Transport for NSW 2020 Page 12 of 376

12.61. Innes Bobcat Pty Ltd. ..................................................................................................................... 319

© State of NSW through Transport for NSW 2020 Page 13 of 376

12.104. Rail and Civil Services ............................................................................................................... 353

© State of NSW through Transport for NSW 2020 Page 14 of 376

This document encompasses the following information:

• General Instruction Pages

• Northern Division Pages

• Western Division Pages

• Illawarra Division Pages

• Sydney Metropolitan Area Division Pages

• Passenger Train Operating Condition Pages

• Coal Train Working Pages

The TfNSW Metropolitan Heavy Rail network is bounded by Newcastle Interchange

These are available from the ASA web site: www.transport.nsw.gov.au

ESR 0330 Wheel defect manual

T HR RS 00000 ST Minimum operating standards for rolling stock (RSUs)

T HR RS 30020 ST Road/rail vehicle certification and recertification

T HR RS 30030 ST Trolley, trailer & quadricycle certification and recertification

TS 13000 Road/rail vehicle and small plant recertification database

TS TOC.2: 2020 issue 1

TS TOC.3: 2020 issue 1

Sydney Trains Network Rules

These are available from the RailSafe web site: https://railsafe.org.au/

NGE 210 Speed restrictions during very hot weather (WOLO)

NGE 216 Level crossings

NGE 232 Responsibilities of Train Crews and Track Vehicle Crews

NSG 604 Indicators and signs

NSG 608 Passing signals at STOP

NSY 512 Manual block working

NTR 404 Using brakes

NTR 406 Using lights

NTR 412 Defective running gear

Section 1 Route standards